Anda di halaman 1dari 550

AutoPLANTPlantDesign

Imperial
V8i

BentleyInstituteCourseGuide

TRN0116201/0004

Copyright Information

Trademarks
AccuDraw,Bentley,theBBentleylogo,MDL,MicroStationandSmartLineareregistered
trademarks;PopSetandRasterManageraretrademarks;BentleySELECTisaservicemarkof
BentleySystems,IncorporatedorBentleySoftware,Inc.
AutoCADisaregisteredtrademarkofAutodesk,Inc.
Otherbrandsandproductnamesarethetrademarksoftheirrespectiveowners.

Patents
UnitedStatesPatentNos.5,8.15,415and5,784,068and6,199,125.

Copyrights
20002009BentleySystems,Incorporated.
MicroStation1998BentleySystems,Incorporated.
Allrightsreserved.

V8i

2
Copyright 2010 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Feb-10

CourseOverview
Thisinstructorleadcourseisdesignedinamodularformat.Althougheachmodulecan
standalone,foryourconveniencetheyhavebeenboundintoonebook.

AutoPLANTProjectAdministratorFundamentals
InthismodulethestudentlearnshowtocreateanewprojectusingtheAdministratorutility
application.Thenewprojectcontainsanemptysetofdatabasesinpreparationforthe
modelingsession.Asthemodelingprocessbegins,thestudentlearnswhereallfiles,
drawingsanddataarestored,fromwhichallprojectdeliverableswillbegenerated.

AutoPLANTSpecificationsFundamentals
Thismodulegivesthestudentabasicunderstandingofthecomponentcatalogsinstalled
withAutoPLANT.Briefexercisesdemonstratehowaspecificationiscreatedfromcatalogsto
bettersuitcompanyrequirementsandtomakethemodelingprocessfastandefficient.The
studentlearnshowtoview,manageandeditspecificationandcatalogdata.

AutoPLANTEquipmentFundamentals
ThismoduleteachesthestudenthowtocreatetheEquipmentlayoutwhilebuildingand
managingthecentraldatabase.ExercisesfordefiningareferenceWorkAreaenablethe
studenttounderstandhowthecomponentintelligenceiseasilysharedbyotherdisciplines.
ThestudentlearnshowtousetheEquipmentinterfaceandtoolsforcreatingdetailed
horizontal,verticalvesselsandpumps.Oncecomplete,exercisesformanagingand
maintainingthecomponentdatabaseareexplainedforthegenerationofdetailedreports.

AutoPLANTPipingFundamentals
Thismoduleteachesthestudentshowtoroutepipebetweentheequipmentcomponents.
Byselectingpredefinedpropertiesincludingspec,linetypeandinsulation,thestudent
learnshowtoensuredataconsistencywithintheproject.Branchingtees,olets,valve
topworksandsupportscompletethecomplexpipingmodel.Theimportanceofplacement
accuracyandconnectivitybetweencomponentsisstressedandbecomesapparentwhen
viewingdatabaserecordsandgeneratingreports.

Mar-10

Copyright 2007 Bentley Systems, Incorporated

Project Setup

AutoPLANTDrawingProductionFundamentals
Thismoduleteachesthestudenthowtoproducefinisheddeliverablesfromthe3Dmodel
includingfullydimensionedandannotateddrawingswithinthePaperSpaceenvironment.
Studentslearnhowtocreateautomatedisometricdrawingsbyexportinglinedatatothe
ISOGENinterface.

Datasets
ThiscoursehasbeencreatedbycombiningmodulesintoatypicalLearningPath.
ThismodulardesignenablesastudenttocompleteacourseattheirownpacefromtheOn
DemandeLearningenvironmentorcombinedfromspecificmodulesintoaninstructorled
course.
Theimagebelowshowstheprogressthrougheachmodule.Datasetsarecumulative.This
meansthatwhereeveradatasetisinstalled,thatmodulebecomesanewPointofEntry
onthelearningpath.Allprerequisitedatahasbeenincludedineachdataset.
Astudentintheinstructorledcoursewillonlyneedtoinstallonedatasetatthestartofthe
course.

Course Overview

2
Copyright 2007 Bentley Systems, Incorporated

Mar-10

ProjectAdministrator
Fundamentals
V8i

BentleyInstituteCourseGuide

TRN0110201/0003

Copyright Information

Trademarks
AccuDraw,Bentley,theBBentleylogo,MDL,MicroStationandSmartLineareregistered
trademarks;PopSetandRasterManageraretrademarks;BentleySELECTisaservicemarkof
BentleySystems,IncorporatedorBentleySoftware,Inc.
AutoCADisaregisteredtrademarkofAutodesk,Inc.
Otherbrandsandproductnamesarethetrademarksoftheirrespectiveowners.

Patents
UnitedStatesPatentNos.5,8.15,415and5,784,068and6,199,125.

Copyrights
20002009BentleySystems,Incorporated.
MicroStation1998BentleySystems,Incorporated.
Allrightsreserved.

V8i

2
Copyright 2010 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Feb-10

TableofContents
CourseOverview________________________________________________________ 1
Description_________________________________________________________________ 1
TargetAudience_____________________________________________________________ 1
Prerequisites________________________________________________________________ 1
Objectives__________________________________________________________________ 1
SystemRequirements ________________________________________________________ 2
AutoCADorrelatedAutodeskProducts_______________________________________________2
ProjectWiseSupportedVersions______________________________________________________2
DatabasesSupported_______________________________________________________________2

ProjectSetup __________________________________________________________ 3
Overview___________________________________________________________________ 3
Prerequisites________________________________________________________________ 3
Objectives__________________________________________________________________ 3
IntroductoryKnowledge ______________________________________________________ 4
Questions ________________________________________________________________________4
Answers _________________________________________________________________________4
SharingDesignData__________________________________________________________ 5
ProjectAdministrator_________________________________________________________ 6
UserConfigurations ________________________________________________________________7
CreatingProjectRootDirectories______________________________________________________8
CreatingaProject_________________________________________________________________10
Review____________________________________________________________________ 14
Questions _______________________________________________________________________14
Answers ________________________________________________________________________14

Dec09

i
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

TableofContents

Table of Contents

TableofContents

ii
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

ProjectSetup
Overview
AProjectManagersprimaryfocusisoncreatingfinishedprojectdeliverables.Dailytasks
involvemakingsureissuesrelativetomodelingtechniques,pipingspecificationsand
implementationofcompanystandardsareallontrack.
Tosupportthiseffort,BentleydesignedthePlantProcess&Instrumentationand3DPlant
Designapplicationstoallowtheprojectteamstoworkwithinaconcurrentengineering
environmentforallaspectsoffunctional,schematic,andphysicalplantdesign.
Byusingacentraldatabaseasaprojectrepository,theapplicationsforboth2Dand3Dcan
easilysharethesamedata.Datacanbeeditedonaprojectwidebasis,drasticallyreducing
thetimeittakestobringadataintensiveprojecttocompletion.Managersalsoappreciate
thewealthofreportsthatcanbegeneratedfromacentralizedsystem.
Thiscoursewillgiveyouabasicunderstandingofhowaprojectiscreatedandwhyitis
importanttomanagethedrawingfilesanddatarepository.

Prerequisites

StudentsshouldhaveaminimumofsixmonthsexperiencewithAutoCADfunctionality
andsomefamiliaritywithAutoPLANTcommandsandconcepts.

Objectives

Aftercompletingthismodule,youwillbeableto:

UsetheProjectAdministratorutilityprogramtocreateanewprojectrootdirectory.

UsertheProjectAdministratorutilityprogramtocreateanewproject.

Dec09

3
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

ProjectSetup

Introductory Knowledge

IntroductoryKnowledge
Beforeyoubeginthismodule,letsdefinewhatyoualreadyknow.
AutoPLANTapplicationsprovideadditionalproductivityfunctionstoyournativeAutoCAD
application.AlthoughitisnottheintentionofthiscoursetoteachbasicAutoCAD,these
reviewquestionswillhelpyouassessyourcurrentknowledgepriortobeginningthe
AutoPLANTcourse.
IdentifythefollowingstatementsaseitherTrueorFalse.Theanswerstoeachquestionare
providedindetail.

Questions
1. AutoPLANTdrawingunitsfunctionthesamewayasAutoCAD.

True
False

2. InWindowsthetopleveldirectoryisreferredtoastherootdirectory.

True
False

Answers
1. True:AllunitsfunctioninthesamewayinbothAutoPLANTandAutoCAD.Unitsareset
forbothlengthandangleduringtheprojectsetupphase.

3. True:InMicrosoftWindows,atopleveldirectorymaybereferredtoastheroot
directory.TheProjectAdministratorutilitywillenableyoutocreateaProjectRoot
directoryatanylevelinyourcomputersfilestructure.Multipleprojectsmaybesetup
undertheProjectRootdirectory.

ProjectSetup

4
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Sharing Design Data

SharingDesignData
AutoPLANTincludesasetofintegrateddesignandmodelingtools.Someofthese
applications,suchasAutoPLANTP&ID,PipingandEquipmentrequireAutoCADtofunction.
ThedatabaseapplicationsutilizeMicrosoftAccessandExcel.Allofthesetoolsprovidefast
layoutanddesignofintelligentcomponents.
Thisintelligentdesignphilosophyenablestheusertoinputcomponentdataonceandlet
theinformationcascadethroughoutthelifeoftheproject.Dataisstoredwithina
centralizeddatabasewhichiseasilyaccessedbyallmembersoftheprojectteam.
Manyapplicationssupportthecommonscenarioofsendingdocumentstooffsitedesign
officesandvendorsandthenresynchronizingtheoffsitedesigndatawiththecentral
projectdatabase.

Tofacilitatedatasharing,aprojectmustfirstbecreated.Thisfunctionisusuallyperformed
bytheProjectAdministrator,usingasetoftoolsinstalledwiththeAutoPLANTapplications.
Theseprojectswillcontaincustomconfigurationsforalldrawingandmodeldefaultsand
settings.
Onceaprojectenvironmentisdefined,allmodelsanddrawingsassociatedwiththeproject
aremanagedandstoredintheappropriatelocations.Sharingofdesigndataistightly
regulated,preservingthedatabaseintegrity.

Dec09

5
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

ProjectSetup

Project Administrator

ProjectAdministrator
DuringtheAutoPLANTinstallation,variouscoreandutilityapplications,commontoboth
the2Dand3DprogramsareinstalledundertheAutoPLANTgroupicon.
TheProjectAdministratorutilityenablesyoutocreateandmanagecustomprojects.From
theinterfaceyoucaneditthedatabaseconfigurationsandcontrolsystemadministration
functionssuchassecurityaccesstocriticaldata.
AnewprojectistypicallycreatedbytheAdministratorbeforemodelinghasbegun.
OpentheutilityfromStart>Programs>Bentley>PlantV8i>ProjectTools>Project
Administrator.Thisfigureshowstheinterfacelayout.

Thenavigationtreeontheleftiswhereyouaccessspecificprojectproperties.The

C:\BentleyPlantV8IProjectsdirectoryisatopleveldirectoryandreferredtoasaProject
Rootdirectory.
Thedirectorylevelbelowtherootdirectorycontainssampleprojectsthataredeliveredwith
theinstall.

SAMPLE_IMPERIAL
SAMPLE_METRIC
SAMPLEMMETRIC

Thesesampleprojectfilesarenotrecommendedforproductionuse,butareusedas
templatesforbuildingyourownprojects.

ProjectSetup

6
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Project Administrator

UserConfigurations
AutoPLANTisdesignedtosupportmultipleprojects.Thisdesignenablesyoutodefinethe
units,specs,drawingdatabaseformat,borders,drawingtemplates,moduleandcomponent
options,inaspecificconfiguration.
Tosupportthisimplementation,sampleconfigurationfileswerecreatedtoserveas
placeholdersforthedefinitionofconfigurationdefaultsandsettings.Byusingthesamples
youcanremovethetediouseffortthatwouldberequiredtomanuallyeditthese
configurationfileswhencreatingacustomconfiguration.
Inthisfigure,youcanseeanexampleofthefilestructurebeneaththeUserConfiguration
directory.YouwillusetheUserConfigurationImperialSampletocreateanewproject.

Dec09

7
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

ProjectSetup

Project Administrator

CreatingProjectRootDirectories
TherearenorulesastohowmanyProjectRootdirectoriesanorganizationusesorhow
manyprojectsarecontainedwithintheprojectroot.
AProjectRootdirectorycanbeatanylevelofyourcomputersfilestructure.Thepathto
thatfolderisreferredtoas%PROJECT_ROOT%throughouttheAutoPLANTcourse
documentation.
ProjectRootdirectoriesusuallyresideinadifferentfilepaththanyourAutoPLANT
installation,sothepathtotheinstallationisshownas%NETWORK_ROOT%throughoutthe
AutoPLANTcoursedocumentation.

Note:

AlthoughnotvisibleintheBentleyProjectAdministratordialog,thesystemhascreatedafile
calledat_proj.dbfthatresidesinthisprojectrootdirectory.Thisfilecontainsarecordforevery
projectthatiscreatedunderthisspecificrootdirectory.

ThefollowingexerciseswillgiveyouexposuretoProjectAdministratorfunctionality.You
willcreateadirectorystructureinpreparationforthe2Dand3DFundamentalcourses.
Oncedirectorieshavebeensetup,theyarereadyfortheinstallationofapredefined
projectdataset.

Exercise1:CreateanewProjectRootdirectory.
1. SelectStart>Programs>Bentley>PlantV8I>ProjectTools>ProjectAdministratorto
launchtheapplication.

2. SelectUserConfigurationsandthenselectFile>AddRoot.
3. Selecttheappropriatedrive.ThiscoursewillusetheC:\drive.
4. IntheBrowseforFolderdialog,clickMakeNewFolder.
5. TypeBentleyTrainingProjectforthenameofthenewfolder.
6. ClickOK.

ProjectSetup

8
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Project Administrator

7. ThesoftwarereturnstotheProjectAdministratorinterfacewiththenewProjectRoot
directorycalledBentleyTrainingProjectlistedinthenavigationtree.
NowthattheRootDirectoryhasbeendefined,youwillcreatetheproject.

Dec09

9
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

ProjectSetup

Project Administrator

CreatingaProject
Whenanewprojectiscreated,theuserneedstospecifythebasiccriteria.Thefollowing
informationprovidesanoverviewofthetypeofinformationyouwillinput.

ProviderType
Thisisthedatabaseprogramthatwillbeusedforstoringtheprojectdata.AutoPLANTcan
writetoMicrosoftAccess,SQLServer,andOracle.(Onlythoseinstalledonthecomputerwill
beavailableforselection.)

BaseTemplateand3DSettings
Whenyoucreateanewproject,theseedfilesthatarerequiredtobuildtheprojectare
copiedfromthe%NETWORK_ROOT%\Baseand%NETWORK_ROOT%\configdirectories.
(%NETWORK_ROOT%referstothepathofyourAutoPLANTinstallationandismostlikely
C:\ProgramFiles\Bentley\PlantV8i.)Thesedirectoriesactasamasterprojectandare
installedwiththeapplication.
AutoPLANTprovidestwoprojecttemplates:StandardBaseProjectandKKS.KKSactsasthe
EuropeancounterparttotheStandardBaseProject.ThesetemplatescontaintheBentley
P&IDandAutoPLANTPlantDesignstandardsanddatastructures.

Note:

Creationofnewprojecttemplatesiscoveredinthe2Dand3DAdministratorcourses.

The3DModelingProjectSettingsthatyouselectwillindicatewhichconfigurationdatafiles
willbecopiedovertocreatethenewprojectfiles.
TheUnitsfielddefinesthedrawingandmodeldefaultsincludingunits,specs,drawing
databaseformat,borders,drawingtemplates,modulesandcomponentoptions.These
configurationswereinstalledinyourdirectory.
TheUseCentralProjectModecheckboxisonlyavailablewhenyouselectSQLServeror
Oracledatabaseprovidertypes.

ProjectPaths
Bydefault,allprojectdataisstoredinacollectionoffoldersinthe%PROJECT_ROOT%
directory.Youcan,however,specifydifferentpathsforspecificdatatypesintheNew
ProjectNewProjectPathsdialog.
Toeditapath,clickinthefieldandeitherdoubleclickorclickBrowsetoopenaBrowseFor
Folderdialog.

Details
Ofthedetailsthatcanbedefinedinthisdialog,theProjectNameistheonlyattributethatis
required.
Optionaldetailsinclude:ProjectNumber,ProjectDescription,ClientName,ClientNumber,
andClientLocation.

ProjectSetup

10
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Project Administrator

Exercise2:CreatetheTrainingProject.
1. FromProjectAdministratorutilityselectthenewrootdirectoryC:\BentleyTraining
Project.

2. RightclickandselectNewProjectfromthecontextmenuorselectFile>Newfromthe
menu.

Note:

YoucanalsousetheCtrl+Nkeystroke.

3. IntheProviderTypedialog,clickAccessthenclickNext.

TheBaseTemplateand3DSettingsdialogopens.

4. SelectStandardBaseProjectandImperialUnits.

Note:

Dec09

ThiscoursewillusetheImperialUnits.Thetablebelowshowstheoptionsthatareavailablefor
theadditionalunits.

11
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

ProjectSetup

Project Administrator

Attribute

Imperial

Metric

MixedMetric

ProjectTemplate

StandardBaseProject

StandardBaseProject

StandardBaseProject

Units

Imperial

Metric

MixedMetric

5. ClickNext.
6. Maintainthedefaultprojectpaths,andclickNextontheNewProjectPathsdialog.
7. Enterprojectdetailsasshownbelow.

Note:

TheProjectNameisrequiredwhilealloftheotherfieldsareoptional.TheProjectNamecanbeno
morethan16characters.

Attribute

Imperial

Metric

MixedMetric

ProjectName

Training

Training

Training

ProjectDescription

ImperialTrainingproject

MetricTrainingProject

MixedMetricTraining
Project

8. TheProjectNameisautomaticallydisplayedintheProjectDescriptionfield.Overwrite
thiswiththedescriptionlistedabove.

9. ClickFinish
10. AutoPLANTcopiesthedefaultprojectsettingsintoyournewproject.

ProjectSetup

12
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Project Administrator

11. Whentheprocessiscomplete,thenewprojectwillappearundertheBentleyTraining
Projectdirectory.Clickthe+buttontoexpandyournewprojectandlookatthe
configurationsettingsforeachaspectoftheproject.
Youwillnoticedirectoriesforallprojectrelateddataincludingspecificdirectoriesforall
drawingsanddatathatwillbecreatedusingboththe2Dand3Dapplications.

12. CloseProjectAdministrator.
Youhavenowcompletedthisshortcourseinpreparationforusingthe2Dor3D
applications.

Dec09

13
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

ProjectSetup

Review

Review
Nowthatyouhavecompletedthismodule,letsmeasurewhatyouhavelearned.

Questions
1. Whatisthedefinitionof%Project_Root%and%Network_Root%?
2. WhatistheonlyrequiredfieldintheDetailsdialogwhencreatinganewproject?
3. True/False:TheProjectDescriptionfieldispopulatedwiththeProjectName
automatically.

4. True/False:TheProjectDescriptionfieldhastomaintainthesamenameastheProject
Name.

5. WhatarethetwotypesofbasetemplatesforprojectcreationprovidedbyAutoPLANT?

Answers
1. The%Project_Root%isthevariablethatcontainsthepathtoyourprojectroot
directory.
%NETWORK_ROOT%isthepathoftheinstallation.
ProjectrootdirectoriesusuallyresideinadifferentfilepaththanyourAutoPLANT
installation.

2. TheonlyrequiredfieldintheDetailsdialogistheProjectName,allothersareoptional.
3. True:TheProjectDescriptionfieldispopulatedwiththeProjectName.
4. False:TheProjectDescriptiondoesnothavetobethesameastheProjectName;itis
preferablethatitcontainmoredescriptiveinformationabouttheproject.

5. StandandBaseProjectandKKSarethetwotemplatesprovided.KKSactsasthe
EuropeancounterparttotheStandardBaseProject.Thesetemplatescontainthe
BentleyP&IDandAutoPLANTPlantDesignstandardsanddatastructures.

ProjectSetup

14
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

AutoPLANTSpecifications
Fundamentals
V8i

BentleyInstituteCourseGuide

TRN0103101/0003

Copyright Information

Trademarks
AccuDraw,Bentley,theBBentleylogo,MDL,MicroStationandSmartLineareregistered
trademarks;PopSetandRasterManageraretrademarks;BentleySELECTisaservicemarkof
BentleySystems,IncorporatedorBentleySoftware,Inc.
AutoCADisaregisteredtrademarkofAutodesk,Inc.
Otherbrandsandproductnamesarethetrademarksoftheirrespectiveowners.

Patents
UnitedStatesPatentNos.5,8.15,415and5,784,068and6,199,125.

Copyrights
20002009BentleySystems,Incorporated.
MicroStation1998BentleySystems,Incorporated.
Allrightsreserved.

V8i

2
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec-09

TableofContents

CourseOverview________________________________________________________ 1
Description_________________________________________________________________ 1
TargetAudience_____________________________________________________________ 1
Prerequisites________________________________________________________________ 1
CourseObjectives____________________________________________________________ 1
ModulesIncluded____________________________________________________________ 2
SystemRequirements ________________________________________________________ 2
AutoCADorrelatedAutodeskProducts_______________________________________________2
ProjectWiseSupportedVersions______________________________________________________3
DatabasesSupported_______________________________________________________________3
InstallingtheDataset_________________________________________________________ 4
SoftwareInstallation _______________________________________________________________4
Dataset__________________________________________________________________________4
IntroductoryKnowledge ______________________________________________________ 5
Questions ________________________________________________________________________5
Answers _________________________________________________________________________6

AutoPLANTSpecifications ________________________________________________ 7
Overview___________________________________________________________________ 7
Prerequisites________________________________________________________________ 7
Objectives__________________________________________________________________ 7
PipingIndustryCodesandSpecifications_________________________________________ 8
Specifications _____________________________________________________________________8
Classes___________________________________________________________________________8
AutoPLANTComponentCatalogs _______________________________________________ 9
ComponentTables________________________________________________________________10
SpecialTables____________________________________________________________________11
AutoPLANTSpecifications ____________________________________________________ 13
ViewingtheInstalledSampleSpecs___________________________________________________14
ComponentTables________________________________________________________________15
SpecialTables____________________________________________________________________17

Dec09

i
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

TableofContents

Table of Contents

ComponentPlacement_______________________________________________________ 19
SpecificationRetrievalDefinition_____________________________________________________19
EndConditions&Joints ____________________________________________________________21
ModuleReview_____________________________________________________________ 23
Questions _______________________________________________________________________23
Answers ________________________________________________________________________24
Summary__________________________________________________________________ 24

SpecificationGenerator_________________________________________________ 25
Overview__________________________________________________________________ 25
Prerequisites_______________________________________________________________ 25
Objectives_________________________________________________________________ 25
SpecificationGenerator______________________________________________________ 26
BasedontheSpecSheet ___________________________________________________________27
BasicStepsforBuildingSpecs _______________________________________________________28
CreatingaNewSpec_______________________________________________________________29
DefinetheSearchCriteria __________________________________________________________33
ManagingSpecSections______________________________________________________ 45
RemovingUnwantedSizes__________________________________________________________45
EditingtheLongDescription ________________________________________________________46
ModifyingPieceMarks_____________________________________________________________49
AddingFittingSections_______________________________________________________ 56
ReportingFunctions_________________________________________________________ 60
GenerateaReport ________________________________________________________________60
ModifyaReport__________________________________________________________________62
CreatingSpecificationsfortheProductionEnvironment __________________________________63
ModuleReview_____________________________________________________________ 64
Questions _______________________________________________________________________64
Answers ________________________________________________________________________65
Summary________________________________________________________________________65

CourseSummary_______________________________________________________ 67
Review____________________________________________________________________ 67
Questions _______________________________________________________________________67
Answers ________________________________________________________________________69

TableofContents

ii
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

CourseOverview
Description
ThisintroductorycoursegivesthenewuserofAutoPLANTPlantDesign2Dand3D
applications,abasicunderstandingofhowcomponentcatalogsareusedtogenerate
specifications.UsingtheSpecificationGeneratorfunctionality,thestudentbuildsanew
specificationapplicationforusewiththeAutoPLANTPipingapplication.

TargetAudience

NewandexistingusersofAutoPLANT2Dand3Dapplications.

Prerequisites

BasicknowledgeofAutoPLANTspecdrivendesignapplications
Threetosixmonthsexperiencewith2Dand3DCADmodeling

CourseObjectives

Dec-09

GainabasicunderstandingofCatalogsandSpecificationsinrelationtospecdriven
componentplacement

Learnhowtocreateaspecificationfrommultiplecatalogs
Learnhowtomanagespecdatabyremovingunwantedentries
Learnhowtocustomizedescriptionsandrestraints
LearnhowtogenerateandmodifyMicrosoftAccessreports

Copyright 2007 Bentley Systems, Incorporated

Project Setup

ModulesIncluded

AutoPLANTSpecifications

SpecificationGenerator

SystemRequirements
YoumusthaveaCDdriveorinternetaccessforproductinstallation.Thefollowing
prerequisitesarerequiredtorunthemodulesincludedintheAutoPLANTPlantDesignV8i
(Version08.11.05).
Processor:

IntelPentium4processorandAMDAthlon,3.0Ghzor
greaterorIntelorAMDDualCoreProcessor,2.0GHzor
greater

OperatingSystem:

MicrosoftWindowsXPProfessionalSP2orlater

WindowsVista32bitSP1

MicrosoftWindowsXPProfessionalSP1Aorlater

Internet:

MicrosoftInternetExplorer6SP1orgreater

Memory:

2GBorgreater

HardDisk:

2GBfreeharddiskspace

InputDevice:

IndustrystandardinputdevicesupportedbyWindows

OutputDevice:

IndustrystandardoutputdevicesupportedbyWindows

Industrystandardvideocard/monitor

VideoGraphicsCard:

AutoCADorrelatedAutodeskProducts
AutoCAD:

2004,2005,2006,2007,2008,2009

AutoCADMechanicalDesktop:

2004,2005,2006,2007,2008

ArchitecturalDesktop:

2004,2005,2006,2007,2008

BuildingSystems:

2004,2005,2006,2007,2008

AutoCADMechanical:

2004,2005,2006,2007,2008

Note:

Course Overview

Thelatestapplicableservicepacksmustbeusedforalloftheaboveproducts.

2
Copyright 2007 Bentley Systems, Incorporated

Dec-09


ProjectWiseSupportedVersions

BentleyProjectWiseV808.11.05

DatabasesSupported

MicrosoftAccess2000,2002,2003,2007
SQLServer2000,2003,2005andMSDEandSQLServerExpress
Oracle9iRelease2,Oracle10gRelease2,Oracle11gRelease1

Dec-09

3
Copyright 2007 Bentley Systems, Incorporated

Course Overview

InstallingtheDataset
ThiscoursebelongstoasetofAutoPLANT3DPlantDesigncorefundamentalcoursesthat
teachthestudenthowtousethePlantDesigntoolsformodelingandstoringvaluable
projectdata.
Thecoresetincludesthefollowingmodularcourses:

AutoPLANTProjectAdministratorFundamentals
IntroductiontoAutoPLANTSpecifications
AutoPLANTEquipmentFundamentals
AutoPLANTPipingFundamentals
AutoPLANTDrawingProductionFundamentals

Thedatasetforthesecoursescontainasimulatedproject,designedtobeusedforboth
AutoPLANT2Dand3Dcorefundamentalcourses.

SoftwareInstallation
Priortobeginningthiscourse,makesureyouhaveinstalledthefollowing:

AutoPLANTPipingandEquipmentapplicationsincludingallcatalogsand
specifications

SpecificationGeneratorprogramfiles

Dataset
Thiscourserequiresnodataset.

Course Overview

4
Copyright 2007 Bentley Systems, Incorporated

Dec-09

IntroductoryKnowledge
Beforeyoubegin,letsdefinewhatyoualreadyknonw.

Questions
1. Classesspecifythecommoditycontainedwithinapipingconfiguration.

True
False

2. Componentcatalogsarebuiltintotheapplicationtoprovideapicklistforplacement
withinamodel.

True
False

3. AutoPLANTPipingdatabasetoolsprovideausefulmethodfordeterminingtheclass
definitionofaspecificcomponent.

True
False

4. SpecificationGeneratorenablesyoutocreateaspecusingafamiliarworkmethod.

True
False

5. Bydesigningspecificconstraintsinaspec,thenumberofcomponentstoselectfromis
minimized.

True
False

Dec-09

5
Copyright 2007 Bentley Systems, Incorporated

Course Overview

Answers
1. True:Aclassidentifiesthecommoditywithinapipe,includingwhetheritisaliquidor
gas,aswellasoperatingtemperatures,pressuresandcorrosiveness.

2. False:ComponentcatalogsareinstalledwithAutoPLANT.Thesecatalogsprovidedata
onthousandsofcomponentsfromwhichmanufacturerspecificspecscanbeproduced.

3. True:Ifyouwanttofindtheclassdefinitionofaspecificcomponentinamodel,usethe
Piping>DatabaseTools>Editcomponentcommand.Selectingthecomponentliststhe
classnameandallrelativedataforthecomponent.

4. True:SpecificationGeneratorusesthesamedesignphilosophyasthedesignersspec
sheet.

5. True:Bydefiningconstraintswithinthespecsections,thevolumeofcomponentsto
choosefromisreduced,eliminatingmistakesandincreasingproductivity.

Course Overview

6
Copyright 2007 Bentley Systems, Incorporated

Dec-09

AutoPLANTSpecifications
Overview
Specificationsforaplantfacilitycompriseenormousvolumesofprintedmaterial.Solidly
builtspecswillenableausertoproperlyassemblepipingconfigurationsaswellasprovide
reliablematerialreportsthroughouttheproject.Thismoduleprovidesabasic
understandingofhowspecificationsareusedduringtheplacementofcomponentsina
modelingenvironmentandthemeaningbehindthespecdrivenapplication.

Prerequisites

Allcatalogsandsamplespecsmustbeinstalledontheusersystem.
AbasicunderstandingofMicrosoftAccess

Objectives

Understandthedifferencesbetweencatalogsandspecifications
LearntheMicrosoftAccesscatalogtablestructure
Learntoidentifyhowcomponentplacementiscontrolledbyspecifications
Gainabasicunderstandingofinitialization(.ini)files

Dec09

7
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

AutoPLANTSpecifications

Piping Industry Codes and Specifications

PipingIndustryCodesandSpecifications
Processfacilitiesarebuilttopredefinedcodesandspecificationstoensurequality
constructionandworkersafety.IndustryCodesoriginatefromabroadnumberofsources
suchasgovernmentagencies(OSHA,EPA)andorganizationssuchastheAmericanNational
StandardsInstitute(ANSI),thatdevelopedthePetroleumRefineryPipingCodeB31.3that
governsoperationalproceduresforrefinerypiping.
Compliancetoacodeisgenerallymandatory,enforcedbyregulatoryagencies.Codes
publishedforthedesignofplantfacilitiesincludeindustryregulationssuchaspressure
ratings,temperaturelimits,materialcomposition,workersafety,evacuationprocedures,
plusmanymore.Insuranceagenciesrequiretheownerofafacilitytocomplywiththese
requirements

Specifications
Specifications(knownintheindustryasspecs)aredetailedinstructionalquidesforthe
physicalconstructionofthefacility.Specsforaplantfacilitycancompriseenormous
volumesofprintedmaterial.Engineersanddesignersusespecstoestablishsizes,materials,
poundratingsanddimensionsforpipeandequipment.Stresscalculationsusethe
informationinaspectoensurecomponentswithstandtheloadsandforcesplacedonthem.
PurchasingDepartmentsneedspecificationsheetstoensurepropermaterialsand
equipmenthavebeenordered.Fabricatorsusespecstomakesuretheyerectthestructures
andsupportswiththecorrectpipesizes.Instrumentsthatcontroltheprocessarealso
installedincompliancetospecstoensurepropertemperatureandpressuresettings.

Classes
Specificationsarefurtherdividedintoclassesforspecificservicescategorizedbythe
commoditycontainedwithinthepipe.Classesspecifywhetherthecommodityisagasor
liquid,aswellasdesignandoperatingtemperatures,pressuresandcorrosiveness.These
specificationclassesuseserviceparameterstoestablishflangepoundratings,pipewall
thickness,pressureandtemperaturelimitsaswellasthetypeofconnectionstobeused
betweenthecomponents.Exampleofconnectionsincludescrewed,socketorbuttwelded
fittings,includingdetailssuchasthenamesofthecomponentmanufacturers.
Whenusedproperly,specsensureconsistencyanduniformitythroughoutallphasesofthe
projectfromtheinitialconcept,throughdetaileddesign,toconstructionandmaintenance.

AutoPLANTSpecifications

8
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

AutoPLANT Component Catalogs

AutoPLANTComponentCatalogs
AutoPLANTprovidesthemeanstoproducecodecompliantdeliverables.
TheAutoPLANTPIPINGandISOMETRICSapplicationsincludecatalogsofcomponents,in
databaseformat,fromwhichmanufacturerspecificspecscanbeproduced.Theabilityto
selectandapplythesespecificationsconsistentlythroughouttheprojectmeansthe
modelingprocessbecomesmoreefficientandthatthefinishedproductwilladhereto
establishedindustrycodes.Consistencythroughoutthedesignprocessalsoprovides
reliablematerialreportingacrossthemultitudeofdisciplinesrequiredforalargeproject.
WhenyouinstalledtheAutoPLANTapplication,componentscatalogswereinstalledas
MicrosoftAccess(*.MDB)files.Thisfileformatenablesasinglefilethatcaninclude
multipletables.
Letstakeashorttour.

Exercise1:Viewthelistofcatalogs.
1. RightclickExploretoselectProgramFiles>Bentley>PlantV8i>Catalogs.
Note:

ThisexampleshowstheImperialCatalogsasinstalled.

Dec09

9
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

AutoPLANTSpecifications

AutoPLANT Component Catalogs

2. DoubleclicktheANSIASMEcatalogtorevealthetablesavailable.

Catalogshavetwotypesoftables,componenttablesandspecialtables.

ComponentTables
Componenttablescontainthecomponentdetails.ThecomponenttablesfortheANSIASME
catalogasshownaboveincludeBOLT,BRANCH,CROSSES,ELBOW,FLANGE,GASKET,
MISC_FIT,ORIFICE,PIPE,REDUCER,SPACER,TEE,VALVBWandVALVFL.
Differentcatalogswillhavedifferentcomponenttables.
Forexample,theCRANEcataloghascomponenttablesofFLANGE,VALVBW,VALVFLand
VALVESCSW.(SinceCRANEdoesnotmanufactureotherfittings,itdoesnothavetablesfor
thesefittings).

CreatingSpecsfromCatalogs
CatalogsarenotactivelyusedwhenmodelingwithAutoPLANTPlantDesignapplications.
Thesecatalogsareusedtocreatethespecifications.Whenthedefinedspecificationismade
activeduringthemodelingsession,theseselectedcomponentsaremadeavailablefor
placement.
Moreaboutspecificationslater.

AutoPLANTSpecifications

10
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

AutoPLANT Component Catalogs

3. OpentheELBOWtablefromtheANSIASMEcatalog.

HereyouseedetailsonallANSIASMEelbows.Noticehowmanyrecordsthereare.

Note:

Thereare2009elbowsdefinedinthiscatalog.

Thefieldsinthecomponenttableswillbeexaminedinmoredetaillater.

SpecialTables
Alltablesinacatalogthatarenotcomponenttablesareconsideredspecialtables.Forthe
ANSIASMEcatalog,thespecialtablesinclude:

CatalogColumns
CatalogTables
FilterList
SpecGenFieldMap

TheCatalogTablesfilecontainsalistofallcomponenttablesinthecatalog.

4. ClosetheElbowtableandnowopentheSpecialTablecalledCatalogTables.
Thistabledoesnotincludecomponentstables.Itisalistofallthecomponenttablesin
theANSIASMEcatalog.

Dec09

11
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

AutoPLANTSpecifications

AutoPLANT Component Catalogs

5. Closethefile.

LegacyTables
FilterListandSpecGenFieldMaparelegacytablesusedinpreviousversionsofthe
SpecificationGeneratorapplication.ThesetablesarenotREQUIREDbySpecGenv7.0and
couldbedeleted.However,therearecaseswhenausermaywanttouseolderversionsof
SpecGen,andthusthesetablesaretypicallyleftinthecatalog.

AutoPLANTSpecifications

12
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

AutoPLANT Specifications

AutoPLANTSpecifications
Aspecificationisadatabaseofcomponentrecordsthatmatchadefinedcriteria.Thespec
isasubsetofcomponentsavailablefromasinglecatalogormultiplecatalogs.
Tohelpgetyoustarted,samplespecswereincludedintheapplicationsuchasANSI
extended,DIN,JIS,otherindustrystandardcomponents,aswellasuniquecomponents
fromwellknownsuppliers.

CarbonSteel:Asamplecarbonsteelspecification,basedon150poundAmerican
StandardInstitute

StainlessSteel:Asamplestainlesssteelspecification(Imperial:SS150,Metric:MSS150,
andMixedMetric:MMSS150).

DuctileIron:Asampleductileironspecification(Imperial:Ductile,Metric:MDUCT,and
MixedMetric:MMDUCT.).

Victaulic:AsampleVictaulicspecification(Imperial:Victaulic,Metric:MVICT,and
MixedMetric:MMVICT.)

TriClove:AsampleTriCloverspecification(Imperial:Triclove,Metric:MTric,Mixed
Metric:MMTric).

Youhadtheopportunitytoinstalloneormoreofthesespecsduringyoursoftware
installation.

Creatingyourownspecs
Itisagoodideatolearnhowtocreatespecificationsforaspecificproject.
Forexample,theCarbonSteel(CS300.MDB)isaspecificationcontaining300LBrated
fittings.ItwascreatedbyfilteringtheANSIASME,BONNEYFORGED,CRANE,LADISH,GEN
COMP,andNONSTANDARDcatalogsforfittingsthatmeetthiscriteria.

Note:

Youwillseelater,someofthisfilteringwasincomplete.Thisisagoodreasontonotuseoutof
boxspecs,buttobuildandtestyourown.

TheSpecificationGeneratorutility,includedwiththeapplication,enablesyoutoeasilybuild
newspecsfromthesamplesandcustomizethedatabasestosuittheclientsneeds.

Dec09

13
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

AutoPLANTSpecifications

AutoPLANT Specifications

ViewingtheInstalledSampleSpecs
Thisexerciseisintendedtogiveyouanunderstandingofthesamplespecificationsinstalled
onyoursystem.

Exercise1:Viewthecs300samplespec.
Note:

Ifyouhavenotloadedthissamplespec,selectadifferentone.

1. RightclickExploreandselectProgramFiles>Bentley>PlantV8i>Specs.
2. ClicktoopenoneofthesamplespecsinstalledwiththeAutoPLANTapplication,suchas
theImperialspecasshown.

AutoPLANTSpecifications

14
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

AutoPLANT Specifications

3. Scrolldownandopencs300specbydoubleclickingonthefile.
ThefileopensinMicrosoftAccesstorevealalistoftables.

ComponentTables
Justlikecatalogs,specshavecomponenttablesandspecialtables.

4. OpentheSpecTablesfiletolistallcomponenttablesincludedinthespec.

Dec09

15
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

AutoPLANTSpecifications

AutoPLANT Specifications

5. ClosetheSpecTablefile.Noticethenumberofrecordsinthefile.

AutoPLANTSpecifications

16
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

AutoPLANT Specifications

6. NowopentheELBOWtablefromthecs300spec.
Noticethatthenumberofcomponentsinthespecislessthanthenumberinthe
catalogs.Thesubsetofrecordsincludedinthisspecnumbers144,whiletherewere
over2000elbowsincludedintheANSIASMEcatalog.

7. ClosetheElbowtable.

SpecialTables
Thereareseveralmorespecialtablesinaspecthaninacatalog.Afewofthemost
importanttablesinclude:

Autogroup:TheAuto_bend,Auto_mateandAuto_TeetablesareusedbyAutoPLANT
todeterminewhichfittingtoautomaticallyplacebasedonsettingsdefinedinthe
application.Forexample,ona490Degreecenterline,shouldaLongRadiusorShort
Radiuselbowbeplaced?

SpecCatalogs:Listofcatalogsusedtobuildthisspec.

SpecInfo,SpecNotes:Generalinformationandnotes(headerinfo)aboutthisspec.

Themajorityoftheremainingspecialtablesholdinformationonhowthespecwasbuilt
fromthelistedcatalogs.

8. OpentheSpecCatalogstabletoviewalistofthecatalogsthatwereusedtocreate
cs300.

Dec09

17
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

AutoPLANTSpecifications

AutoPLANT Specifications

9. ClosethealltablesandMicrosoftAccess.

AutoPLANTSpecifications

18
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Component Placement

ComponentPlacement
Beforeyoucanlearnhowtocreateaspec,whichyouwilldointhenextmodule,youshould
knowhowAutoPLANTapplicationsusespecstoplacecomponents.
AlsodiscussedistheimportanceofEndConditionsandJointswhataretheyandhowdo
theyrelatetocomponentinsertionfromaspec.

SpecificationRetrievalDefinition
AutoPLANTinstallsspecialinitialization(.ini)filesthatholdcomponentdata.Whenyou
insertacomponent,AutoPLANTreadsthedatafromthespecificfiles.Editing.inifilesis
usuallydonebyanexperiencedProjectAdministrator.

class.ini
WheninsertingacomponentintoanAutoPLANTPipingmodel,theprogramreadsclass
datafromafilecalledclass.ini.Eachcomponenthasaclassdefinitionthatdefineshowthe
componentistobeinserted.Onewayforfindingtheclassdefinitionofaparticular
componentistoinsertthecomponentintoapipingmodel,thenselectthePiping>
DatabaseTools>EditComponentcommandandpickthecomponent.
Whentheeditdialogdisplays,presstheNextPagetogotopage2ofthedialog.Inthe
DatabaseInformationlist,youwillfindtheCLASSname.Inthedialogshownhere,fora90
LRElbow,theCLASSnameislistedasAT_ELBOW_LR_90.

Dec09

19
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

AutoPLANTSpecifications

Component Placement

ThisCLASSvaluereferencesasectionintheclass.inifile.IfyousearchyourAutoPLANT
installation,youwillfindmultipleclass.inifiles.AutoPLANTprovidesaclass.inifileforeach
module(i.e.,oneforbase,oneforcabletrays,oneforconduit,etc.).Inthebasepiping
module,theclass.inifileresidesinthe..\MODULES\BASEsubdirectory.
Theclass.inifilecanbeopenedwithanytexteditorincludingNotepadorWordpad.
Opentheclass.inifileandsearchfortheelbowclassenclosedinbrackets.Fortheelbowin
theexampleabove,searchfor[AT_ELBOW_LR_90].Youshouldfindasectionsimilartothe
onebelow.
[AT_ELBOW_LR_90]
PARENT_CLASS=BASE_BENDS_CLASS
PORT_KEY=ElbowPorts
METHOD_KEY=AT_ELBOW_LR_90
SPEC_KEY=ELBOW_LR_90
CLASS_DESCRIPTION=Base90LongRadiusElbow
SHORT_DESC=90ELL(LR)
SPEC_GROUP=FITTING

speckey.ini
OneofthemethodsusedtocreatetheelbowentityiscalledSPEC_KEY.Avalueforthe
SPEC_KEYmethodisassignedtothespeckeygroupinthespeckey.inifile.Thisdefinesthe
searchcriteriathatwillbeusedtolocatethecomponentrecordinthespec.Thespeckey.ini
fileresidesinthesamedirectoryasclass.inifile.For[AT_ELBOW_LR_90]thespeckeyis
[ELBOW_LR_90].
Thisisanexampleofthe90LongRadiusElbowrecordinthespeckey.inifile.
[ELBOW_LR_90]
SPEC_TABLE=ELBOW
WHERE_CLAUSE=GTYPE='90L'AND(STYPE='LR'ORSTYPEISNULL)AND
MAIN_SIZE='$$Nominal$$'
SPECKEY_SCRIPT=at_SpecKey_Fittings
DISPLAY_FIELDS=
MAIN_SIZE;END_COND_1;END_COND_2;RATING;SCHEDULE;LONG_DESCR
ThisdefinitioninstructsAutoPLANThowtofilterthroughtheselectedspectolocatethis
componentrecord.

AutoPLANTSpecifications

20
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Component Placement

Thekeysaredefinedasfollows:

SPEC_TABLE:thetableortablestosearchthrough
WHERE_CLAUSE:howtofilterintheindicatedtables
SPECKEY_SCRIPT:programmaticchangestowhereclause.Inparticular,what
functiontoruninSPECKEY.EBSbasicscript.
DISPLAY_FIELDS:specfieldstodisplayforuserselectionifmorethanonerecordfits
thewhereclause.

Inthisexample,theELBOWtableinthespecwillsearchforrecordswithGTYPE=90L,
STYPE=LRorNull,andMAIN_SIZEequaltothecurrentnominalsize.Theat_SpecKey_Fitting(
)functionmaymodifythissearchcriteria(althoughinthiscaseitdoesnot).Ifmorethan
oneelbowrecordmatchesthesearchcriteria,itwilldisplaytheMAIN_SIZE,Endconditions1
and2,RATING,SCHEDULE,andLONGDESCRinaSpecificationSelectiondialogsothatyou
canchoosetheonethatyouwanttousetoplacethecomponentasnotedbythe
DISPLAY_FIELDSdefinition.

EndConditions&Joints
endcodes.ini
Theendcodes.inifilecontainsalistofvalidendconditionsthatcanbeusedbyAutoPLANT.
Eachendconditiongroupspecifiestheendconditionnameanddescription.Someend
conditionshavetheELvariabledefinedasthelegalsetofengagementlengthsallowedfor
thetypeofendcondition.Inaddition,thevalidODsarespecifiedforthetypeofendcode
specified.Anendconditionnamemustbe3charactersorless,andthedescriptionshould
be30charactersorless.
Thisisanexampleoftwoendconditiongroupblocksintheendcodes.inifile.
[BW]
Name=BW
Description=ButtWeldEnd
EL=N/A
OD=PIPE_OD_M;PIPE_OD_R;PIPE_OD_B

[SWF]
Name=SWF
Description=SocketWeldFemaleEnd
Engagement_Type=Female
EL=SKT_DPTH_B;SKT_DPTH_R;SKT_DPTH_M
OD=PIPE_OD_M;PIPE_OD_R;PIPE_OD_B
Dec09

21
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

AutoPLANTSpecifications

Component Placement

joints.ini
Endcodedatastoredinthejoints.inifiledefinethevalidjointsthatareusedasconnectivity
checkingcriteria,whenconnectingcomponentsforallmodules.
Thejoints.inifilecontainsrecordsthatdefinethevalidjointconditionsthatcanexistinan
AutoPLANTmodel.Thesejointsarecheckedwheneveryouattempttoconnect
components.Eachjointrecordconsistsofthefollowingkeyworddefinitions.

[JointName]:Thetypeandnameofthejoint.
End1:Thefirstendcodeofthejoint.Thisvalueshouldbespecifiedasdefinedin
thespec.

End2:Thesecondendcodeofthejoint.Thisvalueshouldbespecifiedasdefinedin
thespec.

ReqMatch:Thelistofportfields,separatedbysemicolonsthatmustmatcheach
otherforthejointtobevalid.

OptMatch:Thelistofportfields,separatedbysemicolons,thatshouldmatch,but
willproduceawarningiftheydonot.

Fasteners:Thelistoffastenercomponents,separatedbycolons,requiredto
completethejoint.

COCOScript:Optionalscriptthatmaybeexecutedtoprovideadditionalconnectivity
checks.

FastenerScript:Optionalscriptusedtocompletethefasteners.
Description:Adescriptionofthisjoint.
ToleranceVariable:Tolerancesettingsforthealignmentofconnectingports.

ThisisanexampleofaflangedjointrecordintheJOINTS.INIfile.Itindicatesthatwhen
connectingtwoflangedcomponents,foravalidjointtobemade,theconnectingend
conditionsmustbothmatchoneofthevaluesshownfortheEnd1andEnd2keywords.Also,
theNominal(ND)sizeandRating(PCL)mustmatch,theFacing(FAC)shouldmatchandwill
displayawarningmessageiftheydonot,andtheGasket(AT_GASKET)andBolts(AT_BOLT)
drawingscriptswillautomaticallybeexecutedtoplacetheseitemsbetweenthese
componentsiftheconnectionisvalidated.
[Flanged]
End1=FL;WAF;WFL;FLR
End2=FL;WAF;WFL;FLR
ReqMatch=ND
cocoscript=at_flange_coco
FastenerScript=at_FlangedJoint_fasteners
Description=FlangedJoint
Tolerance_Variable=MAX_FLANGEDSLOPE_TOL

Whenaddingcomponentstoaspec,itisimportanttoassignappropriateendconditionsso
thattheproperjointsarecreated.

AutoPLANTSpecifications

22
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Module Review

ModuleReview
Nowthatyouhavecompletedthismodule,letsreviewwhatyouhavelearned.

Questions
AnswerthesequestionstobeTrueorFalse.Detailedanswersappearonthefollowingpage.

1. InsuranceAgenciesrequiretheownerofafacilitytocomplywithrigidindustrycodes.

True
False

2. CranecatalogshasonlytablesforFlangesandValves.

True
False

3. Specificationsarecreatedfromonlyonecatalog.

True
False

4. Classdataforplacingacomponentinapipingmodelisreadfromtheclass.inifile.

Dec09

True
False

23
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

AutoPLANTSpecifications

Summary

Answers
1. True:Compliancetoindustrystandardsaregenerallymandatoryandenforcedby
regulatoryagencies.Theimportanceofadheringtothesecodesbeginsatthedesign
stagebycreatingindustrycompliantspecifications.

2. True:Cranedoesnotmanufacturefittingotherthanflangesandvalves.
3. False:Specificationscanbecreatedfromsinglecatalogsorbycombiningfittingsfrom
multiplecatalogs.

4. True:Theclass.inifileisoneofseveralinitializationfilesinstalledwithAutoPLANT.The
programreadsplacementinformationstoredinthe.inifile

Summary
Youarenowableto:

Understandthedifferencesbetweencatalogsandspecifications
LearntheMicrosoftAccesscatalogtablestructure
Learntoidentifyhowcomponentplacementiscontrolledbyspecifications
Gainabasicunderstandingofinitialization(.ini)files

AutoPLANTSpecifications

24
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

SpecificationGenerator
Overview
Aspecificationisadatabaseofcomponentrecordsthatmatchadefinedcriteria.Bybuilding
aspecificationfromasubsetofacatalogdata,themodelingprocessisstreamlined.
Componentselectionbecomesmoreefficient,eliminatederrorswhilesharingconsistency
acrossallmembersoftheprojectteam.AutoPLANTSpecificationGeneratorisusedto
createandmanagespecificationandcatalogdataaswellasprovidingaccuratereporting.

Prerequisites

StudentmustpossessaworkingknowledgeofMicrosoftAccess

Objectives

UnderstandtherelationshipbetweentheSpecificationGeneratorandthepiping
designersspecsheet.

Learnthebasicstepsforcreatingaspec
Createspecsections
Learnhowtomanagespecsections
Modifypiecemarks
Createmultiitemfilters
Generateandmodifyareport

Feb10

25
Copyright 2010 Bentley Systems Incorporated

SpecificationGenerator

Specification Generator

SpecificationGenerator
TheSpecificationGeneratorapplicationisinstalledwithAutoPLANTandcanbeused
independentlyfromtheAutoPLANTdesigntoolstocreatespecificationsfortheAutoPLANT
applications.

Typically,beforemodelingbegins,theProjectAdministratorgeneratesaspecification
definedbyspecificcompanyrequirements.
Aspecisproducedfromcomponentsselectedfromthecatalogsandidentifiedbyunique
componentIDs.
Oncethespechasbeenbuilt,itismadeactivetotheproject.Duringthemodelingsession,
theCADdesignerselectsallcomponentsfromthepredefinedspecification.Bycreatingthe
customspec,themodelingprocessbecomesconsistentacrossallprojectteammembers.
TheSpecificationGeneratoralsoservesasaCatalogEditor,usedtoaddtothesetofrecords
containedinacatalog,oreditexistingcatalogrecords.Youcanalsodefinethetypesof
inputallowedincertainfields,addnewtablestoanexistingdatabase,deletefieldsfrom
existingtables,andavarietyofothercustomizationfeatures.

SpecificationGenerator

26
Copyright 2010 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Feb10

Specification Generator

BasedontheSpecSheet
ThearchitectureofSpecificationGeneratorisbasedonaworkmethodfamiliartopiping
designersthespecsheet.
Asshowninthesample,aspecsheetisgenerallybrokenintocomponentsections.

TheSpecificationGeneratorusesthissamemethodtogeneratespecificationsfromthe
componentcatalogsfollowingthesesteps:

Addasectionforeachcomponenttypeincludedinthespec

Buildthespecbasedonthedefinedconstraints

Foreachsection,definetheconstraintorqueryusedtoextracttheselectionsetof
recordsfromthecatalog

Thisarchitecturealsosimplifiestheupdateprocess,byenablingyoutoreviewormodify
eachcomponentsection.Yousimplymodifytheconstraintforthedesiredsection,andthen
rebuildthespec.

Feb10

27
Copyright 2010 Bentley Systems Incorporated

SpecificationGenerator

Specification Generator

BasicStepsforBuildingSpecs
1. LaunchSpecificationGenerator.
2. Selectaproject.Theactionpredefinestheprojectpathsandunitinformation.
3. Namethenewspecification.SpecifictionGeneratorcreatesadatabasefilewiththe
specificationname.

4. Selectcatalogorcatalogsfromwhichtobuildthespec.
5. Addasectiontothespec.
6. Definefiltersforthissection.
7. Continuetoaddsectionsandfiltersfordifferentcomponenttypes.
8. UsetheBuildSpecoptiontocreatethespec.
9. Thenewspecwillberecreatedbasedonyourdefinedsectionseachtimeyouopenthe
spec.

SpecificationGenerator

28
Copyright 2010 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Feb10

Specification Generator

CreatingaNewSpec
NowyouwillusetheSpecificationGeneratortobuildanewspec.

GeneralRecommendations

ThefiltersarestoredinthecatalogMicrosoftAccessfileasaseparatetablenamed
filterList.YoumayopenthattableinMSAccessandrenamethefilters,butyou
cannotsortthenamessothattheywillappearinthenewlysortedorderinthe
SpecificationGeneratorprogram.

BeconscientiousaboutaddinganewSTYPEtothefilterprocess.Forinstance,ifyou
createtwonewSTYPEvalues,THFandSWF,forthreadedflangesandsocketweld
flangesrespectively,youwillberequiredtomodifyspeckey.iniinorderfor
AutoPLANTtobeabletoplacethesenewSTYPEflangesinthemodel.

Note:

AnotherusefultoolistomakeanewSTYPEFLLforfullcouplings.Currentlyyoucanonlyfilter
halfcouplings.Thenothalfcouplingfilterwillnotworktodisplayfullcouplingsonly.

YoushouldfamiliarizeyourselfwiththevariousGTYPEandSTYPEvaluesforeach
componentinordertoeffectivelybuildfilters.Theageoldadageofpractice
makesperfectwillbethebestwaytoexperimentbuildingfiltersuntilyoufindthe
bestcombinationoffiltertypestoprovidethedisplayyouwant.

Whenbuildingspecs,dontforgettoaddtherequirednozzles,strainers,control
valves,reliefvalves,etc.,whichmaynotbedesignatedinthewrittenpipingspec.

Thefollowingexerciseswillteachyouhowtobuildaspecnamed150LBforusebythe
PipingapplicationsBasemodule.Youwillcreatethespecanddefinethedescriptive
informationforthespec.

Exercise1:StartSpecificationGeneratorandcreateaspeccalled150LB.
1. FromAllprograms>Bentley>PlantV8i>Specgen>SpecGen.exe.
2. OrclicktheV8iprogramicontoopenthelistofapplications.DoubleclickonSpecGen,
andSpecificationGenerator.

3. Youarerequestedtoselectaproject.

Feb10

29
Copyright 2010 Bentley Systems Incorporated

SpecificationGenerator

Specification Generator

Forthisexercise,youwillselectasampleproject,includedintheinstall.

4. SelecttheSampleImperialproject.ClickOK.
Note:

Whenyouselectaproject,allprojectpathsandunitinformationisloadedautomatically.

5. Type150LBintheFilenamefieldandclickOpen.
Youwillbepromptedtoselectthecatalogsthatwillbeusedasthesourceforbuilding
yourspec.

SpecificationGenerator

30
Copyright 2010 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Feb10

Specification Generator

6. SelectAdd.

7. SelecttheANSIASMEandLadishcatalogs.
Note:

ClickandholddowntheCtrlkeytoselectmultiplecatalogs.

8. ClickOpen.
9. ClickOKtocompletetheselection.
ThecatalogsareaddedtotheSelectCatalogsdialogasshownbelow.

Feb10

31
Copyright 2010 Bentley Systems Incorporated

SpecificationGenerator

Specification Generator

Nowyouwillbeginbyaddingsectionstothespec.Thesesectionsallowyoutofilter
specificcomponentsfromthecatalogs.Youwillbeaddingsectionsforpipe,valves,
fittingsandfasteners.

10. FromtheSpecmenu,selectAddSection.

11. SelectPipefromthelist.
Yourscreenshouldappearsimilartothefigurebelow.

SpecificationGenerator

32
Copyright 2010 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Feb10

Specification Generator

Exercise2:Definethedescriptiveinformationforthenewspec.
Enterdescriptiveinformationforthespec.

1. Click+totherightSpecificationDetails,toaddanewheaderdetail.
2. EnterMaxTemperatureandclickOKtoaddtheheaderdetail.

3. RepeattheprocesstoaddaServicedetail.
4. Scrolldownandenterthedetailvaluesasshownbelow.

5. Fromthemenu,selectSpec>SaveSpecHeadertosavethedetailswiththespec.

DefinetheSearchCriteria
Thefollowingexercisesteachyouhowtodefinethespecificationsectionsforthesearch
criteriathatisusedwhenbuildingaspecification.Youwilllearnhowtoconfigurethe
constraintsforthePIPEsectionandaddanewsection.

Exercise3:DefinethePipeClassSectionforthe150lbspecification.
Thespecyouwillbuildcontainsthefollowingpipe:
PIPE

1/4"21/2"

SMLS,SCH80CS,A106

3"24"

SMLS,SCH40CS,A106

30"48"

SMLS,SCH20CS,A106

1. Clickbrowse()nexttoSelectClassesinthePIPEsection,todefinethecomponent
classesforthePIPEsection.

2. TheClassBrowserdialoggotPipedisplays.
ExpandtheBasenodeintheAvailableClassessectiontoviewtheclassesasshown
below.ThisdialogindicatesthatthePIPEsectionispredefinedtocontaintheAT_PIPE
andAT_NIPPLEclasses.

Feb10

33
Copyright 2010 Bentley Systems Incorporated

SpecificationGenerator

Specification Generator

ThisspecwillnothaveNipplesinit.

3. SelectAT_NIPPLEintheSelectedClassesfield.
4. Clicktheleftarrow<toremovenipplesfromthissection.
Yourscreenshouldappearasshownbelow.

5. ClickOKtoclosetheClassBrowserdialog.

SpecificationGenerator

34
Copyright 2010 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Feb10

Specification Generator

ThefirstsetofrecordsinyourPIPEsectionwillcontainsmallschedule80pipe.
TheMin.Size,Max.Size,Sched,etc.fieldsshownintheConstraintsareaofthePIPE
sectionenableyoutodefinethecriteriathatwillbeusedtobuildthesetofcomponent
recordsthatwillbeincludedinthespec.Clickingineachfieldwilldisplayadropdown
listofoptions.

6. UsertheModifyConstraintsbuttonstoaddafieldsuchasLONG_DESCRasshown
below.TheMatGradeisASTMA106.
DisabletheExpertModecheckboxtoshowtheexactnumberofrecordsthatwillbe
addedtothespecbasedonthecurrentconstraintsdefined.

7. Totakeacloserlookatthe9records,clickPreviewSpeciconintheConstraintsarea.
Note:

Usertherolloverfunctiontoviewiconinformation.

Theapplicationwillreturnagridasshownbelow.

8. Toviewthedetailsofacomponent,rightclickonthecomponentrecordinthegrid,and
selecttheViewComponentDetailsoptionfromthecontextmenuasshown.

Feb10

35
Copyright 2010 Bentley Systems Incorporated

SpecificationGenerator

Specification Generator

Thedialogshowsthecomponentinformationanddimensionaldataincludingabitmap
imageofthecomponent.

9. ClickDatabaseInformationtoexpandthedialoganddisplaytheadditionaldatabase
fieldvalues.

SpecificationGenerator

36
Copyright 2010 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Feb10

Specification Generator

ClickingthearrowbuttonsscrolltothePrevious/NextcomponentintheSpecSection
Previewgridanditsdetails.

10. Whenfinishedviewingthedetails,closethedialogandreturntotheSpecSection
Preview.

11. Closethegrid.
Nowyouwilladdrecordsforpipesizesfrom3to24.

12. ClickAddRow(+)intheConstraintsarea.
13. Settheconstraintsasshownbelow.Noticethatthissearchreturned13records.

14. Finally,completethePIPEsectionbyaddingrecordsforsizes30to42asshown
below.Thissearchcriteriashouldreturn4records.

15. Previewingthespecnowwillreturn9+13+4=26piperecordsasshownbelow.Close
thepreviewwhenyouarefinishedreviewingtherecords.
Feb10

37
Copyright 2010 Bentley Systems Incorporated

SpecificationGenerator

Specification Generator

Youhavenowcompletedthepipesectionofyourspec.However,therearestillsome
issuestoaddress,suchashowtomodifythedescriptionandhowtoremove5pipe
fromthislist.
Youwilllearnhowtoaccomplishthesetaskslaterinthiscourse.

16. Beforemovingon,letssavethenewspec.UseFile>SaveAs
Youcangiveitanynameyouchoose,tosavethe.mdbfile.

Exercise4:CreateanewsectionforButterflyValves
1. FromthemenuselectSpec>AddSection.
2. TypeBFLYVALVEfortheSectionName.

3. ClickOKtoaddthesectiontotheSection/Classesdropdownmenuasshownbelow.

SpecificationGenerator

38
Copyright 2010 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Feb10

Specification Generator

4. ClickSelectClassestoassignwhichclassestosearchforthissection.
JustbecausewenameditBFLY,theapplicationdoesnotknowtolimititselftobutterfly
valves.
YouwillnoticethattheredoesnotappeartobeaclassavailableforButterflyvalves.
SincetherearenobutterflyvalvesineithertheANSIASMEcatalogortheLADISH
catalogs,youwillneedtoaddanothercatalogwithbutterflyvalves,namelytheCRANE
catalog.

5. ClosetheClassBrowserdialog.
6. FromthemenuselectCatalogs>SelectCatalogs.
7. ClickAddandthenaddtheCRANEcatalog.
8. AddtheBONNEYFORGEDcatalogwhichyouwilluselater.
9. ClickOK.

Feb10

39
Copyright 2010 Bentley Systems Incorporated

SpecificationGenerator

Specification Generator

10. ClickSelectClassesintheBFLYVALVEsectiontodisplaytheClassbrowser.
11. ExpandtheBasenodeintheClassBrowserAvailableClassestree.
12. SelecttheBaseButterflyValve(AT_VALVE_BFLY)classandthenclick>toaddtheclass
asshownbelow.

13. ClickOKtoclosetheClassBrowserdialog.

SpecificationGenerator

40
Copyright 2010 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Feb10

Specification Generator

14. DisableExpertMode,andsetuptheconstraintssectionfortheButterflyValveas
shown.

Thereisstillsomepolishingworktodoonthesesections,suchassettingthematerial,
butletsgoaheadanddefinetheGLOBEandGATEvalvesectionsbeforehandlingthese
issues.

Exercise5:CreateanewsectionnamedGlobeValve.
1. CreateanewsectionnamedGLOBEVALVE,whichusestheBaseGlobeValve
(AT_VALVE_GLOBE)class.Youwanttheglobevalvesinyourspecificationasfollows:
GLOBEVALVE
1/421/2

Class600#Thd,A105

1/421/2

Class600#SW,A105

1/424

Class150#RF,A216WCB

324

Class150#Buttweld,A216WCB

2. DisableExportModeandsettheConstraintsasyoudidfortheButterFlyvalveabove.
YouwillnoticethatthereisnowaytodefinetheconstraintsfortheRFflangedvalves.
YoucanaddanewcolumntotheConstraintssectionwiththeModifybutton.Click
ModifyintheGlobeValveConstraintssectiontodisplaytheModifyConstraintsdialog.

3. SelecttheFACING_1field,andclick>toaddacolumnforFACING_1totheGlobe
ValvesConstraints.

Feb10

41
Copyright 2010 Bentley Systems Incorporated

SpecificationGenerator

Specification Generator

4. ModifythefilterfortheflangedGlobeValvesasshownbelow.

LookingattherecordCount,therestillappearstobetoomanyflangedandbuttweld
valves.

5. ClickPreviewSpectoviewtherecords.
Noticethatthespecisusingessentiallythesamevalvefromseveraldifferent
manufacturers.

6. Closethepreviewdialog.
Youcanlimitthisduplicationbyassigningafilterbycatalog.

7. ClickModifyandselecttheCATALOGfieldtoadd(>)totheconstraintfields.

SpecificationGenerator

42
Copyright 2010 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Feb10

Specification Generator

8. ClickOK.
9. NowsettheCATALOGconstraintfortheflangedandbuttweldvalvestoBonneyForge
asshown.

Note:

ThevaluesshownfortheCATALOGconstraintarepickedfromtheCATALOGfieldintheselected
Catalogs.Whengeneratingnewcatalogsusingtablesfromtheexistingcatalogsalwaysreset
thesevaluestothenewcatalogsnameoranyothervalue.

Feb10

43
Copyright 2010 Bentley Systems Incorporated

SpecificationGenerator

Specification Generator

Exercise6:AddanewsectioncalledGateValve
1. CreateanewsectioncalledGATEVALVE,whichusestheBaseGateValve
(AT_VALVE_GATE)andtheBaseExtendedEndGateValve(AT_VALVE_EXT_GATE)
classes.

2. UsetheModifyConstraintoptiontoaddconstraintcolumnsFACING_1,CATALOG,and
END_COND_2fieldstotheconstraint.

3. Next,usethefollowingcriteriaforthegatevalves.
GATEVALVE
1/421/2

Class600#Thd,A105

1/421/2

Class600#SW,A105

1/421/2

ExtendedBodyClass800#THDxSW,A105

1/424

Class150#RF,A216WCB

324

Class150#Buttweld,A216WCB

4. Whenyouarefinisheddefiningtheconstraints,disabletheExpertModecheckboxto
viewtheCountvaluesshown.

Sincethespechasnotbeenbuilt,alloftheserecordshavenotyetbeencopiedtothe
spec.

5. FromthemenuselectSpec>BuildEntireSpec.
TheSpecGeneratorwilldisplayaprogressdialog,andthenreportthatthespecwas
builtsuccessfully.

Next,youwilladdadditionalsectionstothespecandalsolearnnewwaystorefine
constraintsdefinitions.

SpecificationGenerator

44
Copyright 2010 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Feb10

Managing Spec Sections

ManagingSpecSections
TheseexercisesfocusonadditionalfunctionalityofSpecificationGeneratorwhenworking
withspecsectionsincluding:

Removingunwantedsizesfromaspecsection

CustomizingtheLongDescriptionvalueinthespec

Creatingmulticlassconstraints

RemovingUnwantedSizes
Exercise1:Removesize5fromthespec.
1. InthePIPEsection,clickintheConstraintsrowwherethepipesizes3to24are
defined.

2. RightclicktodisplayacontextmenuandpickSelectSizestodisplaytheFilterSizes
dialog.

3. Move5totheExcludedSizesasshownbelow.

4. TherecordCountshouldnowdecreasebyoneto12asshown.

Feb10

45
Copyright 2010 Bentley Systems Incorporated

SpecificationGenerator

Managing Spec Sections

5. Removethissizefromallothersectionsthatinclude5"intheirrangeofsizes.Notethat
therecordCountmaynotchangeifthereareno5"recordsinthecatalogforthesection
thatyouareremovingthissize.

EditingtheLongDescription
TheLongDescriptionvaluesinthecatalogsareoftennotthedesireddescriptionsfor
inclusioninthespecification.Remember,thespecdescriptionwillfeedintothemodel
databaseandwillappearongeneratedreports,suchastheBillsofMaterials.
TheSpecificationGeneratorenablesyoutobuildthelongdescriptionfromacombinationof
statictextaswellascatalogfields.Forpipe,youwilllearnhowtomodifytheLong
Descriptiontodisplayasshownbelow:

LADISHX1

wheretheCATALOGistheactualCatalogforthecomponentsinthespec.

Exercise2:SettheLongDescriptionforthespec
1. FromthemenuselectSpec>DefaultDescriptionBuilder.
2. FromtheFieldsmenu,selectLongDESCRandclickEdit.

ThedefinitioniscreatedintheDescriptionsectionofthisdialog.

SpecificationGenerator

46
Copyright 2010 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Feb10

Managing Spec Sections

Catalogfieldsthatyouwouldliketobepartofthedescriptionareaddedbyselecting
andclickingthedownarrowbutton.Fieldsaddedtothedefinitioninthismannerwill
appearinthisformat:<<fieldnamehere>>.Statictextisaddedbysimplyenteringtext.
YoucanpreviewtheresultsforthecurrentdefinitionclickingPreview.

6. InputthedefinitionintheLongDescriptiontextboxasshownbelow:
<<CATALOG>>X<<MAIN_SIZE>>

Note:

Squarebracketsaroundthetext,[],ensurethatthetextwillnotbewrittenwhenthenextfield
isnull.Ifthetextisnotenclosedinsquarebrackets,thetextisonlywrittenwhenthevaluefor
thenextfieldinthecriteriaisnotnull.Thisdoesnotapplyfortextstringsattheendofthe
criteria.

7. ClickPreviewtoviewanexampleoftheresultsasshownbelow.

8. ClickOKtoapplythenewdefinitiontothespec.
Feb10

47
Copyright 2010 Bentley Systems Incorporated

SpecificationGenerator

Managing Spec Sections

Note:

TheLongDescriptionPreviewfunctionavailabletoeachsectionmaynotalwaysproperly
concatenateacustomLongDescription,butthespecwillbuildwiththecorrectinformation.

Exercise3:SettheLongDescriptionforasectionrow
InthepreviousexerciseyoulearnedhowtosettheLongDescriptionfortheentirespec.
Howevertheremightbesituationswherewewantaparticularsectionrowtohavedifferent
criteriaforgeneratingtheLongDescriptions.

Note:

TheLongDescriptioncriteriaforarowwouldoverridethedefaultLongDescriptioncriteria
definedforthewholespec.

Forpipe,youwilllearnhowtomodifytheLongDescriptiontodisplayasshownbelow:

PIPE,SMLS,SCH80CS,A106B

wherethescheduleistheactualscheduleforthepipe.

1. OpentheDescriptionBuilderbyarightclickinthefirstConstraintsrowofthePIPE
section.

2. SelectLONG_DESCfromtheDescriptionfieldsandclickEdit.
3. EnterthedefinitionintheLongDescriptiontextboxasshownbelow:
PIPE,SMLS,SCH<<SCHEDULE>>CS,A106B

4. ClickPreviewtoviewanexampleoftheresultsasshown.

5. SinceyouwanttoapplythisdefinitiontotheotherrowsinthePIPEsection,selectthe
entirestringintheDefinitiontextbox,thenrightclickandselectCopyfromthecontext
menutocopythisstringtotheclipboard.

6. ClickOKtoapplythenewdefinitiontothecurrentrowofthePIPEsection.

SpecificationGenerator

48
Copyright 2010 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Feb10

Managing Spec Sections

7. OpentheDescriptionBuilderandedittheLongDescriptionforeachoftheotherPIPE
sectionrows.Whenthedialogdisplays,makethetextboxactive,andrightclickto
selectPaste.

8. SettheLongDescriptiondefinitionforallrowsintheGLOBEVALVEandGATEVALVEto
<<SHORT_DESC>>,CLASS<<RATING>>#,<<END_COND_1>>[X]<<END_COND2>>,
<<MAT_GRADE>>

ModifyingPieceMarks
ThePieceMarkvaluesinthecatalogsareoftennotthedesiredvaluesforthespecification
components.Thesevaluesareoftenusedbyuserstoidentifyspeccomponents.
TheSpecificationGeneratorenablesyoutobuildthePieceMarkfromacombinationof
statictextaswellascatalogfields.

SettingthePieceMarkfortheEntireSpec
Exercise1:ModifythePieceMarktodisplayasshownbelow:

Createdfromthecritera:

<<GTYPE>><<STYPE>><<MAIN_SIZE>>X<<RUN_SIZE>>X<<BRAN_SIZE>>

1. OpenthePieceMarkEditorfromSpec>DefaultDescriptionBuilder.
2. FromtheFieldsdialogselectthePIECE_MARKfieldnameandclickEdittodisplaythe
dialog.

Note:

OryoucandoubleclickthePIECE_MARKfieldname.

Thefollowingdialogappears.

Feb10

49
Copyright 2010 Bentley Systems Incorporated

SpecificationGenerator

Managing Spec Sections

Thedefinitioniscreatedbyselectingfieldsfromthelist.Fieldsaddedtothedescription
appearinthisformat:
<<fieldnamehere>>.
StatictextisaddedbyenteringdirectlyintotheDefinitionfield.ClickingPreview
displaysthedefinition.

3. EnterthedefinitioninthePieceMarktextboxasshownbelow:
<<GTYPE>><<STYPE>><<MAIN_SIZE>>X<<RUN_SIZE>>X<<BRAN_SIZE>>

Note:

Squarebracketsaroundthetext,[],ensurethatthetextisalwayswrittenevenwhenthenext
fieldisnull.Ifthetextisnotenclosedinsquarebrackets,thetextisonlywrittenwhenthevalue
forthenextfieldinthecriteriaisnotnull.Thisdoesnotapplyfortextstringsattheendofthe
criteria.

4. ClickPreviewtoviewtheresults.

5. ClickOKtoapplythenewdefinitiontothespec.
Note:

SpecificationGenerator

ThePiecemarkPreviewfunctionavailabletoeachsectionmaynotalwaysproperlyconcatenatea
customPieceMark,butthespecwillbuildwiththecorrectinformation.

50
Copyright 2010 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Feb10

Managing Spec Sections

SettingthePieceMarkforaSpecificRow
InthepreviousexerciseyoulearnedhowtosetthePieceMarkfortheentirespec.
However,theremightbesituationswherewewantaparticularsectionrowtohave
differentcriteriaforgeneratingthePieceMark.
ToeditthePieceMarkspecifictoselectedconstraints,youwilllaunchtheeditorfromthe
specificsectionrow.

Note:

ThePIECE_MARKcriteriaforarowwouldoverridethedefaultPIECE_MARKcriteriadefinedfor
thewholespec.

Exercise2:ModifythePieceMarktoappearasshown.

BaseAT_PIPE1

Createdfromthecriteria:

<<MODULE_NAME>><<CLASS_NAME>><<MAIN_SIZE>>

1. RightclickinthefirstconstraintsrowofthePIPEsection.
2. FromthecontextmenudisplayedselectDescriptionBuilder.

3. FromtheFieldsdialogselectthePIECE_MARKfieldnameandclickEdittodisplaythe
dialog.

Note:

OryoucandoubleclickthePIECE_MARKfieldname.

4. EnterthedefinitioninthePieceMarktextboxasshown:
<<MODULE_NAME>><<CLASS_NAME>><<MAIN_SIZE>>

Feb10

51
Copyright 2010 Bentley Systems Incorporated

SpecificationGenerator

Managing Spec Sections

5. ClickPreviewtoviewtheresults.

6. SinceyoumaywanttoapplythisPieceMarkdefinitiontotheotherrowsinthePIPE
section,youcanselecttheentirestringinthePieceMarktextbox,thenrightclickand
selectCopyfromthecontextmenutocopythisstringtotheclipboard.

7. ClickOKtoapplythenewdefinitiontothecurrentrowofthePIPEsection.
8. OpenthePieceMarkEditorforeachoftheotherPIPEsectionrows.Whenthedialog
displays,clickinthePieceMarktextboxtomakeitactive,thenrightclickandselect
Paste.

Note:

Youmaygetanerror,wheretheamountofcharactersspecifiedinyourdescriptionexceedsthe
allowablelimit.Ifso,reworkyourdescription.

SpecificationGenerator

52
Copyright 2010 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Feb10

Managing Spec Sections

MultiItemFiltering
Inthenextexercise,youwillcreateasectioncalledOLETandconfiguretheconstraintsusing
thefollowinginformation.

Note:

OLETisoneofthepredefinedsectionnames.
3/8"21/2"

Class3000#SWCS,A105

Elbolet

Sockolet

Latrolet

3"48"

SCHSTDBWCS,A105

Elbolet

Latrolet

Weldolet

Exercise1:CreateanOLETsection
1. FromthemenuselectSpec>AddSection.
2. SelectOLETfromthedropdownlist,andclickOK.

3. ClickSelectClassesintheOLETsectiontoverifywhichclassesarebeingselected.You
shouldseethenine(9)oletclassesasshownbelow.

Feb10

53
Copyright 2010 Bentley Systems Incorporated

SpecificationGenerator

Managing Spec Sections

4. ClickCanceltoclose.
YouwillnowneedtoedittheconstraintsforOLETandaddcolumnsforbothSCHEDULE
andCATALOG.

5. ClickModifyContraintsintheConstraintssection.

6. LocateSCHEDULEintheavailablefieldsandaddthistotheSelectedFieldslist.
7. RepeattheprocesstoaddCATALOG.
8. ClickOK.
Nowletsaddthedetails

9. Addanewrowusing+button

SpecificationGenerator

54
Copyright 2010 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Feb10

Managing Spec Sections

10. Setthefirstrowas3/8to2+1/2,Rating3000LB,EndCondSWF,andCATALOGBONNEY
FORGED.TheSpecificationGeneratorshouldreturn91records.

11. APreviewSpecshowstheseareallthesmallboreelbolets,sockoletsandlatrolets
required.
Addanewrowandsettheconstraintvaluesas:3to48,EndCondBW,CATALOG
BONNEYFORGED,ScheduleSTD.
SpecificationGeneratorshouldreturn687records.

12. LookingatthePreviewSpec,youwillnoticethatthereareunwantedolettypessuchas
sweepoletsandinsertweldolets.Youneedtobuildafilterthatlimitsthechoicesto
elbolets,latroletsandweldolets.

Note:

Feb10

Youcanpreviewthecomponentrecordsofasinglerowinasectionbyrightclickinginthedesired
rowthenselectingthePreviewoptionfromthecontextmenu.

55
Copyright 2010 Bentley Systems Incorporated

SpecificationGenerator

Adding Fitting Sections

AddingFittingSections
Inthefollowingexercisesyouwillbeaddingfournewsectionsandsetthefilters.

Exercise1:AddtheELBOWSsection
1. FromthemenuselectSpec>AddSection.
2. TypeELBOWSintheAddNewSpecSectionnamefieldandclickOK.
3. ClickSelectClassesandsettheclassesto:AT_ELBOW_LR_45,AT_ELBOW_LR_90,
AT_ELBOW_RED_90,andAT_ELBOW_SR_90.

4. UseModifyContraintstoaddtheCATALOGcolumntotheConstraintsgrid.
5. ClickOK.
6. SettheConstraintsfortheelbowsaslistedbelow.
1/4"21/2"

Class3000#SWCS,A105

90Elbow

45Elbow

3"48"

SCHSTDBWCS,A234WPB

90Elbow

90ReducingElbow

90SRElbow

45Elbow

7. ForCATALOGselectLadish.
8. Theseconstraintsresultin124totalelbowrecords.

SpecificationGenerator

56
Copyright 2010 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Feb10

Adding Fitting Sections

Exercise2:AddaTEESsection
1. FromthemenuselectSpec>AddSection.
2. TypeTEESintheAddNewSpecSectionnamefieldandclickOK.
3. PickSelectClassesandsettheclassestoAT_TEEandAT_TEE_RED_BRANCH.
4. SelectModifyContraintsandaddtheCATALOGcolumntotheConstraintsgrid.
5. ClickOK.
6. SettheConstraintsfortheteesaslistedbelow.
1/4"21/2"

Class3000#SWCS,A105

Tee

3"24"

SCH40BWCS,A234WPB

Tee

ReducingTee

30"48"

Sch20BWCS,A234WPB

Tee

ReducingTee

7. ForCATALOGselectLadishforthesmallsize.TherearenoLadishTeesavailableforthe
largersize.
Theseconstraintsresultin199totalTeesrecords.

Feb10

57
Copyright 2010 Bentley Systems Incorporated

SpecificationGenerator

Adding Fitting Sections

Exercise3:AddaFLANGESection
1. FromthemenuselectSpec>AddSection.
2. SelectFLANGEfromtheAddNewSpecSectiondialog.
Note:

Flangeisapredefinedsectionname.

3. ClickOK.
4. PickSelectClassesandsettheclassesto:AT_FLANGE_BLD,AT_FLANGE_LAP,
AT_FLANGE_ORF,AT_FLANGE_RED,AT_FLANGE_REDSLIP,AT_FLANGE_SLP,
AT_FLANGE_SW,AT_FLANGE_THD,AT_FLANGE_WNKandAT_STUB_END_LJ.

5. SelectModifyContraints.
AddtheCATALOGcolumntotheConstraintsgrid.

6. SettheConstraintsfortheflangesaslisted:
1/4"21/2"

Class150#RFSWCS,
A105

3"24"

Class150#RFSOCS,A105 Note:SelectAT_FLANGE_SLPasCLASS_NAME

3"24"

Class150#RFWNCS,
A105

Note:SelectAT_FLANGE_WNKasCLASS_NAME.

BlindFlangeClass150#RF
CS,A105

Note:SelectAT_FLANGE_BLDasCLASS_NAME

1/2"24"

OrificeFlangeClass600#
RFSWCS,A105

Note:SelectAT_FLANGE_ORFasCLASS_NAME

1"21/2"

Theseconstraintsresultin59totalflangerecords.

SpecificationGenerator

58
Copyright 2010 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Feb10

Exercise4:AddAFASTENERsection
Fortheboltsandgaskets,youwillusethepredefinedFASTENERsection.

1. SelectSpec>AddSection.
2. SelectFASTENERfromAddNewSpecSectiondialog.
3. ClickOK.
4. TheClasseshavebeenpresettoAT_BOLT,AT_GASKET,andAT_LUG_BOLT.
5. SelectModifyContraintsandaddCOMP_LENandCLASS_NAMEcolumnstothe
Constraintsgrid

6. SettheConstraintsforthefastenersasdescribedbelow:
Gaskets
24

Class150#GrafoilGhe1/8Thk

24

Class300#GrafoilGhe1/8Thk

Bolts
1/4"24"

BoltsA193B16w/2A1942HNUTS

Theseconstraintsresultin81totalrecords.

Feb10

59
Copyright 2010 Bentley Systems Incorporated

SpecificationGenerator

Reporting Functions

ReportingFunctions
SpecificationGeneratorcontainsaselectionofreportsthatareeasytogenerateand
modify.ThesereportsarestoredintheSPECGENREPORTS.MDBfile,aMicrosoftAccess
database,locatedinthe..\REPORTSsubdirectoryofyourAutoPLANT3Dinstallation.
TheMicrosoftAccessReportWriterutilityisusedtomodifyoraddareport.

GenerateaReport
Exercise1:RunaSpecificationGeneratorreport
1. Ifyouhavenotbuiltthespecsinceyourlastchanges,builditnowusingSpec>Build
Spec.

2. SelectSpec>ReportPrint/Previewtoopenthedialog.

3. SelectareportandthenclickPreviewtodisplaythereportsimilartotheoneshown
below.
Ifyoudidnotbuildthespecpreviously,itwillbebuiltautomaticallybeforegenerating
thepreview.

4. Whenfinished,clickOKtoclosethepreviewwindow.

SpecificationGenerator

60
Copyright 2010 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Feb10

Reporting Functions

Feb10

61
Copyright 2010 Bentley Systems Incorporated

SpecificationGenerator

Reporting Functions

ModifyaReport
TheMicroSoftAccessReportWriterisusedtomodifyoraddareport.Itisbeyondthescope
ofthiscoursetoteachallthemethodsforcreatinganAccessreport,soforthefollowing
exerciseyouwilllearnhowtomodifyareportbyreplacingtheBentleylogoonanexisting
report.

Exercise2:ModifythelogoonanexistingSpecReport
1. Open..Bentley\PlantXM\Reports\SpecgenReports.mdb.
2. ThefileopensinMicrosoftAccess.
Insurethatthereportstaborobjectisselected.

3. RightclickontheDetailbySizereport,thenselectDesignViewfromthecontextmenu.
Thereportwillbeopenedasshownbelow.

4. ClickontheBentleylogoandclickDelete.
5. SelectInsert>Picturetoinsertyourcompanylogoorothergraphic.e
6. Whenthebrowsedialogappears,selectthepictureyouwanttouseandclickOK.
7. Usethegripnodestomoveandsizethegraphic.
8. ClosethedesignviewbyclickingtheXintheupperrightcorner.
9. ClickYestosavethechanges.
10. Doubleclickonthereporttobringupthepreview.Closethepreviewwhenyouare
finished.

11. ExitMicrosoftAccess.
12. VerifythatthisreportrunswithyourchangesinsideofSpecGen.
SpecificationGenerator

62
Copyright 2010 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Feb10

Reporting Functions

ThisexercisecompletestheAutoPLANTSpecificationsXMfundamentalscourse.

CreatingSpecificationsfortheProductionEnvironment
Tocompletethisspecificationforuseinaproductionenvironment,youwouldneedtoadd
itemssuchascouplings,unions,caps,plugs,reducers,swages,laterals,crossesandpossibly
otherclassesoffittings.
Thiscourseisintendedtogiveyouabriefintroductiontocreatingspecifications.

Feb10

63
Copyright 2010 Bentley Systems Incorporated

SpecificationGenerator

Module Review

ModuleReview
Nowthatyouhavecompletedthismodule,letsreviewwhatyouhavelearned.

Questions
AnswerthesequestionstobeTrueorFalse.Detailedanswersappearonthefollowingpage.

1. Whenyouaddasectiontoaspecification,youcandefinewhichcatalogsthe
componentswillbeselectedfrom.

True
False

2. TheClassBrowserprovidesaneasytousedialogforaddingandremovingspecific
classesfromaspec.

True
False

3. ThePreviewSpecgivesalistingofallcomponentrecordslistedinthespec.

True
False

SpecificationGenerator

64
Copyright 2010 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Feb10

Module Review

Answers
1. True:Onceyoudefineanewsectioninaspec,youareautomaticallypromptedtoselect
thecatalogsfromwhichthecomponentswillbechosenfrom.Thisfeatureallowsyouto
specifypopularmanufacturers.

2. True:TheClassBrowserprovidesafastmethodfortheusertosimplyselecttheclasses
tobeincludedinthespec.

3. True:Onceyouhavecreatedthesectionsofthespec,youcanpreviewtheresults
beforeyoubuildthespec.

Summary
Youarenowableto:

UnderstandtherelationshipbetweentheSpecificationGeneratorandthepiping
designersspecsheet.

Learnthebasicstepsforcreatingaspec
Createspecsections
Learnhowtomanagespecsections
Modifypiecemarks
Createmultiitemfilters
Generateandmodifyareport

Feb10

65
Copyright 2010 Bentley Systems Incorporated

SpecificationGenerator

Module Review

Thispageintentionallyleftblank.

SpecificationGenerator

66
Copyright 2010 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Feb10

CourseSummary
Review
Nowthatyouhavecompletedthiscourse,letsmeasurewhatyouhavelearned.

Questions
1. Classesspecifythecommoditycontainedwithinapipingconfiguration.

True
False

2. Componentcatalogsarebuiltintotheapplicationtoprovideapicklistforplacement
withinamodel.

True
False

3. AutoPLANTPipingdatabasetoolsprovideausefulmethodfordeterminingtheclass
definitionofaspecificcomponent.

True
False

4. InsuranceAgenciesrequiretheownerofafacilitytocomplywithrigidindustrycodes.

True
False

5. CranecatalogshaveonlytablesforFlangesandValves.

True
False

6. Specificationsarecreatedfromonlyonecatalog.

Dec09

True
False

67
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

CourseSummary

Review

7. Classdataforplacingacomponentinapipingmodelisreadfromtheclass.inifile.

True
False

8. SpecificationGeneratorenablesyoutocreateaspecusingafamiliarworkmethod.

True
False

9. Bydesigningspecificconstraintsinaspec,thenumberofcomponentstoselectfromis
minimized.

True
False

10. Whenyouaddasectiontoaspecification,youcandefinewhichcatalogsthe
componentswillbeselectedfrom.

True
False

11. TheClassBrowserprovidesaneasytousedialogforaddingandremovingspecific
classesfromaspec.

True
False

12. ThePreviewSpecfunctiongivesadetailedlistingofallcomponentrecordsinthespec.

True
False

CourseSummary

68
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Review

Answers
1. True:Aclassidentifiesthecommoditywithinapipe,includingwhetheritisaliquidor
gas,aswellasoperatingtemperatures,pressuresandcorrosiveness.

2. False:ComponentcatalogsareinstalledwithAutoPLANT.Thesecatalogsprovidedata
onthousandsofcomponentsfromwhichmanufacturerspecificspecscanbeproduced.

3. True:Ifyouwanttofindtheclassdefinitionofaspecificcomponentinamodel,usethe
Piping>DatabaseTools>Editcomponentcommand.Selectingthecomponentliststhe
classnameandallrelativedataforthecomponent.

4. True:Compliancetoindustrystandardsaregenerallymandatoryandenforcedby
regulatoryagencies.Theimportanceofadheringtothesecodesbeginsatthedesign
stagebycreatingindustrycompliantspecifications.

5. True:Cranedoesnotmanufacturefittingotherthanflangesandvalves.
6. False:Specificationscanbecreatedfromsinglecatalogsorbycombiningfittingsfrom
multiplecatalogs.

7. True:Theclass.inifileisoneofseveralinitializationfilesinstalledwithAutoPLANT.The
programreadsplacementinformationstoredinthe.inifile

8. True:SpecificationGeneratorusesthesamedesignphilosophyasthedesignersspec
sheet.

9. True:Bydefiningconstraintswithinthespecsections,thevolumeofcomponentsto
choosefromisreduced,eliminatingmistakesandincreasingproductivity.

10. True:Onceyoudefineanewsectioninaspec,youareautomaticallypromptedtoselect
thecatalogsfromwhichthecomponentswillbechosenfrom.Thisfeatureallowsyouto
specifypopularmanufacturers.

11. True:TheClassBrowserprovidesafastmethodfortheusertosimplyselecttheclasses
tobeincludedinthespec.

12. True:Onceyouhavecreatedthesectionsofthespec,youcanpreviewtheresults
beforeyoubuildthespec.

Dec09

69
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

CourseSummary

Review

Youarenowableto:

UnderstandtheuseofCatalogsandSpecificationsinrelationtospecdriven
componentplacement

Createaspecificationfrommultiplecatalogs
Managespecdatabyremovingunwantedentries
Customizedescriptionsandrestraints
GenerateandmodifyMicrosoftAccessreports

CourseSummary

70
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

AutoPLANTEquipment
Fundamentals
V8i

BentleyInstituteCourseGuide

TRN0102701/0003

Copyright Information

Trademarks
AccuDraw,Bentley,theBBentleylogo,MDL,MicroStationandSmartLineareregistered
trademarks;PopSetandRasterManageraretrademarks;BentleySELECTisaservicemarkof
BentleySystems,IncorporatedorBentleySoftware,Inc.
AutoCADisaregisteredtrademarkofAutodesk,Inc.
Otherbrandsandproductnamesarethetrademarksoftheirrespectiveowners.

Patents
UnitedStatesPatentNos.5,8.15,415and5,784,068and6,199,125.

Copyrights
20002009BentleySystems,Incorporated.
MicroStation1998BentleySystems,Incorporated.
Allrightsreserved.

V8i

2
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec-09

TableofContents
CourseOverview________________________________________________________ 1
CourseDescription___________________________________________________________ 1
TargetAudience_____________________________________________________________ 1
Prerequisites________________________________________________________________ 1
CourseObjectives____________________________________________________________ 1
ModulesIncluded____________________________________________________________ 2
SystemRequirements ________________________________________________________ 2
AutoCADorrelatedAutodeskProducts_______________________________________________2
ProjectWiseSupportedVersions______________________________________________________3
DatabasesSupported_______________________________________________________________3
InstallingtheTrainingProject __________________________________________________ 3
IntroductoryKnowledge ______________________________________________________ 5
Questions:________________________________________________________________________5
Answers _________________________________________________________________________7

ApplicationStartup _____________________________________________________ 9
Overview___________________________________________________________________ 9
Prerequisites________________________________________________________________ 9
Objectives__________________________________________________________________ 9
AutoPLANTApplicationStartup _______________________________________________ 10
LaunchingAutoPLANTApplicationsfromtheStartMenu__________________________________10
LaunchingAutoPLANTApplicationsfromtheDesktopIcon ________________________________11
LaunchingAutoPLANTApplicationsfromDocumentManager______________________________12

EquipmentModelSetup_________________________________________________ 15
Overview__________________________________________________________________ 15
Prerequisites_______________________________________________________________ 15
Objectives_________________________________________________________________ 15
CreatingaNewEquipmentModel _____________________________________________ 16
DeletingDocuments_______________________________________________________________21
SaveCommand___________________________________________________________________22
SaveAsCommand ________________________________________________________________22
ReopeningYourModelfromDocumentManager _______________________________________22

Dec09

i
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

TableofContents

Table of Contents

TouringtheInterface________________________________________________________ 23
EquipmentMenu _________________________________________________________________23
ToolbarsandTooltips______________________________________________________________24
DrawingPreferences ________________________________________________________ 26
ComponentPreferences______________________________________________________ 27
AddingaNewLineNumber_________________________________________________________29
ModuleReview_____________________________________________________________ 31
Questions:_______________________________________________________________________31
Answers ________________________________________________________________________32
Summary__________________________________________________________________ 32

WorkAreas___________________________________________________________ 33
Overview__________________________________________________________________ 33
Prerequisites_______________________________________________________________ 33
Objectives_________________________________________________________________ 33
WhatisaWorkArea?________________________________________________________ 34
CreatingaWorkArea________________________________________________________ 36
AssigningDrawingMemberStatus ___________________________________________________37
LocationPoints_____________________________________________________________ 39
WPPoint________________________________________________________________________40
DisplayModes _____________________________________________________________ 43
ModuleReview_____________________________________________________________ 45
Questions _______________________________________________________________________45
Answers ________________________________________________________________________46
Summary__________________________________________________________________ 46

EquipmentModeling___________________________________________________ 47
Overview__________________________________________________________________ 47
Prerequisites_______________________________________________________________ 47
Objectives_________________________________________________________________ 47
EquipmentMenu ___________________________________________________________ 48
ModelingEquipmentComponents_____________________________________________ 50
PlacingComponentsByLocationPoint________________________________________________52
PlacementByEnteringCoordinates___________________________________________________53
EditingComponents_______________________________________________________________53
DeletingComponents______________________________________________________________54
NozzlePlacement___________________________________________________________ 55
RadialNozzles____________________________________________________________________56
LineNo._________________________________________________________________________56
AxialNozzles_____________________________________________________________________57
ModelingPumps____________________________________________________________ 58
TableofContents

ii
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Table of Contents

ChangingPreferenceControlSettings_________________________________________________60
AddaSuctionNozzle ______________________________________________________________62
AddaDischargeNozzle ____________________________________________________________64

ModelingHorizontalVessels__________________________________________________ 65
AttachingRadialNozzles ___________________________________________________________67
AttachingAxialNozzles_____________________________________________________________69
ModelingVerticalVessels ____________________________________________________ 71
ModifyVesselT136_______________________________________________________________73
AddNozzlestoT136 ______________________________________________________________74
ChallengeExercise ________________________________________________________________78
ModelingHeatExchangers ___________________________________________________ 79
AddingNozzlestoE106____________________________________________________________81
AssociativeComponents _____________________________________________________ 82
VesselComponents _______________________________________________________________83
AssociatedPrimitives______________________________________________________________86
StructuralComponents ____________________________________________________________87
CopyComponentCommand __________________________________________________ 89
CreatingaSparePump_____________________________________________________________90
CreateaSecondHeatExchanger_____________________________________________________92
CustomComponents ________________________________________________________ 94
BuildingCustomComponents _______________________________________________________95
CreatingaComponentfromSimplePrimitives__________________________________________98
CreatingUserDefinedEquipment___________________________________________________101
CreateaCustomVessel ___________________________________________________________103
ModuleReview____________________________________________________________ 105
Questions ______________________________________________________________________105
Answers _______________________________________________________________________106
Summary_________________________________________________________________ 106

DatabaseManagement________________________________________________ 107
Overview_________________________________________________________________ 107
Prerequisites______________________________________________________________ 107
Objectives________________________________________________________________ 107
IntroductoryKnowledge ____________________________________________________ 108
Questions ______________________________________________________________________108
Answers _______________________________________________________________________108
ManagingtheDatabase_____________________________________________________ 109
DatabaseToolsMenu_____________________________________________________________109
EditingDatabaseRecords ___________________________________________________ 110
EditingDatabaseRecords ___________________________________________________ 110
CleaningtheDatabase______________________________________________________ 111
ActiveConnections_______________________________________________________________111

Dec09

iii
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

TableofContents

Table of Contents

Repairing/RebuildingtheDatabase___________________________________________ 112
EditingaDatabaseRecord_________________________________________________________113
ReportGeneratorUtility ____________________________________________________ 115
CrystalReportsEngine____________________________________________________________115
ReportTypes____________________________________________________________________115
GeneratingEquipmentandNozzleReports _____________________________________ 116
EquipmentReport _______________________________________________________________117
NozzleScheduleReport___________________________________________________________119
ModuleReview____________________________________________________________ 121
Questions ______________________________________________________________________121
Answers _______________________________________________________________________122
Answers _______________________________________________________________________122
Summary_________________________________________________________________ 122

CourseSummary______________________________________________________ 123
Review___________________________________________________________________ 123
Questions ______________________________________________________________________123
Answers _______________________________________________________________________125

TableofContents

iv
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

CourseOverview
CourseDescription
ThiscourseisdesignedforthePipingDesignerorDrafterwhoisnewtotheAutoPLANT
Designapplications.Studentbecomesfamiliarwiththeinterfaceandtoolsformodeling
equipmentcomponentswithinasharedprojectenvironment.Horizontal,verticalvessels
andpumpsaremodeledwithinapredefinedWorkArea.Studentslearnhowtomanagethe
componentdataforcreatingequipmentcomponentandnozzlereports,thusprovidinga
solidfoundationfortheAutoPLANTPipingFundamentalsCourse.

TargetAudience

Thiscourseisdesignedforthenewandexistinguserswithlittleornoexposuretoan
equipmentmodelingapplication.

Prerequisites

ThestudentmusthaveabasicunderstandingofAutoCAD2Dand3Dfunctionality.

Priortotakingthiscourseitishighlyrecommendedthatthestudentreviewthe
AutoPLANTEquipmenttutorialdeliveredwiththeapplication.

CourseObjectives

Dec09

Understandtheadvantagestothedifferentdatastoragemethods

Createathreedimensionalmodelfromequipmentcomponents

Createequipmentandnozzlereports

1
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

CourseOverview

Modules Included

ModulesIncluded

EquipmentModelSetup

WorkAreas

EquipmentModeling

DatabaseManagement

SystemRequirements
YoumusthaveaCDdriveorinternetaccessforproductinstallation.Thefollowing
prerequisitesarerequiredtorunthemodulesincludedintheAutoPLANTPlantDesignV8i
(Version08.11.05).
Processor:

IntelPentium4processorandAMDAthlon,3.0Ghzor
greaterorIntelorAMDDualCoreProcessor,2.0GHzor
greater

OperatingSystem:

MicrosoftWindowsXPProfessionalSP2orlater

WindowsVista32bitSP1

MicrosoftWindowsXPProfessionalSP1Aorlater

Internet:

MicrosoftInternetExplorer6SP1orgreater

Memory:

2GBorgreater

HardDisk:

2GBfreeharddiskspace

InputDevice:

IndustrystandardinputdevicesupportedbyWindows

OutputDevice:

IndustrystandardoutputdevicesupportedbyWindows

Industrystandardvideocard/monitor

VideoGraphicsCard:

AutoCADorrelatedAutodeskProducts
AutoCAD:

2004,2005,2006,2007,2008,2009

AutoCADMechanicalDesktop:

2004,2005,2006,2007,2008

ArchitecturalDesktop:

2004,2005,2006,2007,2008

BuildingSystems:

2004,2005,2006,2007,2008

AutoCADMechanical:

2004,2005,2006,2007,2008

Note:

CourseOverview

Thelatestapplicableservicepacksmustbeusedforalloftheaboveproducts.

2
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Installing the Training Project

ProjectWiseSupportedVersions

BentleyProjectWiseV808.11.05

DatabasesSupported

MicrosoftAccess2000,2002,2003,2007
SQLServer2000,2003,2005andMSDEandSQLServerExpress
Oracle9iRelease2,Oracle10gRelease2,Oracle11gRelease1

InstallingtheTrainingProject
ThiscoursebelongstoasetofAutoPLANT3DPlantDesigncorefundamentalcoursesthat
teachthestudenthowtousethePlantDesigntoolsformodelingandstoringvaluable
projectdata.
Thecoresetincludesthefollowingmodularcourses:

AutoPLANTProjectAdministratorFundamentals
IntroductiontoAutoPLANTSpecifications
AutoPLANTEquipmentFundamentals
AutoPLANTPipingFundamentals
AutoPLANTDrawingProductionFundamentals

Thedatasetcontainsasimulatedproject,designedtobeusedforbothAutoPLANT2Dand
3Dcorefundamentalcourses.

Exercise1:InstalltheTrainingProjectdatasetandaddtheprojectasarootdirectory.
1. MakesureallAutoPLANTapplicationsareclosed.
2. DownloadthedatasetfileAP_FV8i_EQP.exe.
3. Savethefiletoyourdesktop.
4. DoubleclickthefileAP_FV8i_EQP.exe.
5. ClickUnziptobegintheextractiontotherootdirectoryoftheCdrive(C:\).
6. ClickClose.
7. FromyourWindowsStartmenu,clickAllPrograms>Bentley>PlantV8i>ProjectTools
>ProjectAdministrator.
8. FromtheFilemenuclickAddRoottodisplaytheBrowseforFolderdialog.

Dec09

3
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

CourseOverview

Installing the Training Project

Note:

InorderforthisoptiontobeavailableintheFilemenu,youmustselectsomethingattheprimary
rootlevelofthenavigationtreebecauseyoucannotcreateaprojectrootdirectoryundera
projectdirectory.

9. IntheBrowseForFolderdirectory,selectC:\BentleyTrainingProject.
10. ClickOKtoacceptthename.
11. Noticetheprojectrootfolder,C:\Projects,nowappearsinthenavigationtreeata
primarylevel.

Youarenowreadytobeginyourmodelingsession.

Note:

CourseOverview

AdditionaltrainingontheProjectAdministratorutilityiscoveredintheAutoPLANTAdministrator
trainingcoursesandintheONLINEHelp.

4
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Introductory Knowledge

IntroductoryKnowledge
Beforeyoubeginthismodule,letsdefinewhatyoualreadyknow.
IdentifythefollowingstatementsaseitherTrueorFalse.Theanswerstoeachquestionare
providedindetailonthefollowingpage.

Questions:
1. DocumentManagerisusedtomanagedrawingfilesanddatawithinaproject.

True
False

2. WhentheUSCcoordinatesX=0,Y=0,Z=0.(0,0,0)thisisreferredtoastheWorld
CoordinateSystem(WCS)

True
False

3. YoucanonlyaccessEquipmentcomponentsfromapulldownmenu.

True
False

4. InAutoPLANTcomponentsplacedinamodelcanbeconnectedtocomponentslocated
inaxRef.

True
False

5. WPreferstoacoordinatesystembasedontheGlobalCoordinateSystem.

True
False

6. Componentgraphicdisplaymodesenableyoutosetthecolorofyourmonitor.

True
False

7. WhentheUSCcoordinatesX=0,Y=0,Z=0.(0,0,0)thisisreferredtoastheWorld
CoordinateSystem(WCS)

Dec09

True
False

5
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

CourseOverview

Introductory Knowledge

8. Equipmentcomponentsareaccessedfromlibrariesdeliveredwiththeapplication.

True
False

9. Associationsbetweencomponentswithinamodelareeasilymanagedintheproject
database.

True
False

10. EquipmentTagsareuniqueandcanneverbeduplicated.

True
False

11. Whenplacingcomponents,allx,y,zcoordinatesmustbeenteredintheAutoCAD
commandline.

CourseOverview

True
False

6
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Introductory Knowledge

Answers
1. True:DocumentManagerisautilityapplicationincludedinAutoPLANTtomanage
projectfiles.FilesaccessedfromDocumentManagercanbeeditedandsavedbackto
theprojectensuringintegrityoftheprojectdata.

2. True:ThelocationwheretheX,YandZaxesintersectiscalledtheOrigin.At0,0,0itis
knownastheWorldCoordinateSystem(WCS).Whenyoumovefromthedefault
locationof0,0,0,itisreferredtoastheUserCoordinateSystem(UCS).

3. False:AutoPLANTprovidesbothcascadingmenusanddockabletoolbarsforeasyaccess
tocommands,functionsandequipmentcomponentlibraries.

4. True:ComponentsinonemodelcanbeconnectedtocomponentsinaxRefdrawing
thathasbeenaddedtotheWorkArea.Nochangesaremadetothereferencedrawing.

5. True:WPisthedefaultLocationPointinAutoPLANT.ThispointisbasedontheGlobal
coordinates0,0,0.

6. False:SettingComponentDisplayModesinAutoPLANTenableyoutoviewequipment
graphicsaswireframe,centerlineormesh.

7. True:ThelocationwheretheX,YandZaxesintersectiscalledtheOrigin.At0,0,0itis
knownastheWorldCoordinateSystem(WCS).Whenyoumovefromthedefault
locationof0,0,0,itisreferredtoastheUserCoordinateSystem(UCS)

8. True:AutoPLANTEquipmentisshippedwithacomprehensivesetcomponentssuchas
pumpsandvessels.Onceplaced,thecomponentscanbeeasilymodifiedtosuityour
needs.

9. True:Componentsthatareconnectedtooneanotherinamodelaremanaged
throughoutthemodelingprocess.

10. True:EachcomponentplacedinadrawinghasauniqueidentifiercalledaTag.
11. False:AutoPLANTprovidestwomethodsforcomponentplacement.Youmayeither
enterthecoordinatesorprovideapointofreferenceforplacement.Thesereference
pointsarereferredtoasLocationPointsandcanbesetuppriortothemodeling
session.

Dec09

7
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

CourseOverview

Introductory Knowledge

Thispageintentionallyleftblank.

CourseOverview

8
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

ApplicationStartup
Overview
Thismodulediscussesthemethodsforinitiatingtheapplicationstartup.Youwilllearnthe
bestmethodforstartingtheapplicationtoensureallrelatedmodelsanddrawingsthat
belongtoaprojectarestoredintheappropriatelocations.

Prerequisites

Therearenoprerequisitestothemodule

Objectives

Dec09

LearnmethodsforlaunchingtheAutoPLANTapplication

LearnthebenefitsoflaunchingtheapplicationsusingDocumentManager

9
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

ApplicationStartup

AutoPLANT Application Startup

AutoPLANTApplicationStartup
TherearemultiplewaystolaunchtheAutoPLANTapplications.Whenworkingwithina
projectenvironment,youwillfindusingDocumentManager,ensuresthatallfilesrelatedto
aspecificprojectaresavedtothecorrectlocation.

LaunchingAutoPLANTApplicationsfromtheStartMenu
1. SelectAllPrograms>Bentley>PlantV8i>PlantDesignforAutoCAD.
ThiswillstartAutoCADandloadtheAutoPLANTPlantDesignenvironment.The
AutoPLANT3Dmenuandtoolbarhavebeenadded,providingaccesstoanintegrated
setofAutoPLANTPlantDesignapplicationsandutilities.

2. ThisexampleshowshowtostarttheEquipmentapplication.ClickontheEquipment
iconontheAutoPLANTtoolbaror,clickEquipmentfromtheAutoPLANT3Dmenu.

3. TheOpenProjectdialogdislays,listingthedefaultProjectRootcalledBentleyPlantV8I
ProjectsthatcontainsthedefaultsampleprojectsinstalledwithAutoPLANT.

4. Selectingaprojectwilllaunchtheapplication.
Note:

ApplicationStartup

Sampleprojectsarenotrecommendedforproduction.Newprojectscaneasilybecreatedfrom
thesesampleprojects.ThedatasetinstalledforthiscourseincludesaProjectthathasbeen
createdspecificallyforthiscourse.

10
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

AutoPLANT Application Startup

Note:

Ifyouhavepreviouslyselectedaproject,thesystemautomaticallyopenstothatproject.

LaunchingAutoPLANTApplicationsfromtheDesktopIcon
WhenAutoPLANTwasinstalledonyourworkstation,theiconshownherewasplacedon
yourdesktop.

1. DoubleclickontheicontoopenaWindowsExplorerdialogshowingthecontentsofthe
Programs\Bentley\PlantV8Ifolderinyouruserprofile.

2. DoubleclickonthePlantDesigniconshowntotheleft(yourAutoCADversionmaybe
different).AutoCADandtheAutoPLANTdesignenvironmentwillload,displayingthe
AutoPLANTmenuandtoolbar.

3. Tostartanapplication,eitherclickontheiconontheAutoPLANTtoolbaror,select
EquipmentfromtheAutoPLANT3Dmenu.

4. FromtheOpenProjectdialog,selectaprojecttolaunchtheapplication.

Note:

Dec09

YoucanplaceshortcutstoanyAutoPLANTapplicationonyourdesktopbyselectingtheiconwith
therightmousebuttonanddraggingittoyourdesktop.Whenyoudroptheicon,youthenpick
CreateShortcutsHereoptioninthepopupmenu.

11
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

ApplicationStartup

AutoPLANT Application Startup

LaunchingAutoPLANTApplicationsfromDocumentManager
LaunchingtheapplicationfromthepowerfulutilityprogramcalledDocumentManager
providestheabilitytomanagethedrawingfilesanddatawithintheprojectwithout
additionalinputfromtheuser.

Filesarestoredinthecorrectfolderswithintheproject.
Newfoldersaremadeautomatically.
Uponstartup,theapplicationautomaticallyopenstothelastprojectaccessed.

YouwillbeusingDocumentManagerthroughoutthiscourse,tomanageyourdrawingfiles.

1. DoubleclickontheBentleyPlantV8Iicontoshowthecontentsofthefolder.
2. DoubleclicktoopenDocumentManager.
3. ThisfigureshowsthedirectorystructurefortheSAMPLE_IMPERIALproject.

4. ToloadacustomprojectyouwouldusetheFile>OpenProjectfunction.Moreonthat
later.

Note:

Onceyouhaveloadedaproject,DocumentManagerwilldefaulttothatproject.

YoucanlaunchAutoCADandtheAutoPLANTapplicationsfromwithinanexistingproject
whenyouchoosetocreateanewfileortoeditanexistingfile.

ApplicationStartup

12
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

AutoPLANT Application Startup

Tocreateanewequipmentmodel
1. ClicktheAutoPLANTEquipmentdirectoryasshownbelow.
2. RightclicktodisplaythecontextmenuandclickNew.

3. BothAutoCADandAutoPLANTwilllaunch.
4. Onceyouhavecreatedamodel,youcanusetheEditfunctioninthesamewaytolaunch
theapplications.

5. Oncetheapplicationhasloaded,selectAutoPLANTEquipmentfromthepulldown
AutoPLANT3Dmenu.

Note:

Dec09

UsethissamemethodtolaunchtheanyoftheinstalledAutoPLANTapplications.

13
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

ApplicationStartup

AutoPLANT Application Startup

ToOpenaProject
1. FromDocumentManagerclickFile>OpenProject.
TheOpenProjectdialogwillappearallowingyoutobrowseforaspecificproject.

2. ThefigurebelowshowstheTrainingproject.
NoticetherearetwoP&IDdrawingsalreadyinthisproject.Clickingonthedrawingwill
displaythepropertiesintherightfield.

3. RefertotheONLINEhelpforadditionalfunctionalityofDocumentManager.
Note:

Atsomepoint,DocumentManagermayalertyouthatVoloViewisnotloaded.VoloViewisan
AutoCADaddonthatisusedfortheDocumentViewtabofDocumentManager.

DocumentManagerisusedthroughoutthiscourse,tomanagedrawingfiles.
Youarenowreadytobeginthiscourse.

ApplicationStartup

14
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

EquipmentModelSetup
Overview
Theobjectiveofthismoduleistoteachyouhowtosetupthemodelingenvironmentforthe
Equipmentmodel.YouwilllearntouseDocumentManagerforstartingtheapplicationto
ensureallrelatedmodelsanddrawinginaprojectarestoredintheappropriatelocation.
YouwilllearntosetuptheEquipmentinterface,andbecomefamiliarwiththecomponent
menusandtoolbars.Youwilllearnhowtosetthedrawingpreferencesthatdeterminehow
relationshipsbetweencomponentsarecreatedandstoredwithinthesharedproject
database.

Prerequisites

StudentsshouldbefamiliarwiththeAutoPLANTprojectdirectorystructurecreated
whenusingtheProjectAdministratorutility,deliveredwiththeAutoPLANTproduct.

Objectives

Mar10

LearnhowtolaunchtheAutoPLANTEquipmentapplicationusingDocumentManager

Learnhowtoloadanddockthetoolbarsrequiredforcomponentplacement

Setthedrawingpreferencesforthemodelingenvironment

DefineanewLineNumberinthePreferencesControl

15
Copyright 2010 Bentley Systems Incorporated

EquipmentModelSetup

Creating a New Equipment Model

CreatingaNewEquipmentModel
DocumentManagerwillbeusedduringthiscoursetomanageyourprojectfiles.Referto
stepsoutlinedaboveforusingDocumentManager.
TheEquipmentmodelyoucreatewillbeautomaticallyaddedtoapredefinedprojectthat
hasbeeninstalledwiththedataset.

Exercise1:UseDocumentManagertolaunchtheapplication.
1. OpenDocumentManagerfromtheBentleyPlantV8iicon.
Note:

IfthisisthefirsttimeDocumentManagerhasbeenusedonyourworkstationtheOpenProject
dialogwilllistthedefaultProjectRootBentleyPlantV8IProjectscontainingthesampleprojectsas
shown.Onceyoubeginworkinginaproject,DocumentManagerwillautomaticallyopentoyour
currentproject.

2. SelectFile>OpenProject.

3. DoubleclicktheBentleyTrainingProjectsfolder,todisplaytheTrainingprojectinthe
ProjectListwindow.

EquipmentModelSetup

16
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Creating a New Equipment Model

4. SelecttheTrainingproject.
Note:

ThisprojecthasbeencreatedusingImperialUnits.

5. ClickOK.YourDocumentManagernowopenstotheTrainingProject.

6. TakeamomentnowtotourtheDocumentManagerinterface.
Note:

SincethisprojectwascreatedforbothAutoPLANT2Dand3Dfundamentalcoursesyouwillsee
P&IDdrawingsincluded.

7. SelectingoneoftheP&IDdrawings,showsthepropertiesintherightWindow.
YoucanalsoseeapreviewofthedocumentwhenyouselecttheDocumentViewtab.
Dec09

17
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

EquipmentModelSetup

Creating a New Equipment Model

Nowletsbeginthemodelingprocess.

Exercise2:FromDocumentManager,createanewequipmentdocument.
1. Fromthedocumentlist,selectAutoPLANTEquipment.
2. FromtheDocumentsmenuselectNeworusetherightclickpopupmenu.

3. IntheNewDocumentdialogenter:
FileName:Equipment

EquipmentModelSetup

18
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Creating a New Equipment Model

Name:Equipment
Description:TrainingEquipmentModel

Note:

ThepathtothedocumentsinthelocationfieldismanagedbyDocumentManager.

TheCreate,RecordOnly,andReservebuttonsaredisableduntilyouselectthetypeof
documentyouwanttocreate.

4. ClickAutoPLANTEquipment.

5. ClickCreatetostartAutoCADandloadtheAutoPLANTmenuandtoolbar.
6. ClicktheEquipmenticonontheAutoPLANTtoolbarorclickEquipmentfromthe
AutoPLANT3Dmenu.
TheModelSetupdialogdisplays.

TheModelSetupdialogindicatestheprojectnameandunitsyouhaveselectedand
enablesyoutodefinethedirectionforNorth,thedimensionsforthemodelandorigin
ofthemodel.
Bydefault,Northissetto90tomatchAutoCAD.

Dec09

19
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

EquipmentModelSetup

Creating a New Equipment Model

Theorigincoordinates(x,yandz)indicateyourplantmodelsorigin.Whensetto0,0,0
itisknownastheWorldCoordinateSystem(WCS).Whenthecoordinatesmovefrom
thedefaultlocation,itisreferredtoastheUserCoordinateSystem(USC).

Note:

AdetaileddescriptionoftheModelSetupdialogcanbefoundinEquipment>Help>Getting
Started>ModelSetupoftheonlinehelp.

7. IntheModelSetupdialog,entertheparametersprovidedinthetablebelow.
Attribute

Imperial

Metric

MixedMetric

North

90

90

90

WorldLength

100

30000

30000

WorldWidth

60

18000

18000

OriginX,Y,Z

0.0,0.0,0.0

0.0,0.0,0.0

0.0,0.0,0.0

InsertNorthArrow

OFF

OFF

OFF

DrawLimitsBox

OFF

OFF

OFF

8. ClickDone.
9. ClickFile>Savetosaveyourmodel.
Note:

Youmaybepromptedtologin.UserNamesandPasswordsareusuallymanagedbyaProject
Administrator.Ifyouhavenotbeengiventhisinformation,enterSupervisorforbothUserName
andPassword.

EquipmentModelSetup

20
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Creating a New Equipment Model

DeletingDocuments
Onceyoucreateadocumentwithinaproject,anewentryismadetotheregistry.Todelete
documentfilesfromaprojectyoushouldusethefunctionalityofDocumentManager
followingthesesteps.

1. FromDocumentManager,firstselectthedocumentyouwanttodelete.
2. RightclicktodisplaythecontextmenuandselectDelete.

3. CheckDeletefromRegisterbox.

ItisagoodpracticetomanageallfileswiththeDocumentManagerinterface,toensure
drawingsaresavedtothecorrectlocationsandthatdataintegrityisnotcompromised.

Dec09

21
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

EquipmentModelSetup

Creating a New Equipment Model

SaveCommand

TheSavecommandautomaticallysavesafileeitherbacktowhereyouretrievedit
orwhereyoulastsavedit.

WhenyouSavethesamefileasecondtime,AutoCADreplacestheoldfilewiththe
newfileandrenamestheoldversionofthefilewitha.bakextensioninplaceof
.dwg.

Thebackupfilecanberetaineduntilyouwishtodeletethefile.Onlyonebackup
fileisstored.Backupfilescanbeopenedonceyouhaverenamedtheextensionto
.dwg.Besuretogivethebackupfileanewnametoavoidoverwritinganyexisting
files.

SaveAsCommand

UsingSaveAswillpauseandallowyoutochoosewhereyouwanttostoreafile.

ReopeningYourModelfromDocumentManager
ThepreferredmethodforreopeningyourmodelafteryouexitAutoPLANTisfrom
DocumentManager.ThispracticehelpsyoubecomefamiliarwithusingDocumentManager
tomanageallprojectdrawings.AfterexitingAutoPLANT,youcanreopenyourmodelby
thismethod:

1. SelectPrograms\Bentley\PlantV8ISelectBentley\DocumentManager.
2. SelecttheEquipmentdrawingfromtheDocumentWindow.
3. SelectEditfromtheDocumentsmenuortherightmouseclickpopupmenu.Youwill
needtoloadtheEquipmentapplicationafterAutoCADstartsupandAutoPLANTis
loaded.

Note:

UsingDocumentManageristhesafestmethodtoopenyourcurrentdrawingfiles,toensureall
filesaresavedtothecorrectlocation.

EquipmentModelSetup

22
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Touring the Interface

TouringtheInterface
Theeasytouseinterfaceprovidesbothdropdownmenusanddockabletoolbarsfor
accessingEquipmentfunctionsandplacementoptions.

EquipmentMenu
TheEquipmentmenu,asshownabove,isacascadingstylemenu,containingcommandsand
functionsusedinequipmentmodeldesign.
TheusercanaccessallEquipmentcommandssuchaspreferences,equipmentplacement
commandsandOnlineHelp.
Mostmenuoptionshaveacorrespondingtoolbarallofwhichcanbeopenedfromthe
Toolbarsmenuandpositionedonthedesktop.

Dec09

23
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

EquipmentModelSetup

Touring the Interface

ToolbarsandTooltips
AutoPLANTEquipmenttoolbarsprovideyouwithanothermeansforexecutingcommands
andfunctions.
Manytoolbarscontainmultiple,related,toolbarswithflyouts.
Aflyouttoolbarisindicatedwithasmalltriangleinthelowerrightcornerofatoolbar
button.Thelastcommandexecutedfromaflyoutwillbecomethedefaultcommandonthe
primarytoolbar.
Toviewthecommandthatwillbeexecutedbyaspecifictoolbarbutton,positionthecursor
overthebuttonandpause.Atooltipdescriptionwillappear.

Note:

EquipmentModelSetup

Throughoutthiscourse,themenucommandsequencerequiredtoexecuteacommandisdefined
inthetext.Onceyoubecomefamiliarwithtoolbars,youmayfindthemmoreexpedient.

24
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Touring the Interface

Exercise1:LoadtheEquipmenttoolbars.
1. Equipment>Toolbars>EquipmentFunctionsMain.

EquipmentFunctionsincludetheEquipmentsetuptoolsaswellasdatabaseand
reportingfunctions.

2. Equipment>Toolbars>EquipmentMain.

Thistoolbarallowsyoutoplaceanyequipmentclassaswellastheirassociated
componentswiththeclickofabutton.

3. Equipment>Toolbars>NozzlesMain.

Thistoolbargivesyouaccesstoallnozzletypes.

4. Equipment>Toolbars>FunctionsIndividual>EquipmentTools.

Alongwithviewandsettingoptions,theEquipmentToolstoolbargivesyouquickaccess
totheEdit,Copy,andDeleteComponentcommands.

5. Nowtakeamomenttotourtheinterface.
6. ClickSave.
Toolbarsandcustomizationtotheinterfacewillremainineffectuntilyouremovethem.

Dec09

25
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

EquipmentModelSetup

Drawing Preferences

DrawingPreferences
Thedrawingpreferencesyouselectforanewmodelaffectthedrawinglayersand
componentsastheyarebeingplaced.

WhenchoosingEquipmentLayerMode,youcanselectByTypeorByTag.Thedefault
setting,ByType,assumesthatyourProjectAdministratorhasdefinedtheAutoCADsettings,
suchaslayerandcolorforeachequipmenttype.

Note:

InthiscoursenoAutoCADsettingshavebeenpreset.Thereforeallequipmentwillbemodeledon
thecurrentAutoCADlayerusingthecurrentcolor.

Exercise1:Setthedrawingpreferencesforyourequipmentmodel.
1. ClickEquipment>Setup>DrawingPreferencestoopentheDrawingPreferencesdialog
asshownabove.

2. Enteryoursettingstomatchthoseasshowninthedialogabove.
3. ClickOK.
4. ClickFile>Savetosavethepreferencestoyournewmodel.

EquipmentModelSetup

26
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Component Preferences

ComponentPreferences
Whenacomponentisplacedinamodel,arelationshipisformedbetweencomponents
existinginthesamemodelorinothermodelsincludedintheproject.TheAutoPLANT
EquipmentapplicationmanagestheserelationshipsbyassigningspecificvaluestoaProject
Object.TheonlyProjectObjectinAutoPLANTEquipmentistheLineNumber.Relationships
areformedbetweenthenozzleconnectionsonequipmentandtheconnectedpiperun.
Priortocreatingamodel,theProjectAdministratorwillcreatealistofLineNumbers.Each
linenumberwillbedefinedwithuniquevalues.Allcomponentsthatareplacedusinga
specificLineNumbervaluewillformarelationship.Oncethemodeliscomplete,these
relationshipsareusedforcreatingreports,BillsofMaterialsorforselectinggroupsof
componentsforediting.
TheimagehereshowsrelationshipsformedwiththeLineNumber,intheAutoPLANTP&ID
drawing.RunnumbersrefertoprocesslinesintheP&ID.Thesesamelinenumbersmaybe
usedtoconnectequipmentcomponentsandpipesegments.

Note:

AllLineNumberslistedintheComponentPreferencescontrolwerecreatedfortheTraining
projectinstalledatthebeginningofthiscourse.

Note:

Dec09

RelationshipvaluesaredefinedbytheRelationshipManager.Thistoolistypicallyusedbya
ProjectAdministratorandwillnotbecoveredinthiscourse.

27
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

EquipmentModelSetup

Component Preferences

WhenworkingintheEquipmentapplicationthecontrolissettodisplaythecomponent
preferencesusedbytheEquipmentApplicationtheLineNumber.
WiththeNozzleoptionselected,theLineNumberpreferencedisplayedallowsyoutoassign
linenumberstothenozzlesplacedduringEquipmentmodeling.
AdditionalfeaturesoftheComponentPreferencescontrolandhowitisusediscoveredin
theAutoPLANTPipingFundamentalstrainingcourse.

Note:

FordetailedinformationontheComponentPreferencescontrolgotoAutoPLANTEQUIPMENT
Help>CommandReference>SetupMenu>ComponentPreferences>ComponentPreferences.

Foreasyaccess,theComponentPreferencescontrolcanbedockedontheleft,topor
bottomofyourAutoCADwindow.Floatingordockingontheleft,allowsyoutoadd,edit,
anddeleteProjectObjectvalues.

Ifthecontrolisdockedatthetoporbottomofthewindow,itisdisplayedinminibarmode
andonlyallowstheselectionofavailablevalues.

EquipmentModelSetup

28
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Component Preferences

AddingaNewLineNumber
InthefollowingexerciseyouwilladdanewLineNumbercalledTRIMtotheComponent
Preferencescontrol.

Note:

ThisLineNumberwillbeusedforasetofnozzlesthatwillbeplacedonavesselthatwillnotbe
connectedtoapiperun.

Exercise1:AddanewlinenumbertotheComponentPreferencescontrol.
1. ClickEquipment>Setup>ComponentPreferencestoopenthecontrol.
2. MakesuretheNozzleoptionisselectedfromthedropdownintheComponent
Preferenceslist.

3. RightclickontheLineNumberfieldinthePreferencessectionandselectAddfromthe
contextmenu.

4. WhentheCreateNewLineNumberdialogopens,typeTRIMintheCreatenewLine
Numberfield.

Dec09

29
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

EquipmentModelSetup

Component Preferences

5. ClickOK.
TheTRIMlinenumberisaddedtotheprojectdatabase.

6. DocktheComponentPreferencecontrolinminibarmodeatthetopoftheapplication
window.

Note:

Asyoubeginyourmodelingsessions,youwillbegintounderstandhowtheComponent
Preferencescontrolisutilized.

Youarenowreadytobeginyourmodelingsession.

EquipmentModelSetup

30
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Module Review

ModuleReview
Nowthatyouhavecompletedthemodule,letsreviewwhatyouhavelearned.

Questions:
AnswerthefollowingquestionstobeTrueorFalse.Detailedanswersappearonthe
followingpage.

1. Afteryouhavecompletedadrawing,itisimportanttosaveyourworkusingeitherthe
SaveorSaveAscommand.

True
False

2. DocumentManagerwillmakeadditionalfilefolderswhennoneexist.

True
False

3. LineNumberisanexampleofaProjectObject.

True
False

4. NewLineNumbervaluescanbeaddedtotheComponentPreferencescontrolatany
time,byanyone.

True
False

Dec09

31
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

EquipmentModelSetup

Summary

Answers
1. True:Bothcommandscanbeused.TheSavecommandautomaticallysavesafileeither
backtowhereyouretrieveditorwhereyoulastsavedit.SaveAswillpauseandallow
youtochoosewhereyouwanttostorethefile.

2. True:DocumentManagermanagesallfileswithinaprojectandwillautomaticallymake
newfolderswherenoneexist.

3. True:TheProjectObjectinAutoPLANTEquipmentiscalledLineNumberwhosevalues
aretypicallydefinedbytheProjectAdministrator.Allcomponentsthatsharethesame
LineNumbervaluewillcreatearelationshipwithinthecurrentdrawingoracross
multipledrawingsbelongingtothesameproject.

4. True:AlthoughitiseasytoaddanewLineNumbervaluetotheComponentPreferences
control,thistaskisusuallyperformedbytheProjectAdministratortoensure
consistencyacrossalldrawingsthatbelongtothesameproject.

Summary
Youarenowableto:

LaunchAutoPLANTEquipment,anduseDocumentManagertomanagefiles
Learnhowtoloadanddockthetoolbarsrequiredforcomponentplacement
Setthedrawingpreferencesforthenewmodel
DefineanewLineNumberinthePreferencesControl

EquipmentModelSetup

32
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

WorkAreas
Overview
Whenmodelingwithinacollaborativeworkenvironment,itisimperativethatalldisciplines
worktogethertoensureacohesivedesignenvironment.AutoPLANTprovidesanenhanced
solutiontoassistintheeaseofcollaborativedesignthroughthecreationofaWorkArea.
Byreferencingmodelsfromotherdisciplines,thedesignercanensurethatphysicalclashes
betweendesignsdonotoccur.
BycreatingaWorkArea,allCivil,Structural,Mechanical,Piping,Electrical,Instrumentation
andotherdisciplinescancollaborateonthecompletedesignoftheplantmodel.

Prerequisites

ThestudentshouldpossessabasicunderstandingoftheAutoCADxrefcommand.

Objectives

CreateaWorkArea
AddreferencedrawingstotheWorkArea
Defineasetofreferencelocationpoints

Dec09

33
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

WorkAreas

What is a Work Area?

WhatisaWorkArea?
Workareasdefineageographicalareawithinaplantenvironment.Plantslimitsareusually
comprisedofareaswhicharesubdividedintounitsdependingonthesizeand
constructabilityofthearea.
Whenmodelingwithinacollaborativeworkenvironment,itisimperativethatalldisciplines
worktogethertoensureacohesivedesignenvironment.Civil,Structural,Mechanical,
Piping,Electrical,Instrumentationandotherdisciplinedesignfilesmakeupthecomplete
designoftheplantmodel.
Forthisreason,disciplineslookingtocompletetheirdesignmustreferencemodelsfrom
otherdisciplinestoensurethatphysicalclashesbetweendesignsdonotoccur.Bentleyhas
providedanenhancedsolutiontoassistintheeaseofdesignthroughWorkAreas.
Workareascanbestoredastextfiles(rwafiles)orcanbestoredintheprojectdatabase.
TheRWAfileordatabasetablestoresthereferencefilesthatarecontainedwithina
geographicalareaofaplantboundaryaswellastheinsertionoriginandrotationangleof
thedesignfile.
Inthegraphicbelow,theplantisdefinedbytheouterboundary.Withintheplantlimits,
fivegeographicalareashavebeendefinedasArea100throughArea500.

WorkAreas

34
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

What is a Work Area?

Priortomodelingtheequipmentandpiping,asshowninArea100,youwillcreateaWork
Area.AseachmodeliscreateditwillbecomeamemberoftheWorkArea.

This.rwafileiscomprisedofxrefdrawingsfromalldisciplines.Referencedrawingsare
linkedtothecurrentdrawingusingAutoCADsXref/Overlaycommand.
OncetheWorkAreahasbeendefined,equipmentcomponentsareplacedinyourcurrent
modelbyconnectingtothecomponentslocatedinareferencedrawing.
Itisimportanttonote,thatnochangesaremadetoareferencedrawing.Whenplacinga
newcomponentinacurrentdrawingsession,theconnectingcomponentpicksupthe
intelligencefromthecomponentinthereferencedrawing,thusensuringaccurate
placementandconnectivity.
WorkAreascanbecreatedbydiscipline,geography,orevenprocessunits.Howaproject
willbebrokenupintospecificWorkAreasisthedecisionofthoseinvolvedinthedesign
process.
Thefigureaboveincludespipingsegmentsconnectedtoequipment.Otherreference
drawingssuchasstructuralpiperacksandconcretefoundationsincludedinaWorkArea,
makeplacingcomponentsbyreferenceanefficientmodelingmethod.

Dec09

35
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

WorkAreas

Creating a Work Area

CreatingaWorkArea
Severaldesignfilesfromotherdisciplineshavebeenincludedintheprojectdataset.These
drawingsareusedasreferencedrawingsandaremembersoftheWorkArea.Thefollowing
dialogshowstheoptionsthatareavailableduringthesetupprocedure.

WhenyouaddadrawingtoaWorkArea,thedrawingishighlightedintheReference
Drawingslistandtheparameterfieldsbecomeactive,enablingyoutodefinetheinsertion
coordinatesandrotationofthereferenceddrawing.
Atanytime,youcanremoveanunwanteddrawingfromtheWorkArea.

Note:

WorkAreas

Adrawingsinsertionpointdefinestheoffsetofthedrawingsplacementpointfromthemodels
origin.Asallprojectdrawingsshouldbeusingplantcoordinates,aWorkAreaInsertionPoint
shouldalwaysbe0,0,0.

36
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Creating a Work Area

AssigningDrawingMemberStatus
TheoptionsintheMembershipStatusareaofthedialogdeterminetherelationship
betweenyourcurrentdrawingandthefileslistedintheWorkArea.

GueststatusallowsyoutocompareyourdrawingtoothersintheWorkAreabut
preventsotherusersoftheWorkAreafromseeingyourdrawing.

MemberstatusallowsyoutoseeotherdrawingsintheWorkAreaaswellasinclude
yourdrawingintheReferenceDrawingslistforotheruserstoview.Otheruserswill
NOTbeabletoedityourdrawing,onlyviewitinrelationtotheotherdrawings.

NonmemberstatusgivesyouaccesstoWorkAreaviewswithoutloadingthe
referencedfilesorincludingyourdrawingintheWorkArea.WorkAreaviewsare
coveredintheDrawingProductiontrainingmodule.

Youwillonlyhavefullread/writeaccesstothedrawingthatiscurrentlyopeninyour
application.AllotherdrawingsintheWorkAreaarexref/Overlayedtothecurrentdrawing
andareREADONLY.Whileyouwillhavetheabilitytoplacecomponentsinyourcurrent
drawingthatareconnectedtocomponentsinthexrefdrawings,andaccesstheirdata,you
maynotinsertintooreditanycomponentsinthexrefdrawing.
Acommonexampleofthisfunctionistobuildapipingmodelbyattachingthepiperunsto
thenozzlesofvesselslocatedinanEquipmentmodel.

Exercise1:CreateaWorkAreausingtheWorkAreaSetupdialogandaddthe
drawingssuppliedwithyourdataset.
IfyouhaveexitedAutoPLANT,starttheEquipmentapplicationusingDocumentManager
andopenyourequipment.dwgfile.

1. ClickEquipment>DrawingProduction>WorkAreaSetuptoopentheWorkAreaSetup
dialog.

Dec09

37
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

WorkAreas

Creating a Work Area

2. ClickNewtocreateanewWorkAreafile.
3. IntheWindowsfileselectiondialognavigatetoalocationforstoringtheWorkAreafile.
TheBentleyTrainingProject>Trainingdirectoryisaconvenientlocation.

4. NamethefileArea100.rwa
5. ClickSavetoreturntotheWorkAreaSetupdialog.
6. IntheTitlefield,typeArea100.
7. ToaddyourdrawingtotheReferenceDrawingslist,clicktheMemberoptiontoassign
thedrawingMemberstatus.

Note:

TheMembershipStatusonlyreflectsthestatusofyourcurrentdrawingwithintheWorkArea,
regardlessofwhichdrawingishighlightedintheReferenceDrawingslist.

8. AcceptthedefaultoriginpointbyclickingSave.
9. FromtheReferenceDrawingsareaclickAdd.
10. NavigatetotheSupplementaldirectoryinstalledwiththedataset.
11. WhileholdingdowntheCtrlkey,selectbothAt_Found.dwgandAt_Steel.dwg.
12. ClickOpentoaddthedrawingstotheReferenceDrawingslist.
13. ClickSavetoupdatetheWorkArea.
14. ClickDonetoclosethedialog.
15. ZoomExtentstodisplaythexrefdrawingsincludedintheWorkArea.

WorkAreas

38
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Location Points

LocationPoints
LocationPointsaresavedreferencepoints.Equipmentcomponentsthatareplacedusinga
locationpointwillbuildadynamicrelationshipwiththatpoint.Wheneveryoumodifya
locationpoint,AutoPLANTwillautomaticallyupdatethedrawing.

AlllocationpointsaredefinedintheAddLocationPointdialogbyspecifyingthe
North/SouthandEast/Westdistancefromapredefinedreferencepoint.Youwillalso
specifytheelevationofthepoint.

Dec09

39
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

WorkAreas

Location Points

Oncedefined,youcanchangetheattributesexceptthenameusingtheEditLocationPoint
dialog.TheNamefieldwillbedisabled.

WPPoint
Asinstalled,AutoPLANTprovidesoneLocationPoint.ThatpointisnamedWPanddefined
inglobalcoordinatesas(0,0,0).TheWPpointisintendedtoactastheoriginofyourplant
butcanbechangedtoanycoordinates.Typicallythefirstlocationpointisplacedwith
respecttotheWPpoint.
SincetheWPpointistheonlyonedefinedinglobalcoordinates,theEditLocationPoint
dialogisdifferentthantheotherlocationpoints.Youmustenterglobaldistancesin
North/SouthandEast/West.

WorkAreas

40
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Location Points

Exercise3:Definethelocationpointslistedinthetablebelow.
Thefirstlocationpointdefined,representsthelowerleftcornerofthebuildingincludedin
theAT_STEEL.dwg.LocationPointswillbeusedforcomponentplacementduringthe
modelingsession.

1. SelectEquipment>EquipmentTools>LocationPoints.
Note:

Rememberonlythedefaultlocationpoint,WP,isdefined.Thisisthedefaultsystemworking
point,whichisinitiallydefinedatthecoordinates(0,0,0).

2. ClickAddtoopentheAddLocationPointdialog.
Note:

ThenameanddescriptionenteredwillbeincludedintheLocationPointlist.

3. Enterthefollowingpoints:
ImperialLocationPointDefinitions
Name

Description

North/South

Reference

East/West

Reference

Elevation

PROJECT

Cornerof
Building

1000

WP

1000

WP

100

E106

FeedEffluent
Exchanger

25'10"

PROJECT

71'5"

PROJECT

107'

P104

MainPump

30'6"

PROJECT

1019'0"

WP

103'

MetricLocationPointDefinitions
Name

Description

North/South

Reference

East/West

Reference

Elevation

PROJECT

Cornerof
Building

300000

WP

300000

WP

30000

E106

FeedEffluent
Exchanger

7925

PROJECT

21875

PROJECT

32100

P104

MainPump

9144

PROJECT

305700

WP

30900

MixedMetricLocationPointDefinitions
Name

Description

North/South

Reference

East/West

Reference

Elevation

PROJECT

Cornerof
Building

300000

WP

300000

WP

30000

E106

FeedEffluent
Exchanger

7925

PROJECT

21875

PROJECT

32100

P104

MainPump

9144

PROJECT

305700

WP

30900

Dec09

41
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

WorkAreas

Location Points

4. ClickClosewhendone.Thesepointswillbeusedlatertoplacetheequipment
components.

5. FromtheEquipmentmenuselectEquipment>Setup>DrawingPreferences.
6. ClicktheUseLocationPointoption.
7. ClickOK.
AutoPLANTwilldisplaytheLocationPointListwheneveryouplaceequipment
components.

Note:

YoucanmanuallyoverridetheLocationPointListdialogbypressingEsc,orclickingtheXbutton,
whenitdisplaysduringacomponentplacementoperation.

8. Saveyourmodel.

WorkAreas

42
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Display Modes

DisplayModes
EquipmentcomponentgraphicsareconstructedfrommultipleAutoPLANTcustom3D
objectsbythecomponentdrawingscriptfunctions.

Wireframe
Wireframew/Centerline
Mesh
Centerline(notshown)
Wireframe

Wireframew/Centerline

Mesh

Exercise1:Setyourgraphicpreferences.
1. SelectEquipment>EquipmentTools>GraphicPreferences.
TheAutoCADOptionsdialogdisplays.

2. WiththePDWGraphicstabactive,settoWireframew/Centerlinemodeasshown
below.

Note:

Formeshtodisplayproperly,youmustsettheSurfaceResolutionintheDrawingPreferences
dialogtothedesiredsettingbeforeplacingcomponents.

Dec09

43
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

WorkAreas

Display Modes

3. ClickSave.

Youhavenowcompletedthismodule.

WorkAreas

44
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Module Review

ModuleReview
Nowthatyouhavecompletedthismodule,letsreviewwhatyouhavelearned.

Questions
AnswerthesequestionstobeTrueorFalse.Detailedanswersappearonthefollowingpage.

1. WorkAreasenableyoutoaccessandeditdrawingsfromotherdisciplines.

True
False

2. DefiningaLocationPointwithreferencetoanothercomponentinthemodelcreatesa
dynamicrelationshipbetweenthecomponents.

True
False

3. AmodelshowninWireframeDisplaymodewillshowalllinesinyourdrawingincluding
theinternalfeatures.

Dec09

True
False

45
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

WorkAreas

Summary

Answers
1. False:WorkAreasenableyoutoaccesstheintelligencewithindrawingsaddedtoa
WorkArea.Onlyyourcurrentdrawingcanbeedited.AllreferenceddrawingsareREAD
ONLY.

2. True:WhenLocationPointsaredefinedinrelationtothecoordinatesofanother
componentinthemodel,theresultingrelationshipenablesyoutomodifyonelocation
pointwhichautomaticallyupdatesthepositionofrelatedcomponent.

3. True:WireframeDisplaymodewillshowalllinesincludinglinesrepresentinginternal
objects.Ifthedrawingbecomestoconfusing,switchingtoHiddenDisplaywillchange
yourmodeltodisplayonlytheoutsidesurface,whilehidingallinternalobjects.

Summary
Youarenowableto:

CreateaWorkArea
AddreferencedrawingstotheWorkArea
Defineasetofreferencelocationpoints

WorkAreas

46
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

EquipmentModeling
Overview
Equipmentmodelsconsistofawideassortmentofpumps,horizontalandverticalvessels
andheatexchangers.Inthefollowingexercises,usingthefeaturesoftheAutoPLANT
Equipmentapplication,andthecomponentlibraries,youwilllearnhowtomodel
equipmentcomponents,includingnozzles,platformsandladders.

Prerequisites

YoumustfirstcompletethemoduleonModelSetupbeforecontinuingwiththis
module.

Objectives

Modelapumpwithsuctionanddischargenozzles

Modelahorizontalvesselwithradialandaxialnozzles

Modelandeditaverticalvessel

Modelaheatexchangerwithinletandoutletnozzles

Usethecopycommandtocreatesparecomponents

Createcustomcomponents

Jan08

47
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

EquipmentModeling

Equipment Menu

EquipmentMenu
TheEquipmentmenuincludesawideassortmentofcomponents.Thesecomponentsare
classifiedaseitherEQUIPorASSOCcomponents.Bydefinition,thismeansthatthe
componentcaneitherexistaloneinadrawingoritmustbeassociatedwithanexisting
componentalreadyplacedinthedrawing.Bothtypesofcomponentscanbeeasily
modified.
EQUIPtypecomponentscanexistindependentlyofothercomponents.Theseincludeallof
theequipmentcomponentsinboththeEquipmentandEquipmentPrimitivesmenus,with
theexceptionforthecomponentsthatareaddedtovessels.

EquipmentModeling

48
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec08

Equipment Menu

ASSOCtypecomponents,mustbeattachedtoanexistingcomponenttoforman
association.TheseincludethecomponentsintheNozzles,StructuresandAssociative
Primitivesmenus.PriortoplacinganASSOCtypecomponent,youwillbepromptedtoselect
theexistingcomponentitwillbeattachedto.Youwillspecifydimensionandposition
parametersthatallowyoutoplacetheassociatedcomponentwithrespecttotheselected
component'sreferencepoint.

Jan08

49
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

EquipmentModeling

Modeling Equipment Components

ModelingEquipmentComponents
Equipmentcomponentsareplacedusingparametricinformationfromtheexternaldatabase
specifications.Thisplacementmethodprovidestheuserwithasetofintuitivedialogsand
promptsforeasilydefiningallmaterials,dimensionsandplacementparameters.Once
placed,componentsareeasilyeditedmakingsurethatalldataintheexternaldatabaseis
accurate.
Therearefourbasicstepsforplacingcomponents:

1. Selectthecomponentfromadropdownmenuortoolbar.

2. Createauniquetagforthecomponentbycompletingthisdialog.

Eachcomponentplacedinadrawinghasauniqueidentifier,ortagstoredinanexternal
database.Ifyouattempttoassignatagnumberthatalreadyexistsinthedatabase,a
warningwillaskyoutoeitherdefineanewnumberorspecifythataseconditemwill
usethesametagnumber.Ifthesametagnumberisused,alinktotheoriginaltag
numberdefinitioniscreated.
Anequipmenttagisacombinationoftheequipmenttypeandanumberintheformat
of<type><number>.Therearenorestrictionsontheformorcontentofeitherthetype
ornumber,buttheremustbeavalueforeach.
EquipmentModeling

50
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec08

Modeling Equipment Components

Forthiscourse,youcaneitherenterthefullequipmenttagnumberintheCreatenew
Equipmenttagfield,orinthetype(Typ)andnumber(Num)fields.
TheremainingfieldsinthisdialogarediscussedintheAutoPLANTAdministratortraining
course.AccesstheOnlinehelpforadditionalinformation.

3. Definetheparameters.
Onceyouenteranameforthetagadialogopensenablingyoutomodifythedefault
valuesthatpopulateeachfield.Asyoumovethecurseroverafield,adescriptive
promptdisplaysatthebottomofthedialog.

Note:

Theplacementpointforacomponentisindicatedbyamagentacircleinthegraphicdisplay.

OncecompleteyouwillclickOK.
Nowthatyouhavedefinedwhatyourpumpwilllooklikeyoumustspecifywhereto
placethenewcomponent.

4. Therearetwomethodsforplacingequipmentcomponents,byapredefinedpoint,orbe
enteringthecoordinatesatthecommandline.
Avariationofbothmethodscanalsobeused,asnotedbelow.

Jan08

51
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

EquipmentModeling

Modeling Equipment Components

PlacingComponentsByLocationPoint
Inapreviousexercise,youdefinedthreelocationpointsandsettheUseLocationPoint
switchintheDrawingPreferencesdialog.

Thefollowingstepsillustratethecommandpromptsthatappearwhenyouusethismethod.

1. SelectthedesiredpointfromtheLocationPointListdialogthatopensafterthe
equipmentparametershavebeenentered.

2. ClickEnterattheAutoCADpromptforelevation:
Elevation to equipment reference / pick elevation point <0.000000,
0.000000, 0.000000>:

3. ClickEnterattheAutoCADpromptforXYlocation:
Elevation entered: 0.000000
Enter or pick XY location (Polar/North-east) <0.000000,0.000000>:

4. Entertheanglefortheequipmentrotation:
Enter direction angle or pick point <0.0>:

EquipmentModeling

52
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec08

Modeling Equipment Components

PlacementByEnteringCoordinates
YoucanalsouseaLocationPointasareferencepoint,andthenentertheoffsetvaluesat
eachprompt.Whenenteringvalues,youmayfinditeasiertoswitchtoElevationforthe
changeinZvalueandtoPolarorNortheastforthehorizontaloffsetvalue.
IfyouarepromptedtopickapredefinedLocationPoint,butwouldratherentercoordinate
valuesfortheequipmentplacementyoucan:

1. Escape(Esc)outoftheLocationPointListdialogifyouhavetheUseLocationPoints
settingturnedon.

2. Provideanelevationattheprompt:
Elevation to equipment reference / pick elevation point <0.000000,
0.000000, 0.000000>:

Pickeitheravalueof0,0,<zordinate>,orEfollowedbyanelevationvalue.
Enter elevation distance <0.0>:

3. Providehorizontalplacement:
Enter or pick XY location (Polar/North-east) <0.000000,0.000000>:

EnteravalueofX,Y,orPfollowedbyapolardistancefollowedbyanangle:
Enter distance <0.0>:
Enter angle (degrees) <0.0>:

OrEnterN,followedbyanorthvalue,followedbyaneastvalue:
Enter north (- for south) distance <0.0>:
Enter east (- for west) distance <0.0>:

4. Entertheangleoftheequipmentrotation:
Enter direction angle or pick point <0.0>:

EditingComponents

Toeditacomponentalreadyinyourdrawing,useEquipment>EquipmentTools>Edit
Componenttoopentheeditordialogforthecomponent,andchangetheattributevalues.
Oncechangesaremade,thecomponentwillberedrawnandtheexternaldrawingdatabase
recordwillbeupdatedwiththenewvalues.

Note:

Jan08

YoucanalsodoubleclickonthecomponenttoactivatetheEditComponentdialog.

53
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

EquipmentModeling

Modeling Equipment Components

DeletingComponents

Therearethreewaystodeleteacomponentfromadrawing.Allmethodswilldeletethe
componentgraphicsfromthedrawing.

1. UsetheEquipmentTools>DeleteComponentcommand.
Thismethodisrecommendedtoensurethatallcomponentgraphicsandthelinkstothe
databasearedeleted.
Howeverifyouwishtodeleteacomponentincludingallattachmentssuchasthe
nozzles,youmayfileiteasiertousedthesemethods.

2. SelectthecomponentandusetheDeletekey.
3. UsetheAutoCADErasecommand.
Note:

EquipmentModeling

ItisalwaysagoodideatousetheCleanDatabasecommand,toensurealldeletedcomponent
recordshavebeenremovedfromthedatabase.

54
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec08

Nozzle Placement

NozzlePlacement
Nozzlesarethemostcommonexampleofanassociativecomponent.Asshownbelow,
therearemanytypesofnozzlesthatcanbemodeledwithAutoPLANTEquipment.Themost
widelyusedaretheradialandaxialnozzles.
Radial Nozzle

Radial Elbow
Nozzle
Tangential Radial Nozzle
on Radial Nozzle

Radial Nozzle on Vapor


Column and Boots

Tangential
Axial Nozzle

Radial Nozzle on
Axial Nozzle
Tangential Radial
Nozzle
Nozzles on Pumps
Axial Nozzle on
Vapor Columns and
Boots

Jan08

55
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

EquipmentModeling

Nozzle Placement

RadialNozzles
Radialnozzlesareattachedtothewallofcylindricalcomponent,andpositionedata
measureddistancefromacentralaxis.

A EquipmentPlacementpointtonozzlecenterline
B Nozzleprojectionfromequipmentsurface
C Lookingfromthedirectionofequipmentorientation,clockwiseanglerotation
D Offsetdistancefromequipmentcomponentcenterline

LineNo.
NoticetheLineNo.aboveissettoTRIM.ThisisthesamesettinginyourPreferenceControl
dialogthatisdockedinyourwindow.Whileplacingthenozzleyouhavetheoptionofusing
thebrowsebuttontoselectadifferentlinenumber.

EquipmentModeling

56
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec08

Nozzle Placement

AxialNozzles
AxialNozzlesextendinadirectionthatisperpendiculartotheplaneofthecylindrical
structure.

A Nozzleprojectionfromequipmentsurface
B OffsetinYdirection
C OffsetinXdirection

Note:

Whenplacingaxialnozzles,selectalocationontheendoftheequipmentthatisclosesttowhere
thenozzlewillbeplaced.

YouwillalsohavetheoptionofselectingadifferentLineNo.

MiscellaneousNozzleTypes
Severalnozzletypeswillbeusedinthiscourse,including:

Pumpnozzles
Axialandradialmanways
Elbownozzles

Youarenotrequiredtouseonlyspecializednozzletypes.Forexample,youcanplacea
radialnozzleonapumpifthestandardpumpnozzlesdonotmeetyourneeds.

Jan08

57
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

EquipmentModeling

Modeling Pumps

ModelingPumps
Inthisexerciseyouwillmodelapumpcompletewithsuctionanddischargenozzles.

Exercise1:Createapumpwiththe
parameterslistedbelow,positioningthe
pumpusingtheP104locationpoint.

1. SelectEquipment>Pumps>HorizontalPump.
2. IntheCreateNewEquipmenttagdialog,enter
P104asthetag.

3. ClickOK.
4. Enterthepumpparametersasshown.

Note:

EquipmentModeling

Attribute

Imperial

Metric

MixedMetric

106

3150

3150

46

1350

1350

300

300

10

250

250

900

900

300

300

26

750

750

16

450

450

48

1400

1400

34

1000

1000

10

250

250

2700

2700

ThePromptfieldatthebottomofthedialogprovidesabriefdescriptionofthecurrentfield.

58
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec08

Modeling Pumps

5. ClickOK.
SinceyouhaveenabledtheUseLocationPointfunctionalityintheDrawingPreferences
dialog,theLocationPointListopens.Selectthedesiredlocationpoint.

6. SelectlocationpointP104.
Respondtotheprompts:
Elevation to equipment reference / pick elevation point <0.000000,
0.000000, 0.000000>:

7. ClickEnter.
Elevation entered: 0.000000
Enter or pick XY location (Polar/North-east) <0.000000,0.000000>:

8. ClickEnter.
Enter direction angle or pick point <0.0>:

9. Atthecommandline,enter180,clickEnter.
10. ClickFile>Save.
AmessageintheAutoCADcommandlineindicatesonenewequipmentcomponenthas
beenaddedtotheprojectdatabase.
Saving database for C:\Projects\Training\AT_EQP\eq-module...
1 3D Equipment Data Components added to the project.

Jan08

59
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

EquipmentModeling

Modeling Pumps

ChangingPreferenceControlSettings
InapreviousexerciseyouaddedanewLineNumbertothecontrolcalledTRIM.Thisline
numberisnotusedtoplaceapump.Butbeforeweaddanozzletothepump,letschange
thesettingsontheComponentPreferencescontroltoillustratehowthecontrolisused
duringthemodelingsession.

Exercise2:ChangethePreferenceControlSettingtoLineNumberL1004.
1. Ifthecontrolisdockedinminibarmode,dragthecontroltothecenterofthewindow
toaccesstheeditingfunctions.

Note:

BothAutoPLANTEquipmentandPipingusethesameComponentPreferencecontrol,although
Equipmentonlyusesthecontrolforconnectionstopiperuns.

2. MakesurethecontrolissettoNozzleusingthedropdownmenu.
3. SettheLineNumbertoL1004usingthedropdownmenu.
Note:

ThelistofLineNumbersdefinedforthisprojectappearsinthelist.

4. Whendone,eitherdockthecontrolinminibarmodeortotheleftofyourscreenas
shown.

EquipmentModeling

60
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec08

Modeling Pumps

Jan08

61
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

EquipmentModeling

Modeling Pumps

AddaSuctionNozzle
Exercise2:AttachasuctionnozzletoPumpP104
1. SelectEquipment>Nozzles>OnPumps>SuctionNozzle.
Anozzleisanassociativecomponent.Youareautomaticallypromptedtoselectthe
referencecomponent.

2. PickpumpP104toopentheCreatenewNozzletagdialog.
Note:

Ifthepumpisnotselectedthecommandwillcancel.

Thedefaulttagincludesthepumpequipmenttag(P104)withaN1suffix.Eachtimea
nozzleisplacedonapieceofequipment,thenumericcodevalueautomatically
incrementstothenextavailablenumber.

3. ClickOKtoacceptthedefaulttagvalueandopenthePumpSuctionNozzledialog.
4. Definethenozzleparametersaslistedbelow.
Note:

NovalueforInsulationthickness.
Attribute

Imperial

Metric

MixedMetric

Spec

I_150LB

I_150LB

I_150LB

Nom.Size

150

300

300

LineNo.

L1004

L1004

L1004

Rating

150LB

150LB

150LB

Facing

RF

RF

RF

EndCond.

FL

FL

FL

EquipmentModeling

62
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec08

Modeling Pumps

5. NownoticethattheLineNumberisalreadysetinthedialog.
Thisisafasterandmoreaccuratemethodforplacingnozzleswhenyoualreadyknow
theLineNumber.

Note:

Youcanoverridethepresetnumberbyselectinganewnumberusingthebrowsebutton.

6. Forthisexercise,itisnotnecessarytochangetheLineNumber.
7. TheRating,FacingandEndConditionforthenozzleatthebottomoftheNozzledialog.
Ifthesevaluesarenotsetinyourdialogasshownabove,youcanselectthecorrect
nozzlefromthespecbyreenteringtheNom.Sizeparameter.
TheSpecificationSelectiondialogdisplays:

Jan08

63
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

EquipmentModeling

Modeling Pumps

8. SelectthedesirednozzlefromthespecmatchingthelistedcriteriaRating,Facingand
EndCondition.

9. Oncealloftheinformationisdefined,clickOKtoplacethenozzle.

AddaDischargeNozzle
Exercise3:AttachadischargenozzletoPumpP104
InthenextexerciseyouwilloverridetheLineNumberlistedintheComponentPreferences
control.

1. SelectEquipment>Nozzles>OnPumps>DischargeNozzle.
2. PickpumpP104toformtheassociation.
ThedefaulttagnumberappearsasP104N2.TheN2suffixrepresentsthecodeforthe
nozzleassociatedwithpumpP104.

3. ClickOK.
4. Definethenozzleparametersaslistedbelow.Remembertoselectanewlinenumberby
usingtheBrowsefeaturenexttotheLineNo.field.

EquipmentModeling

Attribute

Imperial

Metric

MixedMetric

Spec

I_150LB

M_150LB

MM_150LB

Nom.Size

100

600

600

LineNo.

L1005

L1005

L1005

Rating

150LB

150LB

150LB

Facing

RF

RF

RF

EndCond.

FL

FL

FL

64
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec08

Modeling Horizontal Vessels

5. ClickOKtoplacethenozzletocompletethepump.

ModelingHorizontalVessels
Exercise1:Createavesselwiththeparametersasgiven,positioningitontopof
foundationssituatednexttopumpP104.

1. SelectEquipment>Vessels>HorizontalVessel.
TheTagTypesdialogopens.

2. SelectDrumTagandclickOK.
3. TheCreateNewEquipmentTagdialogdisplays.
4. EnterVH45intotheCreatenewEquipmenttagfield.
5. ClickOK.
6. Enterthevesselparametersshownbelow.
Attribute

Imperial

Metric

MixedMetric

168

5000

5000

68

2000

2000

1500

1500

10

250

250

No.ofSdls

Sdl.Width

1500

1500

900

900

900

900

InsulThk

50

50

HeadType

SemiElliptical

SemiElliptical

SemiElliptical

7. ClickOK.
8. SincethereisnoplacementpointdefinedforVH45,selectWP.(WorldCoordinate
point0,0,0.)
ByselectingtheWPpoint,youwillnowentertheoffsetsfromthatpointtoarriveat
yourequipmentplacementpoint.
Jan08

65
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

EquipmentModeling

Modeling Horizontal Vessels

9. RespondtotheAutoCADpromptsasfollows:
Elevation to equipment reference / pick elevation point <0.000000,
0.000000, 0.000000>:

Entertheappropriatecoordinates:
Imperial

Metric

MixedMetric

0,0,1096

0,0,32850

0,0,32850

Elevation entered: <value>


Enter or pick XY location (Polar/North-east) <0.000000,0.000000>:

10. Entertheappropriatecoordinates:
Imperial

Metric

MixedMetric

100310,1040

301235,312700

301235,312700

Enter direction angle or pick point <0.0>:

11. ClickEnter.
Thefinalpositionofthevesselshouldresembletheimagebelow.

Note:

EquipmentModeling

IfyouareworkinginAutoCAD2006orlater,youmayhavenoticedthatyourcoordinateentry
appearedonyourdrawingscreenratherthaninthecommandline.Ifthatisthecase,thenyou
havetheDynamicEntryturnedon.Ifyouwanttoturnoffthatfunctionality,clickontheDYN
buttonatthebottomofyourAutoCADwindow.

66
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec08

Modeling Horizontal Vessels

AttachingRadialNozzles
InthefollowingexercisesyoucaneitherresettheComponentPreferencescontroltothe
desiredLineNumberorselecttheLineNumberfromthedialog.

Exercise2:AddthefollowingradialnozzlestovesselVH45,positioningthenozzle
usingtheparameterslistedbelow.

1. Tosetuptheview,enterTOPatthecommandline,thenZOOMaroundthehorizontal
vessel.

2. SettheComponentPreferencecontrolforNozzlesandtheLineNumbertoTRIM.
3. SelectEquipment>Nozzles>OnEquipment>Radial.
4. PickapointonvesselVH45.
5. EnterVH45N1inthetagfieldoftheCreatenewNozzletagdialog.
6. ClickOK.
7. Enterthefollowingnozzleparametersintheplacementdialog:
Attribute

Imperial

Metric

MixedMetric

Spec

I_150LB

M_150LB

MM_150LB

Nom.Size

200mm

1200

1200

225

225

LineNo.

L1003

L1003

L1003

Rating/Facing/End
Conditon

150LB,RF,FL

150LB,RF,FL

150LB,RF,FL

8. ClickOKtoplacethenozzle.
9. Continueenteringnozzlesasspecifiedinthetableshownonthenextpage.
Note:

Jan08

Thenozzlecommandisstillactive,soyouonlyneedtoselectthevesseltocontinue.

67
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

EquipmentModeling

Modeling Horizontal Vessels

ImperialRadialNozzles
Nozzle

Tag

Spec

Size/Rating

ALocation BProjection

COrient

DOffset

LineNo.

Outlet

VH45N2

I_150LB

8
150LB,RF

156

180

L1004

Relief

VH45N3

I_150LB

2
150LB,RF

TRIM

Instrument

VH45N4

I_150LB

2
150LB,RF

15

12

270

TRIM

Instrument

VH45N5

I_150LB

2
150LB,RF

15

12

270

TRIM

COrient

DOffset

LineNo.

MetricRadialNozzles
Nozzle

Tag

Spec

Size/Rating

ALocation BProjection

Outlet

VH45N2

M_150LB

200mm
150LB,RF

4650

225

180

L1004

Relief

VH45N3

M_150LB

50mm
150LB,RF

300

225

TRIM

Instrument

VH45N4

M_150LB

50mm
150LB,RF

4500

350

270

600

TRIM

Instrument

VH45N5

M_150LB

50mm
150LB,RF

4500

350

270

600

TRIM

COrient

DOffset

LineNo.

MixedMetricRadialNozzles
Nozzle

Tag

Spec

Size/Rating

ALocation BProjection

Outlet

VH45N2

MM_150LB

8
150LB,RF

4650

225

180

L1004

Relief

VH45N3

MM_150LB

2
150LB,RF

300

225

TRIM

Instrument

VH45N4

MM_150LB

2
150LB,RF

4500

350

270

600

TRIM

Instrument

VH45N5

MM_150LB

2
150LB,RF

4500

350

270

600

TRIM

10. Whendone,clickEntertoexitthecommand.

EquipmentModeling

68
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec08

Modeling Horizontal Vessels

AttachingAxialNozzles
Exercise3:AddthefollowingaxialnozzlestovesselVH45,positioningthenozzle
usingtheparameterslistedbelow.
Ifnecessary,setuptheview,byenteringTOPatthecommandline,thenZoomaroundthe
horizontalvessel.

1. SelectEquipment>Nozzles>OnEquipment>Axialtoaddthesteamoutletnozzle.
2. SelectEquipment>Nozzles>OnEquipment>AxialManwaytoaddthemanway.
Note:

Thecorrectplacementofaxialnozzlesonequipmentisdependentupontheendselectedwhen
promptedtoplaceacomponent.PicktherightendofthevesselfortheSteamOutnozzleandleft
endofthevesselfortheManway.
ImperialAxialNozzles

Nozzle

Tag

Spec

Size/Rating

A
Projection

B
1stOffset

C
2NDOffset

LineNo.

SteamOutlet

VH45N6

I_150LB

2
150LBRF

22

26

TRIM

Axial
Manway

VH45MW1

I_150LB

24
150LBRF

22

TRIM

A
Projection

B
1stOffset

C
2NDOffset

LineNo.

MetricAxialNozzles
Nozzle

Tag

Spec

Size/Rating

SteamOutlet

VH45N6

MM_150LB

50mm
150LBRF

650

750

TRIM

Axial
Manway

VH45MW1

M_150LB

600mm
150LBRF

650

600

TRIM

A
Projection

B
st
1 Offset

C
2NDOffset

LineNo.

MixedMetricAxialNozzles
Nozzle

Tag

Spec

Size/Rating

SteamOutlet

VH45N6

MM_150LB

2
150LBRF

650

750

TRIM

Axial
Manway

VH45MW1

MM_150LB

24
150LBRF

650

600

TRIM

Jan08

69
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

EquipmentModeling

Modeling Horizontal Vessels

3. Saveyourmodel.
4. FromaFRONTview,thehorizontalvesselandpumpshouldlookliketheimageshown
below.

EquipmentModeling

70
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec08

Modeling Vertical Vessels

ModelingVerticalVessels
Intheseexercises,youwillmodelaverticalvesselincludingnozzlesandusetheediting
commandstomodifytheparameterstoupdatethedatabaserecords.

Note:

Foranunobstructedviewoftheexchanger,youmaywanttounloadthereferenceddrawings
usingAutoCADsxrefcommand,oruseAutoCADs3DAdjustClipPlanes.

Exercise1:Createaverticalvesselwiththeparametersasgiven,positioningitata
locationreferencedfromapredefinedlocationpoint.

1. TypeFronttomovetoafrontview,andthenZoomExtents.
2. SelectEquipment>Vessels>VerticalVessel.
3. SelectTowerTagfromtheTagTypedialog.ClickOK.
4. TypeT136intothetagfieldoftheCreatenewEquipmenttagdialog.ClickOK.
5. EnterthefollowingparametersintheVerticalVesselplacementdialog.

Jan08

Attribute

Imperial

Metric

MixedMetric

10

3000

3000

27

8000

8000

66

2000

2000

10

3000

3000

UpperHead

SemiElliptical

SemiElliptical

SemiElliptical

LowerHead

NoHead

NoHead

NoHead

InsulThk

71
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

EquipmentModeling

Modeling Vertical Vessels

Note:

Makesurethevesselisplacedwithoutalowerhead.Later,youwillplacealowerheadusing
equipmentprimitives.

6. ClickOK.
7. UsetheEsckeytoexittheLocationPointListdialog.
8. Respondtothefollowingprompts:
Elevation to equipment reference / pick elevation point <0.000000,
0.000000, 0.000000>:

EnterE
Enter elevation distance <0.0>:

Entertheappropriatecoordinates:
Imperial

Metric

MixedMetric

1066

31950

31950

Elevation entered: <value>


Enter or pick XY location (Polar/North-east) <0.000000,0.000000>:

EnterN
Enter north (- for south) distance <0.0>:

Entertheappropriatecoordinates:
Imperial

Metric

MixedMetric

1040

312000

312000

Enter east (- for west) distance <0.0>:

Entertheappropriatecoordinates:
Imperial

Metric

MixedMetric

1058

317400

317400

EquipmentModeling

72
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec08

Modeling Vertical Vessels

T136shouldresemblethefigureshownhere.

ModifyVesselT136
Exercise2:UsetheeditcommandtoremovetheskirtfromT136.
1. SelectEquipment>EquipmentTools>EditComponent.
2. PickverticalvesselT136.
Theplacementdialogdisplaystheparametervaluesthatwereenteredwhenthevessel
wasoriginallyplaced.

3. Toremovethevesselskirt,changethevalueofparametersCandDto0.
4. ClickOK.
5. Amessagedisplaysindicatingthatyouhaveremovedtheskirtfromthevessel.
6. ClickOKtoredrawthevessel.

Jan08

73
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

EquipmentModeling

Modeling Vertical Vessels

AddNozzlestoT136
Exercise3:Addaliquidoutletnozzlewithafabricatedelbowtothebottomofthe
vessel.

Note:

Whenplacingaxialnozzles,alwayspicktheendofavesselclosesttowhereyouwantthenozzle
placed..

1. SelectEquipment>Nozzles>OnEquipment>Elbow>Axial.
2. PickapointontheshelloftowerT136nearthebottomofthevessel.
3. ChangethetagnumbertoT136N4intheCreatenewNozzletagdialog.
4. ClickOK.
5. EnterthenozzleparametersintheAxialElbowNozzleonEquipmentdialogasfollows:
Attribute

Imperial

Metric

MixedMetric

Spec

I_150LB

M_150LB

MM_150LB

Nom.Size

200mm

39

1150

1150

600

600

270

270

270

LineNo.

L1006

L1006

L1006

6. ClickOKtoplacethenozzle.
7. ClickEntertoendthecommand.

EquipmentModeling

74
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec08

Modeling Vertical Vessels

Exercise4:AddtheradialandaxialnozzlestoT136.
Yourmodelshouldresemblethefigure.

Jan08

75
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

EquipmentModeling

Modeling Vertical Vessels

ImperialRadialNozzles
Nozzle

Tag

Spec

Size/Rating

Inlet

T136N1

I_150LB

8
150LB,RF

18

Steam
Outlet

T136N6

I_150LB

2
150LB,RF

Radial
Manway

T136MW1

I_150LB

Radial
Manway

T136MW2

I_150LB

Note:

ALocation BProjection

COrient

DOffset

LineNo.

225

L1002

270

TRIM

24
150LB,RF

TRIM

24
150LB,RF

18

TRIM

Whenplacingtheaxialnozzles,besuretopickapointnearthetopofthevessel.
ImperialAxialNozzles

Nozzle

Tag

Spec

Size/Rating

Vapor
Outlet

T136N2

I_150LB

8
150LB,RF

NoCheck

Steam
Outlet

T136N3

I_150LB

2
150LB,RF

NoCheck

B1st
Offset

C2nd
Offset

LineNo.

33

L1003

33

23

16

L1008

Placement AProjection
byAngle

YourvesselshouldresemblethefigureshowninbothTOPandFRONTviews.
MetricRadialNozzles
Nozzle

Tag

Spec

Size/Rating

ALocation BProjection

COrient

DOffset

LineNo.

Inlet

T136N1

M_150LB

200mm
150LB,RF

5400

150

225

L1002

Steam
Outlet

T136N6

M_150LB

50mm
150LB,RF

150

150

270

TRIM

Radial
Manway

T136MW1

M_150LB

600mm
150LB,RF

600

250

TRIM

Radial
Manway

T136MW2

M_150LB

600mm
150LB,RF

5400

250

TRIM

EquipmentModeling

76
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec08

Modeling Vertical Vessels

MetricAxialNozzles
Nozzle

Tag

Spec

Size/Rating

Vapor
Outlet

T136N2

M_150LB

200mm
150LB,RF

CheckedOff

Steam
Outlet

T136N3

M_150LBa

50mm
150LB,RF

CheckedOff

B1st
Offset

C2nd
Offset

LineNo.

1000

L1003

1000

450

675

L1008

Placement AProjection
byAngle

MixedMetricRadialNozzles
Nozzle

Tag

Spec

Size/Rating

ALocation BProjection

COrient

DOffset

LineNo.

Inlet

T136N1

MM_150LB

8
150LB,RF

5400

150

225

L1002

Steam
Outlet

T136N6

MM_150LB

2
150LB,RF

150

150

270

TRIM

Radial
Manway

T136MW1 MM_150LB

24
150LB,RF

600

250

TRIM

Radial
Manway

T136MW2 MM_150LB

24
150LB,RF

5400

250

TRIM

B1st
Offset

C2nd
Offset

LineNo.

MixedMetricAxialNozzles
Nozzle

Tag

Spec

Size/Rating

Placement AProjection
byAngle

Vapor
Outlet

T136N2

MM_150LB

8
150LB,RF

CheckedOff

1000

L1003

Steam
Outlet

T136N3

MM_150LBa

2
150LB,RF

CheckedOff

1000

450

675

L1008

Jan08

77
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

EquipmentModeling

Modeling Vertical Vessels

ChallengeExercise
EditingNozzles
Editingtheplacementofanozzleisassimpleaseditinganequipmentcomponent.These
basicstepsarerequired.

1. SelecttheEditComponentcommandandpickthedesirednozzle.
2. Enterthenewplacementattributes.
3. ClickOK.
Exercise5:MovethereliefnozzleonT136tomatchthefigureshownhere.

EquipmentModeling

78
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec08

Modeling Heat Exchangers

ModelingHeatExchangers
Thefollowingexerciseswillreemphasizetheplacementproceduresyouhavealready
learned.Youwillmodelahorizontalheatexchangerandaddinletandoutletnozzlestothe
vessel.
Whencomplete,yourexchangershouldlookliketheoneshownfromafrontview.

Exercise1:CreateahorizontalheatexchangerE106,usingtheparametersbelowand
placeitatthepredefinedlocationpointwithadirectionangleof180.

Jan08

79
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

EquipmentModeling

Modeling Heat Exchangers

Attribute

Imperial

Metric

MixedMetric

Tag

E106

E106

E106

126

3750

3750

1200

1200

1200

1200

2400

2400

1200

1200

Sdlwidth

900

900

200

200

16

450

450

900

900

150

150

InsulThk

FlangeThickness

50

50

FlangeOuterDia.

44

1400

1400

DrawRightFlange

ON

ON

ON

DrawLeftFlange

ON

ON

ON

DrawRightHead

ON

ON

ON

DrawLeftHead

OFF

OFF

OFF

EquipmentModeling

80
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec08

Modeling Heat Exchangers

AddingNozzlestoE106
Exercise2:AddtheradialnozzlestotheexchangerE106.SelectEquipment>Nozzles
>OnEquipment>Radial.

Note:

Usetherepeatcommandfunctiontocontinueplacingnozzles.Toendthecommand,clickEnter.
ImperialRadialNozzles

Nozzle

Tag

Spec

Size/Rating

ALocation BProjection

COrient

DOffset

LineNo.

Channel
Inlet

E106N1

I_150LB

8
150LB,RF

180

L1006

Channel
Outlet

E106N2

I_150LB

8
150LB,RF

TRIM

Shell
Inlet

E106N3

I_150LB

8
150LB,RF

13

TRIM

Shell
Outlet

E106N4

I_150LB

8
150LB,RF

26

180

L1001

COrient

DOffset

LineNo.

MetricRadialNozzles
Nozzle

Tag

Spec

Size/Rating

ALocation BProjection

Channel
Inlet

E106N1

M_150LB

200mm
150LB,RF

300

180

L1006

Channel
Outlet

E106N2

M_150LB

200mm
150LB,RF

300

TRIM

Shell
Inlet

E106N3

M_150LB

200mm
150LB,RF

3900

300

TRIM

Shell
Outlet

E106N4

M_150LB

200mm
150LB,RF

750

300

180

L1001

COrient

DOffset

LineNo.

MixedMetricRadialNozzles
Nozzle

Tag

Spec

Size/Rating

Channel
Inlet

E106N1

M_150LB

8
150LB,RF

300

180

L1006

Channel
Outlet

E106N2

M_150LB

8
150LB,RF

300

TRIM

Shell
Inlet

E106N3

M_150LB

8
150LB,RF

3900

300

TRIM

Shell
Outlet

E106N4

M_150LB

8
150LB,RF

750

300

180

L1001

Jan08

ALocation BProjection

81
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

EquipmentModeling

Associative Components

AssociativeComponents
AutoPLANTEquipmentcomponentlibrariesprovidealargeselectionofassociative(Assoc)
components.Themostcommonisthenozzle,butyoucanalsoaddboots,ladders,ora
varietyofdifferentheadtypesasassociativecomponents.
Asthetermimplies,thesecomponentscannotstandaloneinadrawingtheymustbe
associatedtoanexistingpieceofequipment.
Whileassociativecomponentsaredependentonotherequipmentcomponents,theyare
consideredanindependententryintheAutoPLANTdatabase,andmusttherefore,havea
uniquetag.Whenplaced,AutoPLANTwillautomaticallygenerateauniquetagforthese
components,butaswithallcomponentsyouhavetheoptiontomodifythetagtosuityour
requirements.
Associativecomponentscanbegroupedintothefollowingcategories:

Vesselcomponentsincludebootsandlegs.Thesecomponentsarelocatedinthe
Equipment>Vesselsmenu.

Associatedprimitivesincludingheadsandsolids,aretraditionallyusedfor
foundationsandbaseplates.SelectassociatedprimitivesfromtheEquipment>
AssociatedPrimitivesmenu.

Structurecomponentsincludeladders,platformsanddavits.Toaddthesetypesof
components,selectfromtheEquipment>Structuresmenu.

Note:

EquipmentModeling

Forincreasedproductivityandfastercomponentplacement,selectthecomponenttypesfroma
toolbarratherthanadropdownmenu.

82
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec08

Associative Components

VesselComponents
Inthefollowingexercise,youwilladdabootandnozzletoVH45.Yourfinishedvessel
shouldlookasshown.

Exercise1:AddabootincludinganozzletohorizontalvesselVH45usingthe
parameterslistedbelow.

1. SelectEquipment>Vessels>AddBoot.
2. ClickvesselVH45toopentheBootonHorizontalVesseldialog.
3. Enterthebootparametersasshown.
Attribute

Imperial

Metric

MixedMetric

Tag

VB45

VB45

VB45

11

3300

3300

26

750

750

26

750

750

Jan08

83
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

EquipmentModeling

Associative Components

4. Addaradialnozzle,VH45B1,totheboot.
SelectEquipment>Nozzles>OnBoots>Radial

5. Intheplacementdialog,inputthefollowingparameters.
Attribute

Imperial

Metric

MixedMetric

Tag

VH45B1

VH45B1

VH45B1

Spec

I_150LB

M_150LB

MM_150LB

Nom.
Size/Rating

2
150LBRF

50
150LBRF

2
150LBRF

600

600

150

150

LineNo.

TRIM

TRIM

TRIM

6. Addanaxialnozzle,VH45B2totheboot.
SelectEquipment>Nozzles>OnBoots>Axial.

Note:

Selectalocationnearthebottomoftheboot.

7. Inthedialog,inputtheparametersasshown.

EquipmentModeling

Attribute

Imperial

Metric

MixedMetric

Tag

VH45B2

VH45B2

VH45B2

Spec

I_150LB

M_150LB

MM_150LB

Nom.
Size/Rating

3
150LBRF

80mm
150LBRF

3
150LBRF

300

300

LineNo.

TRIM

TRIM

TRIM

84
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec08

Associative Components

Thisexercisedemonstrateshowcomponentssuchaslegs,lugsandheadsareattachedby
creatinganassociationtoanexistingcomponent.

Exercise2:AddlegstoT136.
1. SelectEquipment>Vessels>AddLegs.
2. PickapointonvesselT136.(Donotpickapointontheheadprimitiveaddedinthe
previousexercise.)

3. EnterthefollowingparametersintheLegsonVerticalVesseldialog.
Note:

Wheninsertinglegs,thevesselreferencepointisbasedonthevessel'soriginalinsertionpointas
indicatedinthepromptdescriptionwhenthecursorisplacedinparameterC.
Attribute

Imperial

Metric

MixedMetric

Tag

TL136

TL136

TL136

No.Legs

45

45

45

89

2625

2625

23

675

675

10

250

250

4. ClickOKtoattachthelegstothevesselasshown.

Jan08

85
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

EquipmentModeling

Associative Components

AssociatedPrimitives
Inthisexerciseyouwilladdaprimitivecomponenttothevessel.

Exercise1:AddanellipticalheadtothebottomofT136.
YoumayfindithelpfultochangetotheFRONTviewbeforeperformingthisexercise.

1. SelectEquipment>AssociativePrimitives>Heads>Elliptical.
2. PickapointonT136nearthebottomofthevesseltoindicatethelocationforthe
ellipticalhead.

3. EnterthefollowingparametersintheAssociativeEllipticalVesselHeaddialog:
Attribute

Imperial

Metric

MixedMetric

Tag

EH136

EH136

EH136

10

3000

3000

LinkDiameter

Checkedon

Checkedon

Checkedon

26

750

750

4. CheckLinkDiametertoassociatethediameteroftheheadtothediameterofthe
vessel.
Ifthediameterofthevesselislatermodified,thediameteroftheheadwillbe
automaticallyupdated.

5. ClickOKtoattachthehead.

EquipmentModeling

86
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec08

Associative Components

StructuralComponents
AutoPLANTEquipmentprovidesawiderangeofstructuralcomponentsincludingladders
andplatforms.Thesestructuralcomponentsmustbeattachedtoanexistingcomponentor
primitive.

Exercise1:CreatealadderwiththeparameterslistedbelowandaddtoT136.
1. SelectEquipment>Structures>Ladders>OnVerticalVessels.
2. PickverticalvesselT136toformtheassociation.
3. Entertheladderparametersintotheplacementdialog.
Attribute

Imperial

Metric

MixedMetric

Tag

SU329

SU329

SU329

1800

1800

66

1950

1950

166

4950

4950

10

250

250

12

300

300

13

3900

3900

16

450

450

25

25

Discontinue

NoCheck

NoCheck

NoCheck

4. ClickOKtoplacetheladder.

Jan08

87
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

EquipmentModeling

Associative Components

Exercise2:AddacircularplatformtoT136.
1. SelectEquipment>Structures>CircularPlatform.
2. PickverticalvesselT136toformtheassociationanddisplaytheplacementdialog.
3. Entertheplatformparameters.
Attribute

Imperial

Metric

MixedMetric

Tag

SU346

SU346

SU346

1500

1500

900

900

10

250

250

10

10

10

135

135

135

50

50

18

500

500

10

3000

3000

4. ClickOK.
YourfinishedT136shouldresembletheexampleshown.

EquipmentModeling

88
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec08

Copy Component Command

CopyComponentCommand
Formultipleinstancesofanequipmenttypeespeciallyifthenozzlesandotherassociated
componentsarethesameitcanbemuchfastertocreatethefirstcomponentandthen
copyandplacethenewcomponentinmultiplelocations.
TheEquipment>EquipmentTools>CopyComponentcommandisusedtocopyequipment
andanyassociatedcomponents.Theparametersofthecopiedcomponentcanthenbe
modified.Thecomponentisredrawnandtheexternaldatabaserecordsareupdatedwith
thenewvalues.
Tomaintainuniquenaming,AutoPLANTusesthissimplenamingconventionforcopied
equipment:
<originalname>$(<copynumber>)
Sincethedefaultformatmaynotmeetyournamingconventions,youcanrenamethem.
Beforeyoucanchangethenameofanycomponent,thecomponentmustfirstbesavedto
theEquipmentdatabase.Shouldyouforgettosave,youwillbepromptedbyaProject
DatabaseError.
Threethingstorememberwhencopyingequipment:

1. TheAutoCADcopycommandworkssimilartotheAutoPLANTcopycommand.
2. DonotexitthecopycommandwiththeEsckey.Doingsoresultsinaduplicategraphic.
TheEquipmentapplicationdoesnotconsideritacomponentseparatefromtheoriginal.

3. DonotusetheWindowscommandforcopyandpaste(ctrl+c,ctrl+v).Itwillonly
duplicatethegraphicsselected,whilealloftheAutoPLANTintelligencewillbelost.

Jan08

89
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

EquipmentModeling

Copy Component Command

CreatingaSparePump
Exercise1:CreateacopyofP104andplacethecopyinthelocationspecified.
TheISO2viewismoreconvenientforthisexercise.

1. SelectEquipment>EquipmentTools>CopyComponent.
2. Respondtothepromptsasfollows:
Select objects:

PickanypointonPumpP104andthenclickEnter(thisindicatesyouaredoneselecting
objectstocopy).
Specify Base point or displacement, or {Multiple}:

Pickanypointonthepump.
Specify second point of displacement or <use first point as
displacement>:

Type@9'3"<270(or@2775<270forMetricandMixedMetricprojects)andthenclick
Entertopositionthecopiedpump.
ThepumpanditsassociatednozzlesarecopiedasshownintheSEisometricview.

EquipmentModeling

90
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec08

Copy Component Command

ModifytheTags
Exercise2:Modifythenewpumptags.
Note:

Beforeyoumodifythenewpumpstagnumbersyoumustsavethemodel.

1. ClickSave.
2. SelectEquipment>EquipmentTools>EditComponent
3. Selectthecopiedpumptodisplaytheplacementdialog.
Noticethedefaulttagnumberincludestheoriginalpumptagwithadditionalcharacters
appendedattheend.

4. ClickBrowsenexttothetagnumberfieldtodisplaytheRenameEquipmentTagdialog
shownbelow.

5. TypeP124forthenewtagname.
6. ClickOK.
Note:

IfamessageboxpromptsforanadditionallinkforP124,clickYes.

7. ClickOKtoclosethedialogandsavethechangedtagtothedatabase.
8. SelecttheEditComponentcommandtochangethetagnumberforbothpumpnozzles.
EnterP124N1forthesuctionnozzleandP124N2forthedischargenozzle.

9. Whencomplete,clickSave.

Jan08

91
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

EquipmentModeling

Copy Component Command

CreateaSecondHeatExchanger
TheCopyComponentcommandcanbeusedtocreateasecondheatexchanger,similarto
thepreviousexerciseforthepump.

Exercise1:UsingtheCopyComponentcommand,makeasecondheatexchangerand
positionitontopoftheoriginalexchanger.
YoumayfindthisexerciseeasierifyouchangetoaFRONTviewandZoominaround
exchangerE106.

1. SelectEquipment>EquipmentTools>CopyComponent.
2. SelectexchangerE106.
3. ClickEnter.
4. Selectabasepointofdisplacement.Pickanywhereonthecomponent.
Enter@0,0,6'(or@0,0,1800forMetricandMixedMetricprojects)forthesecondpoint
displacement.

5. Saveyourmodel.
6. WhentheModifyTagsdialogdisplays,changethetagofthenewexchangertoE107.
7. Usetheeditcommandtochangethenozzlesonthetwoexchangerstomatchthose
showninthefigure.

8. Saveyourmodel.

EquipmentModeling

92
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec08

Copy Component Command

Theseexercisescompletetheequipmentmodel.Yourfinishedmodelincludingall
componentsandreferencedrawingsshouldappearsimilartothefigureshown.

ThismodelwillbeusedduringtheAutoPLANTPipingcourse.
Theexercisesinthefollowingsectionsareoptional.

Jan08

93
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

EquipmentModeling

Custom Components

CustomComponents
Attimesyoumayneedtocreateacustomcomponent.AutoPLANTEquipmentprovidesan
extensivearrayofbasicshapes,referredtoasprimitives,forcreatingcustomcomponents.
PrimitivesarecategorizedasEquipmentPrimitives,AssociativePrimitivesorTransition
Components.

EquipmentPrimitives
EquipmentPrimitivesactastheparentcomponenttoAssociativeandTransitionchild
components.

Whenyouconstructequipmentfromprimitives,thefirstprimitiveplacedbecomesthe
parentcomponentandisassignedatag.
YoucanthenattachAssociativePrimitivesorTransitionComponentstothefirstEquipment
Primitivetocompleteyourcustomequipment.AnEquipmentPrimitivecannotbeattached
toanotherEquipmentPrimitive.

AssociativePrimitives
AssociativePrimitivescannotstandaloneandmustbeattachedtoanexistingcomponent.

Onceplaced,anAssociativePrimitivebecomespartoftheparentprimitiveandisresizedor
relocatedwiththeparentprimitive.

TransitionComponents
TransitionComponentsareassociativeprimitivesthatallowyoutocreateasmooth
connectionbetweendissimilarcomponents.

EquipmentModeling

94
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec08

Custom Components

BuildingCustomComponents
Customequipmentcanbesimplewithafewcomponents,ordetailedincludingequipment
primitives,associativeprimitives,transitioncomponentsorAutoCADobjects.Whilemore
detailmayenhancethevisualmodel,thatvisualdetailmaynotimprovetheoveralldesign.

Exercise1:ModeltheverticalvesselasshownusinganEquipmentPrimitiveand
severalAssociativePrimitives.

1. SelectEquipment>EquipmentPrimitives>Cylinders>Vertical.
2. WhentheCreateNewEquipmentTagdialogopens,enterthenozzletagCH101and
clickOK.

3. IntheVerticalCylinderdialog,enterthefollowinginformation:
Attribute

Imperial

Metric

MixedMetric

Tag

CH101

CH101

CH101

17

8100

8100

2400

2400

4. ClickOK.
Note:

Jan08

IftheLocationPointdialogdisplays,clickEsctocloseit.

95
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

EquipmentModeling

Custom Components

5. Placethecylinderwiththefollowingcoordinates:

Imperial

Metric

MixedMetric

Elevation

1099

32925

32925

North

9911

297450

297450

East

1040

312000

312000

Youwillnowaddanellipticalheadtothecylinder.

6. SelectAssociativePrimitives>Heads>Elliptical.
7. Pickapointonthecylinderclosetothetopofthecylinder.
Note:

Anaxialcomponentwillbeplacedattheendthatisclosesttothepointusedtofirstselectthe
component.

8. IntheAssociateEllipticalVesselHeaddialog,enterthesevalues:
Attribute

Imperial

Metric

MixedMetric

Tag

VH101

VH101

VH101

2400

2400

LinkDiameter

ON

ON

ON

600

600

9. ClickOKtoattachtheheadtothecylinder.
Youwillnowaddaconetothecylinder.

10. SelectAssociativePrimitives>Cones>Axial.
11. ClickapointonthecylinderCH101nearthebottomofthecylinder.

EquipmentModeling

96
Copyright 2010 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec08

Custom Components

12. IntheAssociateAxialConedialogenterthesevalues:
Attribute

Imperial

Metric

MixedMetric

Tag

BC101

BC101

BC101

66

1950

1950

2400

2400

LinkDiameter

ON

ON

ON

1200

1200

13. ClickOKtoattachtheconetothecylinder.
14. SelectVessels>AddLegsfromtheEquipmentmenu.
15. PickcylinderCH101(donotpickapointontheheadorconesection.)
16. Definethelegparametersusingthesevalues:
Attribute

Imperial

Metric

MixedMetric

Tag

HL101

HL101

HL101

No.ofLegs

45

45

45

12

3600

3600

23

675

675

10

250

250

17. ClickSave.

Jan08

97
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

EquipmentModeling

Custom Components

CreatingaComponentfromSimplePrimitives
SomeprimitivetypesareavailableasbothEquipmentandAssociativeprimitives.The
TriangularSolidisagoodexample.Inthenextexerciseyouwillcreateahorizontalvessel
fromsimpleprimitives.

EquipmentModeling

98
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec08

Custom Components

WhenusedasanEquipmentPrimitive:

Enterthevaluesforheight,widthandthicknessinthedialog

Toplacetheprimitive,providecoordinates,directionangleandorientationangle.

WhenusedasanAssociativePrimitive:

EntervaluesforeachphysicalattributeANDthelocationoftheprimitivewithrespectto
theparentprimitive.

ToplacetheAssociativePrimitive,providedistanceandangleinallthreeplanes

Exercise1:Createahorizontalvesselwithtriangularlegsasshown.

1. SelectEquipment>EquipmentPrimitives>Cylinders>Horizontal.
2. IntheCreateNewEquipmentTagdialog,enterCYL1.
3. ClickOK.
4. IntheHorizontalCylinderdialogenterthefollowingparameters:
Attribute

Imperial

Metric

MixedMetric

Tag

CYL1

CYL1

CYL1

12

3600

3600

1500

1500

5. ClickOK.

Jan08

99
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

EquipmentModeling

Custom Components

6. Placethecylinderusingthesecoordinates:

Imperial

Metric

MixedMetric

Elevation

105

31500

31500

North

970

291000

291000

East

1030

309000

309000

Angle

7. SelectEquipment>EquipmentPrimitives>TriangularSolid.
8. IntheCreateNewEquipmentTagdialog,enterLEG1.
9. ClickOK.
10. IntheEquipmentTriangularSoliddialogenterthesecoordinates:
Attribute

Imperial

Metric

MixedMetric

Tag

LEG1

LEG1

LEG1

2100

2100

1500

1500

11

275

275

11. ClickOK.
12. Placethesolidatthesecoordinates:

Imperial

Metric

MixedMetric

Elevation

100

30000

30000

North

1032

291000

291000

East

970

309475

309475

Direction

Orientation

EquipmentModeling

100
Copyright 2010 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec08

Custom Components

13. CopyLEG1andplacethecopy711(2375mm)eastoftheoriginal.
14. UsetheEquipment>EquipmentTools>EditComponenttorenamethenewlegLEG2.
ClickSave.

CreatingUserDefinedEquipment
TheUserDefinedEquipmentcommandallowsyoutocombineAutoPLANTprimitiveswith
nativeAutoCADelementstocreateauniquecomponentincludingdimensionsandlocation
attributes.Followthesebasicstepsforcreatingthecomponent.

1. SelectEquipment>UserDefined.Provideanameforthecomponent.

2. TheUserDefinedEquipmentdialogappears.TheonlyfunctionsavailableareSelect
EntitiesorCanceloutofthecommand.

Jan08

101
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

EquipmentModeling

Custom Components

3. Selecttheentitiestoincludeinyourcomponent.ClickEnter.
Note:

Onceselected,youcannotaddorremovecomponents.

4. TheUserDefinedEquipmentdialogreopensallowingyoutoenterthevaluesforthe
component.

Identification
TheTagyoudefinedpreviouslydisplaysintheTagfield.
TheGroupIDisareadonlyfield.Thisvaluewasautomaticallygeneratedwhenyouselected
theprimitivestobecombinedforyourcomponent.
TheDescriptionfieldallowsyoutoenteradditionalinformationaboutthecomponent.

OverallDimensions
AutoPLANTworkswithuserdefinedequipmentasifitwereahorizontalcylinder.The
LengthandRadiusvaluesgivethecylinderdimension.Theseattributescanbeentered
manually,orpickedfromtheAutoCADscreenbyclickingonthe<<Pickbutton.

Note:

Whileyoucanchangethevalues,therewillbenovisualchangestothegraphicalrepresentation.

USC
Foryourequipmenttoexistinspace,youneedtodefinethelocalcoordinatesystem
includingLocationPoint,DirectionPointandOrientationPoint.
TheXaxisisusedasthecenterlineaxis,definedasthevectorfromtheLocationPointtothe
DirectionPoint.
TheYaxisisdefinedasthevectorfromtheDirectionPointtotheOrientationPoint.
TodefineXandY,youcanenterthevaluesmanuallyorpickfromtheAutoCADscreenby
clickingonthe<<Pickbutton.
EquipmentModeling

102
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec08

Custom Components

CreateaCustomVessel
Exercise1:Createauserdefinedequipmentcomponentfromthehorizontalvessel
yougeneratedinthepreviousexercise.

1. SelectEquipment>UserDefined.
2. EnterHV1000asthetagintheCreatenewEquipmenttagdialog.
3. ClickSelectEntitiesintheUserDefinedEquipmentdialog.
4. SelecttheCYL1,LEG1,andLEG2componentsinyourmodel.ClickEnter.
5. DefinetheUCScoordinatesaslistedbelow:
ImperialUCSCoordinates
Point

XCoord

YCoord

ZCoord

Location

1030

970

105

Direction

10326

970

105

Orientation

10326

982

105

MetricUCSCoordinates
Point

XCoord

YCoord

ZCoord

Location

309000

291000

31500

Direction

312600

291000

31500

Orientation

312600

291750

31500

MixedMetricUCSCoordinates
Point

XCoord

YCoord

ZCoord

Location

309000

291000

31500

Direction

312600

291000

31500

Orientation

312600

291750

31500

6. ClickOK.

Jan08

103
Copyright 2010 Bentley Systems Incorporated

EquipmentModeling

Custom Components

7. UsetheEditcommand,renamethevesselandenterthedimensionsasshown.
Attributes

Imperial

Metric

MixedMetric

Length

12

3600

3600

Radius

1500

1500

8. Saveyourmodel.
Oncecreated,youcanmove,rotate,rename,addnozzlesandcopythecomponentlike
anyotherpieceofequipment.
Thisexercisecompletesthemodule.

EquipmentModeling

104
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec08

Module Review

ModuleReview
Nowthatyouhavecompletedthefirstmodule,letsreviewwhatyouhavelearned.

Questions
AnswerthesequestionstobeTrueorFalse.Detailedanswersappearonthefollowingpage.

1. Assoctypecomponentsmustbeattachedtoanexistingcomponenttoforman
association.

True
False

2. ComponentsinamodelareeasilydeletedusingAutoCADdelete.

True
False

3. Whenplacinganaxialnozzleonavessel,itisimportanttopickapointclosesttothe
endofthevesselwhereyouwantthenozzletoattach.

True
False

4. Eachtimeyourouteapipe,itisimportanttomakesuretospecifythecorrectline
number.

True
False

5. Asyouplaceapump,thesystemwillautomaticallyincrementthenumericcodevaluein
thetag.

True
False

Jan08

105
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

EquipmentModeling

Summary

Answers
1. True:AllAssocTypecomponentsincludingnozzles,structuresandassociativeprimitives
mustbeattachedtoanothercomponent.

2. False:AlthoughAutoCADDeletewillerasethecomponentgraphicsfromyourmodel,
thedatabaselinkwillonlyberemovedwhenyouusetheEquipmentTools>Edit
Componentcommand.

3. True:Axialnozzlesextendinadirectionperpendiculartotheplaneofthecylindrical
structure.Duringplacement,thefunctionplacesthecomponentattheendclosestto
whereyouselect.

4. True:Forprojectconsistency,linenumbersaregenerallydefinedpriortothestartof
theproject.LinenumbersarechangedeasilybybrowsingwithintheChange
LineNumberdialog.

5. True:Eachtimeanozzleisplacedonapieceofequipment,thenumericvalue
automaticallyincrementstothenextavailablenumber.Thenewvalueiseasilymodified
bytheEquipmentTools>EditComponentcommand.

Summary
Youarenowableto:

Modelapumpwithsuctionanddischargenozzles

Modelahorizontalvesselwithradialandaxialnozzles

Modelandeditaverticalvessel

Modelaheatexchangerwithinletandoutletnozzles

Usethecopycommandtocreatesparecomponents

Createcustomcomponents

EquipmentModeling

106
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec08

DatabaseManagement

Overview
Inthismoduleyouwilllearnhowtoeditdatabaserecordswhilemaintainingtheaccuracyof
thedatabase.Youwilllearnhowtorepairalostorcorrupteddatabasefromcomponent
informationsavedinthedrawingfile.

Prerequisites

Basicunderstandingofhowcomponentdataiscreatedwhilebuildingamodel

Objectives

Dec09

Manageandeditdatabaserecords
Cleanandrepairacorrupteddatabase
CreateanEquipmentListreport
CreateaNozzleSchedulereport
Checkdrawingaccuracyagainstcomponentreports

107
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

DatabaseManagement

Introductory Knowledge

IntroductoryKnowledge
Beforeyoubeginthismodule,letsdefinewhatyoualreadyknow.

Questions
1. InStandaloneMode,allrelationshipdataiswrittentoanindividualdrawingdatabase.

True
False

2. TheAutoCADDeletecommandwillcompletelyerasecomponentsfromyourdrawing.

True
False

3. CreatingaNozzlereportisagoodmethodofcheckingtheaccuracyofyourdrawing.

True
False

Answers
1. True:InMode,relationshipdataiswrittentotheindividualdrawingdatabase.The
mannerthedataisstoredisdependentontheprojectmodeselectedStandalone,
DistributedandCentralMode.

2. False:AutoCADDeletewillonlyerasethecomponentgraphicfromthedrawing,leaving
thecomponentdatainthedatabase.ItisbesttousetheAutoPLANTDeleteComponent
commandtodeletethegraphicandcomponentdata.YoucanalsousetheEquipment>
DatabaseTools>CleanDatabasecommandtocleanthedatabaseofunusedcomponent
data.

3. True:AdetailedNozzleSchedulereportincludescomponentdataincludingTagNo.,
size,andplacementcoordinates,enablingyoutoverifytheaccuracyofyourmodel.

DatabaseManagement

108
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Managing the Database

ManagingtheDatabase
Whenacomponentisplacedinadrawing,arecordiswrittentoanexternaldatabase.The
mannerinwhichthisdataisstoredisdependentupontheprojectmodeselectedProjects
orUserConfigurations.
AdditionalinformationcanbefoundinONLINEHelp.
Nozzleorequipmentcomponentrecordsarealwayswrittentotheappropriatenozzleor
equipmentdatabasetable.

Equipmentplacementcommandswritetheequipmentname,tagnumberand
descriptiontotheEquipmentTable.

Nozzleplacementcommandswriteinformationincludingassociatedequipmenttag,
nozzletag,nominalsize,linenumberandotherinformationfromthechosenspecinto
theNozzleTable.

DatabaseToolsMenu
TheDatabaseToolsmenuincludes
functionsforeditingandmanaging
componentrecordsstoredinthe
projectdatabase.Additional
functionsincludetoolsforcleaning,
repairingorrestoringacorrupted
databasebasedonthetypeof
componentinformationstoredinthe
drawing.

Dec09

109
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

DatabaseManagement

Editing Database Records

EditingDatabaseRecords
Eachcomponentinadrawinghasauniquerecordinthedatabase.Userscaneasilyview
andamendtherecordsfromwithintheAutoPLANTapplicationthataccessestheproject
database.EditingrecordsistypicallytheAdministratorsresponsibility.
BelowareexamplesoftheequipmentrecordforthebottomheadonT136.Thisdialogwas
obtainedbyEquipment>DatabaseTools>EditEquipmentandselectingacomponentinthe
model.

YoucanalsoeditadatabaseentrywiththeSetFieldValuemenucommand.FromtheEdit
EquipmentDatabaseFielddialogyoucanselecttheattributeyouwanttochangeand
providethenewvalue.

DatabaseManagement

110
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Cleaning the Database

CleaningtheDatabase
Thedrawingdatabasecanoccasionallybecomeoutofsyncwiththedrawing.The
databasetoolscleanthedatabaseofunnecessarycomponentdataandallowyoutoedit
individualcomponentrecords.
TheCleanDatabasecommandremovesrecordsfromthedatabasethatnolongerhavea
linktoacomponentgraphicinthemodel.ThiscanhappenifyouusetheAutoCADDelete
commandinsteadoftheAutoPLANTDeleteComponentcommand.

Note:

CleaningthedatabasewilleraseyourAutoCADundo/redobuffer.

Tocleanthedatabase,selectEquipment>DatabaseTools>CleanDatabaseandthen
answerYestotheconfirmationprompt.

ActiveConnections
WheneveryouopenanAutoPLANTmodel,theappropriateAutoPLANTdatabaseiscopied
toalocaltemporarydirectory.Thisgreatlyimprovesperformanceasyoudonothaveto
continuallyaccessanetworkfordatabaseinformation.
TheEquipment>DatabaseTools>ActiveConnectionsopenstheCurrentDatabase
Connectionsdialogandlistsallofthetemporarydatabasesyouarecurrentlyconnectedto.
Youshouldonlybeconnectedtoonedatabase.Youcandisconnectfromallotherdatabases
fromthisdialog.

Dec09

111
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

DatabaseManagement

Repairing / Rebuilding the Database

Repairing/RebuildingtheDatabase
Ifyourexternaldatabasehasbeencorruptedorlost,youcanrepairitorcompletelyreplace
itwiththedatabeingstoredinthemodel.Anindicatorthatyourdatabasehasbeen
damagedisanemptycomponentdialog.
TheEquipmentTools>RepairDatabasecommandexamineseverycomponentinthe
drawingandfillsinmissingphysicalcomponentdatawiththevaluesfromthedrawing.
DatabaserecordswillbereplacedwiththedefaultvaluesestablishedbyyourProject
Administrator.

Note:

IfyourunaRepairorRebuildaftertheexercisesinthischapter,youwilllosethechangesyou
havemade,sincethevalueswillrevertbacktothosevaluesestablishedintheprojectdataset.

TheRebuildDatabasewilldeletethecurrentdrawingdatabaseandbuildanewonebased
onthedrawing.Thismethodisintendedforseverecircumstances.
RepairDatabaseandRebuildDatabasemakechangestoyourlocaldatabasefirst,andthen
writesthechangestotheprojectdatabasewhenyousavethedrawing.

DatabaseManagement

112
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Repairing / Rebuilding the Database

EditingaDatabaseRecord
Exercise1:EdittheLongDescriptionforvesselT136.
1. Openyourequipmentdrawing.
2. SelectEquipment>DatabaseTools>EditDatabasefromtheEquipmentmenu.
3. SelectvesselT136toopentheEquipmentDatabaseRecorddialog.
4. ModifytheLongDescfieldtoVerticalVesselT136.
5. ClickOK.
6. Updatethelongdescriptionsforeachtagusingthenewvalues.
ImperialDescriptions
Item

Tag

NewLongDescription

HorizontalVessel

VH45

168x68HorizontalVesselVH45

BootonHorizontalVessel

VB45

VerticalBootonVH45

HorizontalPumpMain

P104

MainHorizontalPumpP104

HorizontalPumpSpare

P124

SpareHorizontalPumpP124

BottomHeadonVert.Vessel

EH136

BottomHeadonT136

VesselLegs

TL136

4LegsonT136

Ladder

SU329

136LadderonT136

CircularPlatform

SU346

135degreeCircularPlatformonT136

HorizontalExchanger

E106

FeedEffluentExchangerE106

HorizontalExchanger

E107

FeedEffluentExchangerE107

MetricDescriptions

Dec09

Item

Tag

NewLongDescription

HorizontalVessel

VH45

5000x2000HorizontalVesselVH45

113
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

DatabaseManagement

Repairing / Rebuilding the Database

BootonHorizontalVessel

VB45

VerticalBootonVH45

HorizontalPumpMain

P104

MainHorizontalPumpP104

HorizontalPumpSpare

P124

SpareHorizontalPumpP124

BottomHeadonVert.Vessel

EH136

BottomHeadonT136

VesselLegs

TL136

4LegsonT136

Ladder

SU329

LadderonT136

CircularPlatform

SU346

135degreeCircularPlatformonT136

HorizontalExchanger

E106

FeedEffluentExchangerE106

HorizontalExchanger

E107

FeedEffluentExchangerE107

MixedMetricDescriptions

Item

Tag

NewLongDescription

HorizontalVessel

VH45

5000x2000HorizontalVesselVH45

BootonHorizontalVessel

VB45

VerticalBootonVH45

HorizontalPumpMain

P104

MainHorizontalPumpP104

HorizontalPumpSpare

P124

SpareHorizontalPumpP124

BottomHeadonVert.Vessel

EH136

BottomHeadonT136

VesselLegs

TL136

4LegsonT136

Ladder

SU329

LadderonT136

CircularPlatform

SU346

135degreeCircularPlatformonT136

HorizontalExchanger

E106

FeedEffluentExchangerE106

HorizontalExchanger

E107

FeedEffluentExchangerE107

7. Savethemodel.

DatabaseManagement

114
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Report Generator Utility

ReportGeneratorUtility
TheAutoPLANTReportGeneratorutilityisusedbyallAutoPLANTPlantDesignapplications
togenerateareportthatcanbeoutputtoaprinter,file,ordisplayedinpreviewmode.
CrystalReport(*.RPT)filesformatsareconfiguredforyourusewithaspecificreportname
and/ortype.

CrystalReportsEngine
TheReportGeneratorfunctionsuseSeagateSoftware'sCrystalReportsruntimeengine
toprocessthecomponentdataforthereport.

Note:

YoumustfirstpurchasetheCrystalReportssoftwaretogeneratenewormodifyexistingreport
files.

Whenyourequestareport:

1. TheReportGeneratorextractsthecomponentdrawingdatabaserecords,asselected
fromthedrawingdatabaseandsavestoatemporarydatabase.

2. Thetemporarydatabaseiscleanedtoremoveanyrecordsforcomponentsthatno
longerexistinthedrawing.InAutoPLANTPiping,thepipecutlengthsarerecalculated.

3. TheReportWriter(fromCrystalReports)extractsthedatafromthetemporarydatabase
andprocessesitfortheselectedreportfile.

ReportTypes
Reportsaregroupedbytype.AutoPLANTEquipmentincludestworeporttypesEquipment
ListandNozzleSchedule.

EquipmentListType
Twoequipmentlistreportsareprovided:

1. EquipmentListreportsonlythemajorpiecesofequipmentandomitsassociated
components.

2. DetailEquipmentListliststheprimaryequipmentcomponentsandtheirassociated
components.

NozzleScheduleType
Tworeportsareprovided:

1. BriefNozzleTakeoffincludesequipmentandnozzletagsandnozzlesize.
2. FullNozzleTakeoffincludesprojection,locationanddirection.

Dec09

115
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

DatabaseManagement

Generating Equipment and Nozzle Reports

GeneratingEquipmentandNozzleReports
TheAutoPLANTReportGeneratorcreatesequipment,nozzle,andpipingreports.The
Equipment>Reportsmenuprovidesaccesstotwopredefinedreports:EquipmentListand
NozzleSchedule.

ExecutingeitheroftheseoptionsopenstheAutoPLANTReportGeneratordialogwiththe
requiredfunctionparametersforeachreport.

DatabaseManagement

116
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Generating Equipment and Nozzle Reports

TheOptionssectionofthedialoghasbeendisabledsincetheyarepipingrelatedand
thereforenotrequiredfortheequipmentreports.
ReportoutputUnitscanbechangedtoImperial,Metric,andMixedMetric.
Outputcanbeviewedonthescreen,sentdirectlytoaprinter,orsavedtoanASCIItextfile.

EquipmentReport
Exercise1:Generateadetailedlistoftheequipmentcomponentsinyourmodel.
1. SelectEquipment>Reports>EquipmentListtoopentheAutoPLANTReportGenerator
dialog.

2. Checkthatthereportsettingsareconfiguredasshownbelow.

Dec09

Attribute

Imperial

Metric

MixedMetric

ReportType

EQUIPMENTLIST

EQUIPMENTLIST

EQUIPMENTLIST

ReportName

DETAILEQUIPM,ENTLIST

DETAILEQUIPM,ENTLIST

DETAILEQUIPM,ENTLIST

Units

Imperial

Metric

MixedMetric

Precision

001/16"

mm

mm

BorePrecision

001/8"

mm

mm

Output

Preview

Preview

Preview

117
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

DatabaseManagement

Generating Equipment and Nozzle Reports

3. ClickOK.
WhentheAutoPLANTSelectionsdialogopens,clicktheDrawingtab.

4. ClickAlltoselectallequipmentcomponentsinthedrawing.
5. ClickOKtogenerateyourreport.
Compareyourreportoutputtotheexampletodetermineifyouhaveplacedallofthe
componentsandmodifiedtheirrespectiveprojectdatabaserecordsasinstructed.

DatabaseManagement

118
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Generating Equipment and Nozzle Reports

6. Afterviewingthereport,closethepreviewwindow.
7. ClickCanceltoclosedialog.

NozzleScheduleReport
Note:

BeforegeneratingaNozzleSchedulereport,closeoutanypreviouslygeneratedEquipmentList
reports.

Exercise1:Generateanozzlelistforthecomponentsinyourdrawing.
1. SelectEquipment>Reports>NozzleSchedule.
2. TheAutoPLANTReportGeneratordialogdisplaysenablingyoutoconfigurethereportas
follows:
Attribute

Imperial

Metric

MixedMetric

ReportType

NozzleTakeoff

NozzleTakeoff

NozzleTakeoff

ReportName

FullNozzleTakeoffList

FullNozzleTakeoffList

FullNozzleTakeoffList

Units

Imperial

Metric

MixedMetric

Precision

001/16"

mm

mm

BorePrecision

001/8"

mm

Mm

Output

Preview

Preview

Preview

3. TheAutoPLANTSelectionsdialogdisplays.ClicktheDrawingtabandenabletheAll
option.

4. ClickOK.
5. Compareyourreportoutputtotheexamplestodetermineifyouhaveplacedallofthe
nozzlesasinstructed.

6. Afterviewingthereports,closethepreviewwindow.
7. ClickCanceltoclosethedialog.

Dec09

119
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

DatabaseManagement

Generating Equipment and Nozzle Reports

DatabaseManagement

120
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Module Review

ModuleReview
Nowthatyouhavecompletedthismodule,letsreviewwhatyouhavelearned.
AnswerthesequestionstobeTrueorFalse.Detailedanswersappearonthefollowingpage.

Questions
1. Anemptycomponentdialogmeansyourdatabasemaybecorrupted.

True
False

2. Onceyouhaveplacedacomponentinyourdrawingyoucanneverchangethe
componentdescription.

True
False

3. ReportsaregeneratedfromthedrawingusingCrystalReports.

True
False

4. CreatingaNozzlereportisagoodmethodofcheckingtheaccuracyofyourdrawing.

True
False

Dec09

121
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

DatabaseManagement

Summary

Answers
1. True:Anemptycomponentdialogmeansnodataisreadfromthedatabase.Torepair
thedatabase,usetheEquipmentTools>RepairDatabasecommand.

2. False:ComponentdescriptionsareeasilymodifiedusingtheEquipment>Database
Tools>EditDatabasecommand.Pickthecomponentandmakethenecessarychanges
tothedatabaserecord.

3. True:theReportGeneratorrunsonCrystalReports.Ninereportformatsareincludedin
Equipment.CrystalReportssoftwareisrequiredtogeneratenewormodifyexisting
reportformats.

4. True:AdetailedNozzleSchedulereportincludescomponentdataincludingTagNo.,
size,andplacementcoordinates,enablingyoutoverifytheaccuracyofyourmodel.

Summary
Youarenowableto:

Manageandeditdatabaserecords
Cleanandrepairacorrupteddatabase
CreateanEquipmentListreport
CreateaNozzleSchedulereport
Checkdrawingaccuracyagainstcomponentreports

DatabaseManagement

122
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

CourseSummary
Review
Nowthatyouhavecompletedthiscourse,letsmeasurewhatyouhavelearned.

Questions
1. Workingwithinaprojectenvironmentenablesyoutopredefinesettingsfordrawing
units,custombordersandcomponents.

True
False

2. Briefcasemodeenablesyoutosavecomponentdatainthedrawingfile.

True
False

3. Youcaneasilychangethedrawingunitsatanytimeduringyourmodelingsession.

True
False

4. DocumentManagerenablesyoutoeasilymanagealldrawingfilesrelatedtoaproject

True
False

5. AnexampleofaProjectObjecttheEquipmentapplicationisLineNumber.

True
False

6. SettingupaWorkAreaenablesyoutoeditreferencedrawingsfrommultipledisciplines.

True
False

7. LocationPointsreferstotheCADcoordinatesystem.

Dec09

True
False
123
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

CourseSummary

Review

8. ComponentTagnumberscannotbeduplicated.

True
False

9. Nozzlesareconsideredassociativecomponents.

True
False

10. UsingtheAutoCADdeletefunction,erasesthecomponentfromyourdrawing.

True
False

11. Iftheexternaldatabaseiscorrupted,youwillneedtostartyourmodelingsessionfrom
thebeginning.

True
False

12. CreatingaNozzleReportgivesyouagoodmethodofcheckingformissingcomponents.

True
False

CourseSummary

124
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Review

Answers
1. True:Projectmodeenablesyoutodefinealldrawingdefaultsandsettingspriorto
startingtheproject.Allteammemberscreatemodelsanddeliverablestothesameset
ofdesignrules.

2. True:BriefcasemodeisaassociatedwithaUserConfiguration.Itdoesnotrequirea
project,butstoresallcomponentdatainthedrawing.DrawingsinaProjectcanbe
savedinBriefcasemodeandBriefcasedrawingscanbeaddedtoanexistingProject.

3. False:IfyouareworkingwithinaProjectenvironment,drawingunitsandallother
projectsettingsaredefinedbyaProjectAdministratorbeforeanyteammemberbegins
themodelingprocess.

4. True:DocumentManagerisautilityapplicationdeliveredwithAutoPLANT.Using
DocumentManagertolaunchandmanagedrawingfilesguaranteesthatallrelateddata
issavedintheappropriatelocationwithaproject,ensuringaccessforallteam
members.

5. True:TheonlyProjectObjectusedwhenplacingequipmentcomponentsisthe
LineNumber.OncetheProjectAdministratorcreatesthelistofLineNumberstobeused
intheproject,allcomponentsplacedonaspecificlinenumberwillformthecorrect
relationship

6. False:Ausercanonlyplaceequipmentcomponentsinacurrentdrawing.Connections
tothecomponentsinareferencedrawingdonotchangethereferencedrawinginany
way.Noeditscanbemadetoreferencedrawings.

7. False:LocationPointsarereferencepointscreatedbytheusertopositionequipment
components.DynamicrelationshipsinaLocationPointmakeiteasierfortheuserto
moveequipment,withoutworryingaboutconnectedcomponents.

8. False:Alltagnumberswithinadrawingareunique.However,ifyouwishtousean
existingtagnumber,alinktotheoriginaltagnumberiscreateduponplacement.

9. True:Whenyouplaceanozzle,itmustbeattachedtoanexistingcomponenttoforman
association.

10. False:WhenyouusethestandardAutoCADdeletefunctiontoerasecomponentsfrom
yourdrawing,onlythegraphicisdeleted.Componentdataremainsinthedatabase.
YoucanusetheCleanDatabasefunctiontoremovethedata.

11. False:Acorruptedorlostdatabasecanbereplacedfromthedatastoredwithinthe
drawing.TheRepairDatabasecommandwillexamineeachcomponentinthedrawing
andfillsinthemissingcomponentvaluesinthedatabase.

12. True:Bycreatingbothanequipmentreportandanozzlereportyoucaneasilyverify
yourcomponentshavebeenplacedaccurately

Dec09

125
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

CourseSummary

Review

Thispageintentionallyleftblank.

CourseSummary

126
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

AutoPLANTPipingFundamentals
V8i

BentleyInstituteCourseGuide

TRN0102801/0002

Copyright Information

Trademarks
AccuDraw,Bentley,theBBentleylogo,MDL,MicroStationandSmartLineareregistered
trademarks;PopSetandRasterManageraretrademarks;BentleySELECTisaservicemarkof
BentleySystems,IncorporatedorBentleySoftware,Inc.
AutoCADisaregisteredtrademarkofAutodesk,Inc.
Otherbrandsandproductnamesarethetrademarksoftheirrespectiveowners.

Patents
UnitedStatesPatentNos.5,8.15,415and5,784,068and6,199,125.

Copyrights
20002009BentleySystems,Incorporated.
MicroStation1998BentleySystems,Incorporated.
Allrightsreserved.

V8i

2
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec-09

TableofContents

CourseOverview________________________________________________________ 1
CourseDescription___________________________________________________________ 1
TargetAudience_____________________________________________________________ 1
Prerequisites________________________________________________________________ 1
CourseObjectives____________________________________________________________ 1
ModulesIncluded____________________________________________________________ 2
SystemRequirements ________________________________________________________ 3
AutoCADorrelatedAutodeskProducts_______________________________________________3
ProjectWiseSupportedVersions______________________________________________________3
DatabasesSupported_______________________________________________________________3
InstallingtheTrainingProject __________________________________________________ 4
IntroductoryKnowledge ______________________________________________________ 6
Questions ________________________________________________________________________6
Answers _________________________________________________________________________7

ApplicationStartup _____________________________________________________ 9
Overview___________________________________________________________________ 9
Prerequisites________________________________________________________________ 9
Objectives__________________________________________________________________ 9
AutoPLANTApplicationStartup _______________________________________________ 10
LaunchingAutoPLANTApplicationsfromtheStartMenu__________________________________10
LaunchingAutoPLANTApplicationsfromtheDesktopIcon ________________________________11
LaunchingAutoPLANTApplicationsfromDocumentManager______________________________12

PipingModelSetup ____________________________________________________ 15
Overview__________________________________________________________________ 15
Prerequisites_______________________________________________________________ 15
Objectives_________________________________________________________________ 15
CreatingaNewPipingModel _________________________________________________ 16
DeletingDocuments_______________________________________________________________21
SaveCommand___________________________________________________________________21
SaveAsCommand ________________________________________________________________21
ReopeningYourModelfromDocumentManager _______________________________________22
Dec09

i
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

TableofContents

Table of Contents

TouringtheInterface________________________________________________________ 22
PipingMenu_____________________________________________________________________23
ToolbarsandTooltips______________________________________________________________23
DrawingPreferences ________________________________________________________ 25
DrawingSettings__________________________________________________________________25
DrawingModeandRepresentation___________________________________________________25
ComponentSettings_______________________________________________________________25
OtherSettings____________________________________________________________________25
ComponentPreferences______________________________________________________ 27
ComponentPreferencesControl_______________________________________________ 28
Relationships ____________________________________________________________________28
ProjectPreferences _______________________________________________________________28
FilteringPreferences_______________________________________________________________29
WorkAreas________________________________________________________________ 30
ModuleReview_____________________________________________________________ 33
Questions _______________________________________________________________________33
Answers ________________________________________________________________________34
Summary__________________________________________________________________ 34

ComponentPlacement__________________________________________________ 35
Overview__________________________________________________________________ 35
Prerequisites_______________________________________________________________ 35
Objectives_________________________________________________________________ 35
ComponentPlacementMethods_______________________________________________ 36
PlacementPointsPorts___________________________________________________________38
PlacementToolbars _______________________________________________________________38
PipelineL1008______________________________________________________________ 39
ValvePlacement__________________________________________________________________39
PlacingPSVValves________________________________________________________________40
AddaSliponFlange_______________________________________________________________41
AddinganElbow__________________________________________________________________42
DefaultSpecifications______________________________________________________________42
AddingPipeSegmentstoPlacedComponents __________________________________________43
PipelineL1004______________________________________________________________ 45
TeeComponentsPlacementMethods_________________________________________________46
ReducersandSwages______________________________________________________________49
VesselVH45_____________________________________________________________________50
PumpP104 _____________________________________________________________________52
DefaultSpecification_______________________________________________________________54
PipelineL1001______________________________________________________________ 56
RoutingPipefromExchangerE106___________________________________________________57
UsingAutoFlange_________________________________________________________________59
AligningtoReferenceDrawings______________________________________________________62
AutoPipeRouter____________________________________________________________ 64
TableofContents

ii
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Table of Contents

UsingAutoPipetoPlaceConnectingPipe ______________________________________________65

UsingPointFilters___________________________________________________________ 66
Method1:PointFilterOnly_________________________________________________________66
Method2:PointFilterandOSNAP ___________________________________________________66
FlangePlacementMethods___________________________________________________ 67
Method1:Placedinspace _________________________________________________________67
Method2:Fittingtofittingplacement ________________________________________________68
Method3:Relativeplacement_______________________________________________________69
InsertingComponentsinExistingLines__________________________________________ 70
PipelineL1002______________________________________________________________ 72
ComponentSelection________________________________________________________ 81
AutoPLANTSelectionsDialog________________________________________________________81
BuildaQuerytoAutomatePipeRouting_______________________________________________84
ClippingPlanes_____________________________________________________________ 85
LoadingAutoPLANTvclipUtility______________________________________________________85
PipelineL1007______________________________________________________________ 87
ModuleReview_____________________________________________________________ 95
Questions:_______________________________________________________________________95
Answers:________________________________________________________________________96
Summary: _________________________________________________________________ 97

AdditionalComponents_________________________________________________ 99
Overview__________________________________________________________________ 99
Prerequisites_______________________________________________________________ 99
Objectives_________________________________________________________________ 99
BranchConnections________________________________________________________ 100
TapPorts_______________________________________________________________________100
PlacinganIndependentTapPort____________________________________________________101
PlacingOlets____________________________________________________________________101
PlacingElbolets__________________________________________________________________102
PlacingLatrolets_________________________________________________________________103
PlacingStubIns__________________________________________________________________107
ValveTopworks ___________________________________________________________ 111
PlacingSimpleTopworks __________________________________________________________112
PlacingLeverTopworks ___________________________________________________________112
EditingTopworks ________________________________________________________________113
Supports _________________________________________________________________ 116
PlacingSupports_________________________________________________________________116
EditingSupports_________________________________________________________________118
ComponentModules_______________________________________________________ 119
LoadingComponentModules ______________________________________________________120
ChallengeExercise _______________________________________________________________121

Dec09

iii
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

TableofContents

Table of Contents

ModuleReview____________________________________________________________ 122
Questions:______________________________________________________________________122
Answers:_______________________________________________________________________123
Summary: ________________________________________________________________ 124

RoutingOptions______________________________________________________ 125
Overview_________________________________________________________________ 125
Prerequisites______________________________________________________________ 125
Objectives________________________________________________________________ 125
AutoRouterMode_________________________________________________________ 126
CenterlineRouters_________________________________________________________ 127
FromDialog_____________________________________________________________________128
FromPolyline ___________________________________________________________________133
ConnectivityChecking ______________________________________________________ 135
ConnectivityCheckerCommands____________________________________________________135
CheckRun______________________________________________________________________136
JoinComponents ________________________________________________________________137
ModuleReview____________________________________________________________ 139
Questions ______________________________________________________________________139
Answers _______________________________________________________________________140
Summary_________________________________________________________________ 140

ReportingTools ______________________________________________________ 141


Overview_________________________________________________________________ 141
Prerequisites______________________________________________________________ 141
Objectives________________________________________________________________ 141
PipingToolsMenu _________________________________________________________ 142
GraphicPreferences________________________________________________________ 143
Representations___________________________________________________________ 144
ComponentManipulationTools ______________________________________________ 145
JoinComponents ________________________________________________________________145
MoveComponents_______________________________________________________________146
AlignComponents _______________________________________________________________146
InsertComponents_______________________________________________________________146
RotateComponents______________________________________________________________146
DeleteComponents ______________________________________________________________146
MendComponents_______________________________________________________________146
DeleteandMendComponents _____________________________________________________146
AutoCADCopyCommand ___________________________________________________ 147
ControlCandControlV___________________________________________________________149
ChangeSize/ChangeSpecUtility______________________________________________ 150
DismantledComponentsField______________________________________________________150
TableofContents

iv
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Table of Contents

RebuiltComponentsField _________________________________________________________151
AttachmentsandSupports_________________________________________________________151

DatabaseTools____________________________________________________________ 152
EditComponent_________________________________________________________________153
UpdateComponents _____________________________________________________________155
SpecBrowser ___________________________________________________________________158
UpdateFromSpec _______________________________________________________________160
CleanDatabase__________________________________________________________________160
ViewDatabase __________________________________________________________________161
DatabaseInformation_____________________________________________________________162
ActiveConnections_______________________________________________________________162
ReportGeneration_______________________________________________________________163
BillofMaterials__________________________________________________________________164
GeneratingaBillofMaterialsReports________________________________________________165
ModuleReview____________________________________________________________ 171
Questions:______________________________________________________________________171
Answers:_______________________________________________________________________172
Summary: ________________________________________________________________ 172

CourseSummary______________________________________________________ 173
Review___________________________________________________________________ 173
Questions ______________________________________________________________________173
Answers _______________________________________________________________________177

Dec09

v
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

TableofContents

Table of Contents

TableofContents

vi
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

CourseOverview
CourseDescription
ThiscourseisdesignedforthePipingDesignerordrafter.Studentslearntimesaving
methodsforroutingpipebetweenequipmentcomponents.Byselectingpredefined
propertiesincludingspec,linetypeandinsulation,thestudentassuresconsistencywithin
thesharedprojectenvironment.Branchingconnections,includingteesandolets,valve
topworksandsupportscompletethecomplexpipingmodel.Significantimportanceof
connectivitybetweenallcomponentsbecomesapparentwhenviewingdatabaserecords
andgeneratingreports.

TargetAudience

Designedforthenewuserwithlittleornoexposuretoapipingmodeling
application.

Prerequisites

ThestudentmusthaveabasicunderstandingofAutoCAD2Dand3Dfunctionality.
TheAutoPLANTEquipmentFundamentalscourseisarecommendedcoursepriorto
creatingapipingmodel.

CourseObjectives

Dec09

Createacomplexthreedimensionalpipingmodel.
Learnhowtoincreaseproductivityusingadditionalpiperoutingmethods.
Learnhowtoviewandeditcomponentdata.
LearnhowtocreateBillofMaterialsfordrawingsandreports.

1
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

CourseOverview

Modules Included

ModulesIncluded

PipingModelSetup
ComponentPlacement
AdditionalComponents
RoutingOptions
ReportingTools

CourseOverview

2
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

System Requirements

SystemRequirements
ThefollowingprerequisitesarerequiredtorunthemodulesincludedintheAutoPLANT
PlantDesignV8i(Version08.11.05).
Processor:

IntelPentium4processorandAMDAthlon,3.0Ghzor
greaterorIntelorAMDDualCoreProcessor,2.0GHzor
greater

OperatingSystem:

MicrosoftWindowsXPProfessionalSP2orlater

WindowsVista32bitSP1

MicrosoftWindowsXPProfessionalSP1Aorlater

Internet:

MicrosoftInternetExplorer6SP1orgreater

Memory:

2GBorgreater

HardDisk:

2GBfreeharddiskspace

InputDevice:

IndustrystandardinputdevicesupportedbyWindows

OutputDevice:

IndustrystandardoutputdevicesupportedbyWindows

Industrystandardvideocard/monitor

VideoGraphicsCard:

AutoCADorrelatedAutodeskProducts
AutoCAD:

2004,2005,2006,2007,2008,2009

AutoCADMechanicalDesktop:

2004,2005,2006,2007,2008

ArchitecturalDesktop:

2004,2005,2006,2007,2008

BuildingSystems:

2004,2005,2006,2007,2008

AutoCADMechanical:

2004,2005,2006,2007,2008

Note:

Thelatestapplicableservicepacksmustbeusedforalloftheaboveproducts.

ProjectWiseSupportedVersions

BentleyProjectWiseV808.11.05

DatabasesSupported

MicrosoftAccess2000,2002,2003,2007
SQLServer2000,2003,2005andMSDEandSQLServerExpress
Oracle9iRelease2,Oracle10gRelease2,Oracle11gRelease1d
Dec09

3
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

CourseOverview

Installing the Training Project

InstallingtheTrainingProject
ThiscoursebelongstoasetofAutoPLANT3DPlantDesigncorefundamentalcoursesthat
teachthestudenthowtousethePlantDesigntoolsformodelingandstoringvaluable
projectdata.
Thecoresetincludesthefollowingmodularcourses:

AutoPLANTProjectAdministratorFundamentals
IntroductiontoAutoPLANTSpecifications
AutoPLANTEquipmentFundamentals
AutoPLANTPipingFundamentals
AutoPLANTDrawingProductionFundamentals

Thedatasetcontainsasimulatedproject,designedtobeusedforbothAutoPLANT2Dand
3Dcorefundamentalcourses.

Exercise1:InstalltheTrainingProjectdatasetandaddtheprojectasarootdirectory.
1. MakesureallAutoPLANTapplicationsareclosed.
2. DownloadthedatasetfileAP_FV8i_PIP.exe.
3. Savethefiletoyourdesktop.
4. DoubleclickthefileAP_FV8i_PIP.exe.
5. ClickUnziptobegintheextractiontotherootdirectoryoftheCdrive(C:\).
6. ClickClose.
7. FromyourWindowsStartmenu,clickPrograms>Bentley>PlantV8i>ProjectTools>
ProjectAdministrator.

8. FromtheFilemenuclickAddRoottodisplaytheBrowseforFolderdialog.
Note:

InorderforthisoptiontobeavailableintheFilemenu,youmustselectsomethingattheprimary
rootlevelofthenavigationtreebecauseyoucannotcreateaprojectrootdirectoryundera
projectdirectory.

9. IntheBrowseForFolderdirectory,selectC:\BentleyTrainingProject.
10. ClickOKtoacceptthename.
11. Noticetheprojectrootfolder,C:\Projects,nowappearsinthenavigationtreeata
primarylevel.

CourseOverview

4
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Installing the Training Project

12. ClosetheProjectAdministrator.
Youarenowreadytobeginyourmodelingsession.

Note:

Dec09

AdditionaltrainingontheProjectAdministratorutilityiscoveredintheAutoPLANTAdministrator
trainingcoursesandintheONLINEHelp.

5
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

CourseOverview

Introductory Knowledge

IntroductoryKnowledge
Beforeyoubeginletsdefinewhatyoumayalreadyknow.

Questions
1. DocumentManagerisautilityapplicationusedformanagingtherelationshipsbetween
drawingsbelongingtoaspecificproject.

True
False

2. APortonacomponentindicatesthelocationwhereanothercomponentmaybe
connected.

True
False

3. AutoPLANTusesthesimpleAutoCADcopycommandtoduplicatecomponentsina
drawing.

True
False

4. Topworksonvalvesalwaysmovewiththevalve.

True
False

5. AutoRoutermodeenablesyoutoconnectcomponentsquickly.

True
False

6. Connectivitybetweencomponentsinyourmodelassuresyouthatthedatabaseis
accurate.
True
False

7. Flat3DdrawingscanbecreatedinAutoCAD.
True
False

8. Componentsplacedduringamodelingsessioncanbeediteddirectlyfromthedatabase.
True
False
CourseOverview

6
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Introductory Knowledge

Answers
1. True:DocumentManagerisdeliveredfreewithAutoPLANTapplications.Thisutility
providesaneasymethodofmanagingdrawingfileswithinaprojectenvironment.Files
arestoredtothecorrectlocationwithoutadditionalinputfromtheusers.

2. True:APortistheendofacomponentthatcanbeconnectedtoanothercomponent.
AutoPLANThasmanymethodsforeasyconnectionofcomponents.

3. True:AutoCADcopyprovidesafastmethodforcreatingduplicatecomponents.
Howeveryouwillbeaskedtorenamealltagnumbersassociatedwiththecopied
componenttoguaranteetheintegrityofthedatabase.

4. False:AlthoughTopworksareattachedtoavalve,alltopworkscanbemoveandedited
independentlyofeachother.

5. True:AutoRouterModeisaDrawingPreferencesettingthatallowsyoutoquickly
modelconsecutivecomponentssuchaselbow,pipesegment,tee,pipesegment.

6. False:Oneofthemostimportantreasonsforproperconnectivitybetweencomponents
inyourmodelistoensureaccuratedimensionalannotations.

7. True:AutoPLANTPipingprovidesamethodtocreate2Dand3Drepresentationsofa
model.Thesedrawingsarenotintelligentdrawingsandthereforecannotbeedited.

8. True:Whenacomponentisplacedduringamodelingsession,thecomponentdatais
addedtothedatabase.Databasetools,suchasEditComponentcanbeusedtomodify
thecomponentatthedatabaselevel.Thesechangesareautomaticallyreflectedinthe
model.

Dec09

7
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

CourseOverview

Introductory Knowledge

Thispageintentionallyleftblank.

CourseOverview

8
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

ApplicationStartup
Overview
Thismodulediscussesthemethodsforinitiatingtheapplicationstartup.Youwilllearnthe
bestmethodforstartingtheapplicationtoensureallrelatedmodelsanddrawingsthat
belongtoaprojectarestoredintheappropriatelocations.

Prerequisites

Therearenoprerequisitestothemodule

Objectives

Dec09

LearnmethodsforlaunchingtheAutoPLANTapplication

LearnthebenefitsoflaunchingtheapplicationsusingDocumentManager

9
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

ApplicationStartup

AutoPLANT Application Startup

AutoPLANTApplicationStartup
TherearemultiplewaystolaunchtheAutoPLANTapplications.Whenworkingwithina
projectenvironment,youwillfindusingDocumentManager,ensuresthatallfilesrelatedto
aspecificprojectaresavedtothecorrectlocation.

LaunchingAutoPLANTApplicationsfromtheStartMenu
1. SelectAllPrograms>Bentley>PlantV8i>PlantDesignforAutoCAD.
ThiswillstartAutoCADandloadtheAutoPLANTPlantDesignenvironment.The
AutoPLANT3Dmenuandtoolbarhavebeenadded,providingaccesstoanintegrated
setofAutoPLANTPlantDesignapplicationsandutilities.

2. ThisexampleshowshowtostarttheEquipmentapplication.ClickontheEquipment
iconontheAutoPLANTtoolbaror,clickEquipmentfromtheAutoPLANT3Dmenu.

3. TheOpenProjectdialogdislays,listingthedefaultProjectRootcalledBentleyPlantV8I
ProjectsthatcontainsthedefaultsampleprojectsinstalledwithAutoPLANT.

4. Selectingaprojectwilllaunchtheapplication.
Note:

ApplicationStartup

Sampleprojectsarenotrecommendedforproduction.Newprojectscaneasilybecreatedfrom
thesesampleprojects.ThedatasetinstalledforthiscourseincludesaProjectthathasbeen
createdspecificallyforthiscourse.

10
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

AutoPLANT Application Startup

Note:

Ifyouhavepreviouslyselectedaproject,thesystemautomaticallyopenstothatproject.

LaunchingAutoPLANTApplicationsfromtheDesktopIcon
WhenAutoPLANTwasinstalledonyourworkstation,theiconshownherewasplacedon
yourdesktop.

1. DoubleclickontheicontoopenaWindowsExplorerdialogshowingthecontentsofthe
Programs\Bentley\PlantV8Ifolderinyouruserprofile.

2. DoubleclickonthePlantDesigniconshowntotheleft(yourAutoCADversionmaybe
different).AutoCADandtheAutoPLANTdesignenvironmentwillload,displayingthe
AutoPLANTmenuandtoolbar.

3. Tostartanapplication,eitherclickontheiconontheAutoPLANTtoolbaror,select
EquipmentfromtheAutoPLANT3Dmenu.

4. FromtheOpenProjectdialog,selectaprojecttolaunchtheapplication.

Note:

Dec09

YoucanplaceshortcutstoanyAutoPLANTapplicationonyourdesktopbyselectingtheiconwith
therightmousebuttonanddraggingittoyourdesktop.Whenyoudroptheicon,youthenpick
CreateShortcutsHereoptioninthepopupmenu.

11
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

ApplicationStartup

AutoPLANT Application Startup

LaunchingAutoPLANTApplicationsfromDocumentManager
LaunchingtheapplicationfromthepowerfulutilityprogramcalledDocumentManager
providestheabilitytomanagethedrawingfilesanddatawithintheprojectwithout
additionalinputfromtheuser.

Filesarestoredinthecorrectfolderswithintheproject.
Newfoldersaremadeautomatically.
Uponstartup,theapplicationautomaticallyopenstothelastprojectaccessed.

YouwillbeusingDocumentManagerthroughoutthiscourse,tomanageyourdrawingfiles.

1. DoubleclickontheBentleyPlantV8Iicontoshowthecontentsofthefolder.
2. DoubleclicktoopenDocumentManager.
3. ThisfigureshowsthedirectorystructurefortheSAMPLE_IMPERIALproject.

4. ToloadacustomprojectyouwouldusetheFile>OpenProjectfunction.Moreonthat
later.

Note:

Onceyouhaveloadedaproject,DocumentManagerwilldefaulttothatproject.

YoucanlaunchAutoCADandtheAutoPLANTapplicationsfromwithinanexistingproject
whenyouchoosetocreateanewfileortoeditanexistingfile.

ApplicationStartup

12
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

AutoPLANT Application Startup

Tocreateanewequipmentmodel
1. ClicktheAutoPLANTEquipmentdirectoryasshownbelow.
2. RightclicktodisplaythecontextmenuandclickNew.

3. BothAutoCADandAutoPLANTwilllaunch.
4. Onceyouhavecreatedamodel,youcanusetheEditfunctioninthesamewaytolaunch
theapplications.

5. Oncetheapplicationhasloaded,selectAutoPLANTEquipmentfromthepulldown
AutoPLANT3Dmenu.

Note:

Dec09

UsethissamemethodtolaunchanyoftheinstalledAutoPLANTapplications.

13
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

ApplicationStartup

AutoPLANT Application Startup

ToOpenaProject
1. FromDocumentManagerclickFile>OpenProject.
TheOpenProjectdialogwillappearallowingyoutobrowseforaspecificproject.

2. ThefigurebelowshowstheTrainingproject.
NoticetherearetwoP&IDdrawingsalreadyinthisproject.Clickingonthedrawingwill
displaythepropertiesintherightfield.

3. RefertotheONLINEhelpforadditionalfunctionalityofDocumentManager.
Note:

Atsomepoint,DocumentManagermayalertyouthatVoloViewisnotloaded.VoloViewisan
AutoCADaddonthatisusedfortheDocumentViewtabofDocumentManager.

DocumentManagerisusedthroughoutthiscourse,tomanagedrawingfiles.
Youarenowreadytobeginthiscourse.

ApplicationStartup

14
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

PipingModelSetup
Overview
AutoPLANTPipingenablesthestudenttoplaceintelligentcomponentsintoacomplex
structure.Placementaccuracyandconnectivitytocomponentsinthemodelisensuredby
placingcomponentsinreferencetoprojectmodels.Predefinedpropertiesforall
componentsincludingspec,linetype,andinsulationareselectedfromacontrollist.
Exercisesinthismoduleteachthestudenthowtosetupthemodelingenvironment.

Prerequisites

StudentsshouldbefamiliarwiththeAutoPLANTprojectdirectorystructurecreated
withtheProjectAdministratorutilitydeliveredwiththeAutoPLANTproduct.

Objectives

Dec09

LaunchthePipingapplicationfromDocumentManager

Createanewpipingmodel

Loadanddockthetoolbarsrequiredforcomponentplacement

SettheoptionsintheProjectPreferencescontrol

AddthepipingmodeltotheWorkArea

15
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

PipingModelSetup

Creating a New Piping Model

CreatingaNewPipingModel
DocumentManagerwillbeusedtomanageyourprojectfiles.Refertothestepsoutlined
aboveforusingDocumentManager.
ThePipingmodelyoucreatewillbeaddedtoapredefinedprojectthathasbeeninstalled
withthedataset.

Exercise1:UseDocumentManagertolaunchtheapplication.
1. OpenDocumentManagerfromtheBentleyPlantV8iicon.
Note:

IfthisisthefirsttimeDocumentManagerhasbeenusedonyourworkstationtheOpenProject
dialogwilllistthedefaultProjectRootBentleyPlantV8IProjectscontainingthesampleprojectsas
shown.Onceyoubeginworkinginaproject,DocumentManagerwillautomaticallyopentoyour
currentproject.

2. SelectFile>OpenProject.

3. DoubleclicktheBentleyTrainingProjectsfolder,todisplaytheTrainingprojectinthe
ProjectListwindow.

PipingModelSetup

16
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Creating a New Piping Model

4. SelecttheTrainingproject.
Note:

ThisprojecthasbeencreatedusingImperialUnits.

5. ClickOK.YourDocumentManagernowopenstotheTrainingProject.

6. TakeamomentnowtotourtheDocumentManagerinterface.
Note:

SincethisprojectwascreatedforbothAutoPLANT2Dand3Dfundamentalcoursesyouwillsee
P&IDdrawingsincluded.

7. SelectingoneoftheP&IDdrawings,showsthepropertiesintherightWindow.
YoucanalsoseeapreviewofthedocumentwhenyouselecttheDocumentViewtab.

Dec09

17
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

PipingModelSetup

Creating a New Piping Model

Nowletscreatethepipingmodel.

PipingModelSetup

18
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Creating a New Piping Model

Exercise2:FromDocumentManager,createanewpipingdocument.
1. Fromthedocumentlist,selectAutoPLANTPiping.
2. FromtheDocumentsmenuselectNeworusetherightclickpopupmenu.

3. IntheNewDocumentdialogenter:
Filename:Piping
Name:Piping
Description:TrainingPipingModel

Note:

Note: ThepathtothedocumentsinthelocationfieldismanagedbyDocumentManager.

Dec09

19
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

PipingModelSetup

Creating a New Piping Model

TheCreate,RecordOnly,andReservebuttonsaredisableduntilyouselectthetypeof
documentyouwanttocreate.

4. ClickAutoPLANTPiping.
5. ClickCreatetostartAutoCADandloadtheAutoPLANTmenuandtoolbar.
6. SelectPipingfromtheAutoPLANT3Dmenuortoolbar.
TheModelSetupdialogdisplays.

TheModelSetupdialogindicatestheprojectnameandunitsyouhaveselectedand
enablesyoutodefinethedirectionforNorth,thedimensionsforthemodelandorigin
ofthemodel.
Bydefault,Northissetto90tomatchAutoCAD.
Theorigincoordinates(x,yandz)indicateyourplantmodelsorigin.Whensetto0,0,0
itisknownastheWorldCoordinateSystem(WCS).Whenthecoordinatesmovefrom
thedefaultlocation,itisreferredtoastheUserCoordinateSystem(USC).

Note:

AdetaileddescriptionoftheModelSetupdialogcanbefoundinEquipment>Help>Getting
Started>ModelSetupoftheonlinehelp.

7. IntheModelSetupdialog,entertheparametersprovidedinthetablebelow.
Attribute

Imperial

Metric

MixedMetric

North

90

90

90

WorldLength

100

30000

30000

WorldWidth

60

18000

18000

OriginX,Y,Z

0.0,0.0,0.0

0.0,0.0,0.0

0.0,0.0,0.0

InsertNorthArrow

OFF

OFF

OFF

DrawLimitsBox

OFF

OFF

OFF

8. ClickDone.ThePipingmenuisaddedtotheAutoCADmenubar.
9. ClickFile/Save.
PipingModelSetup

20
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Creating a New Piping Model

Note:

TheLogindialogwillnotappearifyouhavepreviouslyenabledtheSavePasswordoptionwhen
loggingintothisproject.

DeletingDocuments
Onceyoucreateadocumentwithinaproject,anewentryismadetotheregistry.Todelete
documentfilesfromaproject,youshouldusethefunctionalityofDocumentManager.
Whenyouselectadocumentandrightclick,aContextmenuprovidesyouwiththeoption
todeletethedrawingfromtheregister,asshownbelow.

ItisagoodpracticetomanageallfileswiththeDocumentManagerinterface,toensure
drawingsaresavedtothecorrectlocationsandthatdataintegrityisnotcompromised.

SaveCommand

TheSavecommandautomaticallysavesafileeitherbacktowhereyouretrievedit
orwhereyoulastsavedit.

WhenyouSavethesamefileasecondtime,AutoCADreplacestheoldfilewiththe
newfileandrenamestheoldversionofthefilewitha.bakextensioninplaceof
.dwg.

Thebackupfilecanberetaineduntilyouwishtodeletethefile.Onlyonebackup
fileisstored.Backupfilescanbeopenedonceyouhaverenamedtheextensionto
.dwg.Besuretogivethebackupfileanewnametoavoidoverwritinganyexisting
files.

SaveAsCommand

Dec09

UsingSaveAswillpauseandallowyoutochoosewhereyouwanttostoreafile.

21
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

PipingModelSetup

Touring the Interface

ReopeningYourModelfromDocumentManager
ThepreferredmethodforreopeningyourmodelafteryouexitAutoPLANTisfrom
DocumentManager.ThispracticehelpsyoubecomefamiliarwithusingDocumentManager
tomanageallprojectdrawings.AfterexitingAutoPLANT,youcanreopenyourmodelby
thismethod:

1. SelectPrograms\Bentley\PlantV8ISelectBentley\DocumentManager.
2. SelecttheEquipmentdrawingfromtheDocumentWindow.
3. SelectEditfromtheDocumentsmenuortherightmouseclickpopupmenu.Youwill
needtoloadtheEquipmentapplicationafterAutoCADstartsupandAutoPLANTis
loaded.

Note:

UsingDocumentManageristhesafestmethodtoopenyourcurrentdrawingfiles,toensureall
filesaresavedtothecorrectlocation.

TouringtheInterface
Theeasytouseinterfaceprovidesbothdropdownmenusanddockabletoolbarsfor
accessingPipingfunctionsandplacementoptions.

PipingModelSetup

22
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Touring the Interface

PipingMenu
ThePipingmenuisacascadingstylemenu,
containingcommandsandfunctionsusedin
pipingmodeldesign.
Asthefigureshows,thePipingmenugivesthe
useraccesstoallPipingcommandssuchas
preferences,placementofcomponents,and
onlineHelp.
Mostmenuoptionshaveacorresponding
toolbarthatcanbeopenedfromtheToolbars
cascade.
Throughoutthiscourse,themenucommand
sequencerequiredtoexecuteacommandis
definedinthetext.Onceyoubecomefamiliar
withtoolbars,youmayfindthemmore
expedient.

ToolbarsandTooltips
AutoPLANTtoolbarsprovideyouwithanother
meansforexecutingcommandsandfunctions.
Manytoolbarscontainmultiple,related,
toolbarsasflyouts.
Aflyouttoolbarisindicatedwithasmall
triangleinthelowerrightcornerofatoolbar
button.Thelastcommandexecutedfroma
flyoutwillbecomethedefaultcommandonthe
primarytoolbar.
Toviewthecommandthatwillbeexecutedby
aspecifictoolbarbutton,positionthecursor
overthebuttonandpause.Atooltip
descriptionwillappear.

Dec09

23
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

PipingModelSetup

Touring the Interface

Exercise1.:Loadthefollowingtoolbars.
1. Piping>Toolbars>PipingFunctionsMain.

PipingFunctionsincludepreferencesettings,routingoptions,andreporting.

2. Piping>Toolbars>PipingComponentsMain.

ThistoolbarconnectsyoutoallthepipingcomponentsavailableinAutoPLANT.

3. Piping>Toolbars>DirectionAids.

ThistoolbarallowsyoutorespondtoorientationpromptsinX,Y,andZindependently
fromyourAutoCADnorthsetting.

4. Piping>Toolbars>Responses.

ThistoolbarallowsyoutoclickabuttonformanyofthePipingplacementprompts,such
asToggle,Relative,andAlign.FromhereyoucanalsoChangetheReferencepointfora
relativeplacementandinsertacomponentintoanexistingpipesegment.

Note:

PipingModelSetup

Thesetoolbarsandflyoutscanallbeusedinthiscourse.Therearealsotoolbarsforeverypiping
componentandeachofthetoolgroups.

24
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Drawing Preferences

DrawingPreferences
DrawingPreferencesforapipingmodelaresetpriortostartingthemodelingsession.

DrawingSettings
ThedefaultSpecification,Nominal
Size,InsulationThickness,Insulation
SpecandPaintCodecorrespondto
yourcurrentComponentPreferences
settings.Toreviewsettingsofa
componentinyourmodel,clickFrom
Componentandselectthe
componentinthedrawing.The
ComponentPreferencesdialogwill
openortakeyoutothe
ComponentPreferencescontrol.

DrawingModeand
Representation
Duringthiscourse,youwillbe
workingin3Ddrawingmodewith
doublelinerepresentation.

ComponentSettings
YourcomponentcolorinAutoCADcanbedeterminedbySize,Layer,Spec,LineNumber,
Paint,orService.ThelayerisbasedonSpec,LineNumber,orService.Theseoptionsand
AutoCADsettingsaretypicallysetbyyourProjectAdministrator.

OtherSettings
YourDataModesettingdeterminesifyourcurrentcomponentspec,size,linenumberand
insulationpropertiesarefromtheConnectingComponent,orfromthesettingsinyour
ComponentPreferencescontrol.
Severalofthesecontrolswillbediscussedthroughoutthiscourse.

Note:

DebugModeshouldalwaysbeturnedoff.

AcompletedescriptionofthePipingDrawingPreferencescanbefoundintheOnlinehelp.
GotoAutoPLANTPIPINGHelp>CommandReference>SetupMenu>DrawingPreferences>
DrawingPreferences.

Dec09

25
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

PipingModelSetup

Drawing Preferences

Exercise1:SettheDrawingPreferencesforyourPipingmodelanddisplaytheProject
Preferencesfloatingtoolbar.

1. SelectPiping>Setup>DrawingPreferencestoopentheDrawingPreferencesdialog.
2. Setthepreferencesasshownbelow.
Attribute

Imperial

Metric

Mixed Metric

Specification

I_150LB

M_150LB

MM_150LB

Nominal Size

150mm

Insulation Thickness

Insulation Spec

AA

AA

AA

Paint Code

Drawing Mode
Surface Resolution

3D
12

3D
12

3D
12

Representation

Double Line

Double Line

Double Line

Component Color

By Size

By Size

By Size

Component Layer

By Line Number

By Line Number

By Line Number

Data Mode

From Connecting
Component

From Connecting
Component

From Connecting
Component

Auto Router Mode

Check Off

Check Off

Check Off

Show Insulation

Check Off

Check Off

Check Off

Sketch Mode

Check Off

Check Off

Check Off

Default Spec. Choice

Check Off

Check Off

Check Off

Weld gaps

Check Off

Check Off

Check Off

Auto Flange

Check Off

Check Off

Check Off

Advance Tap Port Method

Check Off

Check Off

Check Off

Tracing

Check Off

Check Off

Check Off

Use Symbols

Check Off

Check Off

Check Off

Disable Tooltips

Check Off

Check Off

Check Off

AutoPLANT Selections

Check On

Check On

Check On

3. ClickOK.

PipingModelSetup

26
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Component Preferences

ComponentPreferences
Whenacomponentisplacedinamodel,arelationshipisformedbetweencomponents
existinginthesamemodelorinothermodelsincludedintheproject.TheAutoPLANT
EquipmentapplicationmanagestheserelationshipsbyassigningspecificvaluestoaProject
Object.TheonlyProjectObjectinAutoPLANTEquipmentistheLineNumber.
Priortocreatingamodel,theProjectAdministratorwillcreatealistofLineNumbers.Each
linenumberwillbedefinedwithuniquevalues.Allcomponentsthatareplacedusinga
specificLineNumbervaluewillformarelationship.
Oncethemodeliscomplete,theserelationshipsareusedforcreatingreports,Billsof
Materialsorforselectinggroupsofcomponentsforediting.
TheimagehereshowsrelationshipsformedintheAutoPLANTP&IDdrawings.Runnumbers
refertoprocesslinesintheP&ID.Thesesamelinenumbersareusedwhileplacing
equipmentcomponentsandconnectingpipesegments.
AllLineNumberslistedintheComponentPreferencescontrolwerecreatedfortheTraining
projectinstalledatthebeginningofthiscourse.

Dec09

27
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

PipingModelSetup

Component Preferences Control

ComponentPreferencesControl
AutoPLANTcomponentshaveidentifyingattributes.
Attributesettingscanbechangedfromthe
ComponentPreferencescontrol.
ToopentheComponentPreferencescontrolselect
Piping>Setup>ComponentPreferences.
IftheComponentPreferencescontrolwasdockedfor
theEquipmentmodelingsession,itwillstaydocked
duringthePipingsession.

Relationships
Whendockedtothesideofyourdrawingscreen,the
ComponentPreferencescontrolalsoshowsthe
Relationshipnavigationtree.Thiscontroliscovered
inAutoPLANTAdministrativetrainingcourses.By
keepingthecontrolinminibarmode,the
Relationshiptreeisclosedandoutofyourway.

ProjectPreferences
ProjectPreferencesareattributesthathave
beendefinedbyyourProjectAdministrator
thatapplytoeachcomponentinyourmodel.
Avalueforeachattributeisrequired.
IntheEquipmentapplication,LineNumberis
theonlyProjectPreferenceattributedefined.
InthePipingapplicationProjectPreferences
alsoincludeArea,UnitandService.
Traditionally,theseattributesrepresentplantgeography,process,andfluidtype.

PipingModelSetup

28
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Component Preferences Control

FilteringPreferences
Sincesomepreferencesettings,suchasLineNumber,canhavealonglistofselections,you
canfilterthepreferencetoshowonlyaspecifiedcollection.
IfyoudoubleclickintheFilterfieldforLineNumberandenterCW*,theselectionlistfor
LineNumberwillonlycontainpipelinesthatstartwithCW,liketheexampleshown.
TheComponentPreferencescontrolcanbedockedinminibarmode,liketheoneshown.

Exercise1:DocktheComponentPreferencesControl
1. SelectPiping>Setup>ComponentPreferencestoopenthecontrol.

Note:

AProjectAdministratortypicallydefinestherelationshipsforLineNumber,Area,Unit,Service,
andSpool.Area,UnitandServicehavenotbeendefinedinthisproject.Thissubjectiscoveredin
anadvancedcourse.

2. Whenprompted,forArea,UnitandService,enter1todefineeachofthese
relationships.

3. Dockthecontrolattheleft,toporbottomoftheAutoCADwindow.Dockingattheleft
ofthescreengiveyouallfunctionality,allsomeusersprefertheminibarmode.

4. Nowtakeafewmomentstoexplorethefeaturesofthecontrol.
5. ClickFile>Save.
Dec09

29
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

PipingModelSetup

Work Areas

WorkAreas
Duringtheequipmentmodelingcourse,aworkareawasdefinedthatreferenceddrawings
fromotherdisciplines.Youwillnowaddyourpipingmodelandadditionalpipingdatatothe
predefinedWorkArea.

Exercise1:Addthecurrentpiping.dwgandAT_PIPE1.dwgtotheWorkArea
1. SelectPiping>DrawingProduction>WorkAreaSetup.

2. FromtheWorkAreaSetupdialogclickOpen.
3. NavigatetotheBentleyTrainingProject>Trainingdirectory.
4. SelecttheArea100.rwafileandclickOpen.

PipingModelSetup

30
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Work Areas

Note:

ThisWorkAreawascreatedduringtheEquipmentFundamentalsexercises.

5. ClicktheMemberoptionintheMembershipStatusareatoaddyournewpiping
drawing.

6. OntheleftoftheReferenceDrawingslist,clickAdd.
7. NavigatetotheprojectsSupplementaldirectory.
8. SelecttheAT_PIPE1.dwgfileandclickOpen.
9. ClickSave.

Dec09

31
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

PipingModelSetup

Work Areas

10. ClickDonetoclosethedialog.
11. ZOOMExtents.
NoticethatallthedrawingsfromtheWorkArea,includingtheequipmentdrawingare
automaticallyreferencednowtothecurrentdrawing.Thisexercisecompletesthe
module.

PipingModelSetup

32
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Module Review

ModuleReview
Nowthatyouhavecompletedthismodule,letsmeasurewhatyouhavelearned.

Questions
1. UsingDocumentManageristheeasiestwaytoaddanewdrawingtoaproject.

True
False

2. TheProjectPreferencesControlmanagestherelationshipsbetweendrawing
components.

True
False

3. WorkAreasenableyoutoeditdrawingsfromotherdisciplines.

True
False

Dec09

33
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

PipingModelSetup

Summary

Answers
1. True:WhenyouusetheDocumentManagerinterfacetocreateoreditdrawings,the
newdrawingisstoredintheappropriatelocation.Allprojectfilesareeasilyaccessedby
othermembersoftheprojectteam.

2. True:WhencomponentsareplacedonthedrawingusingtheProjectPreferences
Control,thesecomponentsformarelationshipwithothercomponentsinthesame
drawingorfromotherdrawinginaproject.Consistencyismaintainedacrossall
drawings.

3. False:AWorkAreaissetuptoallowyoutoconnectpipingcomponentstointelligent
componentsinareferencedrawing.Nochangeismadetothereferencedrawing.

Summary
Youarenowableto:

LaunchthePipingapplicationfromDocumentManager

Createanewpipingmodel

Loadanddockthetoolbarsrequiredforcomponentplacement

SettheoptionsintheProjectPreferencescontrol

AddthepipingmodeltotheWorkArea

PipingModelSetup

34
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

ComponentPlacement
Overview
AutoPLANTincludesvariousmethodsforplacingpipingcomponentsinamodeltoensure
connectivitytoadjoiningcomponents.Byplacingconnectingcomponentsfirst,theusercan
alsotakeadvantageoftheautomatedpiperoutingcommands,connectingthepipe
segmentstotheequipmentcomponentsplacedduringtheAutoPLANTEquipment
Fundamentalscourse.TheEquipmentmodelbecomesareferencefileintheWorkArea.

Prerequisites

StudentsshouldhaveabasicunderstandingofAutoCAD3D
Studentsshouldhaveaworkingknowledgeofcomponentplacementcommands
StudentsshouldbefamiliarwithWorkAreas

Objectives

Placeelbows,teesandflanges
Manuallyroutepipesegments
UsetheAutoPipecommandtoautomateplacementofconnectingpipesegments
UsetheCleanDatabasecommandtomaintaindatabaseintegrity
CopyandRotatepipesegmentsandupdateproperties
UsetheAutoFlangecommandtoautomatecomponentplacement
UserPointFilterstopositioncomponents
Completethepipingmodelincludingallconnectingcomponents

Dec09

35
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

ComponentPlacement

Component Placement Methods

ComponentPlacementMethods
Thebasiccomponentplacementprocedurerequiresfoursteps.Specificoptionsare
providedateachstage,dependingonthecomponenttypeandhowitistobeplacedinthe
model.

1. Selectthecomponent:Componentscanbeselectedfromatoolbarorthemenu
system.

2. Specifyareferenceandplacementpoint:Componentsareusuallyplacedwithrespect
toareferencepoint.Inmostcases,thereferencepointandtheplacementpointarethe
samesincethedefaultreferencepointisusuallytheendpointofthecomponent
previouslyplaced.Youcanattachacomponentdirectlytothereferencepoint,placeita
knowndistancefromthepoint,orselectoneofthefollowingoptions:

Inspace:Thiscomponentisnotconnectedtoanothercomponent,centerline,or
pieceofequipment.Theuserpicks(orinputs)anewpointinthemodel,whichthen
becomesthereferencepoint.Youcanalsospecifyanelevationpriortopickingthe
point.

Insertedonanintelligentcenterline:Thecomponentrundirectionandorientation
willbeextractedfromthegeometryofthecenterline.Thecomponentpicksupthe
size,specandlinenumberattributesfromtheline,ifdefined.

Alignedwithexistingcomponents:Acomponentcanbeplacedsothatits
centerlineautomaticallyalignswiththecenterlinesoftwoexistingcomponents
(bendandbranchcomponentsonly).

Attachedtoprevious Placedin
component
space

Insertedona
Centerline

Alignedtoexisting
components

ComponentPlacement

36
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Component Placement Methods

3. Toggleinsertionpoint:Ifyouspecifythereferencepointonanexistingcomponent,you
cantoggletoanyofthenewcomponent'sportstospecifytheportthatyouwantto
connecttotheexistingcomponent.Forexample,ateemaybeinsertedwithrespectto
eitherofitsmainrunendports,itscenterpoint,oritsbranchendportasshownbelow.
Somecomponents,suchaspipe,donothaveacenterpointorabranchendanddonot
providethispromptoption.

Endpoint

Centerpoint

Branch

4. Orientthecomponent:Manycomponentshaveabranch/bendthatmustbeoriented
separately.Forexample,whenplacinganelbow,thedownstreamlegcanbeplacedin
theX,Y,orZplane.Thispromptwillonlyappearforcomponentplacementsthat
requireit.

ExamplesofhowaTeemaybeoriented

Placementmethodsareexplainedthroughouttheexerciseswhileyoubuildyourmodel.
Afteralittlepractice,youbeabletoplacecomponentswitheaseandprecision.

Dec09

37
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

ComponentPlacement

Component Placement Methods

PlacementPointsPorts
AllPIPINGcomponentshaveassociatedports.Theseportsareimportantconnection
referencepointsasinsertionpointsforthecomponent.Thenumberofportsona
componentdependsonthecomponenttypeandfunction.
Forexample,ateehasfourports:

Twoinsertion/connectionportsonthemainendsofthecomponent
Oneinsertion/connectionportonthebranchend
Oneinsertionportatthecenter

EndpointPorts

Note:

CenterpointPort

BranchPort

Aninlinecomponent,suchasstraightpieceofpipemayhaveonlytwoportstoindicatethestart
andendpoints.

PlacementToolbars
Toolbarsaredesignedforfastcomponentplacement.
ToolsavailableontheDirectionAidstoolbarusethetraditionalplanedirectionsregardless
oftheAutoCADsettingforNorth.Inplanview,+XandXrepresentrightandleft;+YandY
representthetopandbottomoftheview;and,+ZandZrepresentUpandDownoutofthe
view.

ResponsetoolsallowyoutochooseToggle,Relative,Align,andChangeReference.Allof
thesetoolsarecoveredinthischapter.

Asyoubuildthepipingmodelyouwillbelearningavarietyofplacementroutines.Theory
forusingeachroutineisdescribedpriortoitsuseduringtheexercises.

ComponentPlacement

38
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Pipeline L1008

PipelineL1008
PipingcomponentsonlineL1008includeapressuresafetyvalve,flange,elbowandtwopipe
segments.

ValvePlacement
Mostvalvesareplacedlikeotherinlinecomponents
withtheoptionofselectingthetopworks.Cone
Operators,Handwheels,andGearOperatorsare
selectedfromaslistasshown.
Theadditionoftopworksiscoveredinafuturechapter
ofthistrainingcourse.Untilthen,valveswillbeplaced
withouttopworks.ClicktheCancelbuttonwhenthis
dialogappears.

AngleandReliefValves
Thestepstoplaceanangleorreliefvalve,requireyou
toselectaspecificationandprovideadditional
information.
AsampleoftheAngle/ReliefValvedialogshowsthe
typeofinformationyoucanenterfortheparticular
valve.
Controlvalvedialogsallowyoutocreateatag,change
theValveLength,addaMaterialTag,andchangethe
LongDescriptionofthevalve.

Dec09

39
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

ComponentPlacement

Pipeline L1008

PlacingPSVValves
Exercise1:ConnectaPSVtonozzleN3onvesselT136.
Inthisexerciseyouwillconnectareliefvalvetothe2nozzleontopofverticalvesselT136
asshownontheprecedingpage.

Note:

Youmayfindworkinginanisometricviewhelpful.TheSWIsometricview,correspondstothe
ISO1viewport.

1. TheDirectionAidstoolbarwillbeusedinthisexercise.SelectPiping>Toolbars>
DirectionAids.

2. IftheComponentPreferencecontrolisnotcurrentlyopen,selectthePiping>Setup>
ComponentPreferencesanddockitinminibarmode.

3. SetyourComponentPreferencesto:
Attribute

Imperial

Metric

Mixed Metric

LineNumber

L1008

L1008

L1008

Spec

I_150LB

M_150LB

MM_150LB

4. SelectPiping>Valves>Relief>Angle.
Followthepromptstoplacethevalveusingthefittingtofittingmethod.

5. TypeNodeandpressEnter.
6. PicknozzleN3onT136.PressEnter.
7. YouwillbepromptedwithaSpecificationSelectiondialog,selectthe2x3(50x80)valve.

8. ClickOKforthedefaultsettingsintheAngle/ReliefValvedialog.
9. Orientthevalveinthe+Xorwestdirectionbypickingfromthetoolbar.
10. CanceloutoftheAutoPLANTSelectionstopworksdialog.

ComponentPlacement

40
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Pipeline L1008

Note:

AutoPLANTPipingautomaticallyretrievedtherequiredMainSizefromthenozzlebecauseData
ModeintheDrawingPreferencedialogissettoFromConnectingComponent.

AddaSliponFlange
Exercise2:Connectaflangetothereliefvalveusingthefittingtofittingmethod.
1. SelectPiping>Flanges>SlipOn.
Thedefaultconnectionpointishighlightedastheopenendofthereliefvalvejust
placed.

2. Followthepromptstoconnecttheflange,usingthefittingtofittingmethod,tothe
branchofthereliefvalve.
PressEntertoaccepttheinsertionpoint.
Theflangewillbeconnectedtothevalvecompletewithboltsandgasketsasshown.

Dec09

41
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

ComponentPlacement

Pipeline L1008

AddinganElbow
Exercise3:PlaceaelbowarelativedistancefromtheflangeplacedinExercise2.
1. SelectPiping>BendsandReturns>90LRElbow.
2. Respondtotheprompts:TypeRforrelativeandpressEnter.
Note:

Noticetherubberbandlineextendsfromthedefaultflangeport.

3. Attheprompt,enteradistanceof12(300mm)fromtheflange.
4. PressEntertoplacetheelbow.
5. UsetheDirectionAidtoolbarandselect+Ytoorienttheoutlettothenorth.
6. PressEntertoacceptthedirectionandendthecommand.
Theelbowshouldresemblethefigurebelow.

DefaultSpecifications
Sofar,youhavebeenpromptedwithmultipleSpecificationSelectiondialogs.Ifyour
projectsspecificationshavebeenproperlysetupbyyourProjectAdministrator,therewill
beadefaultchoicedefinedformanycomponents.Toreducethenumberofinterruptions
tothemodelingprocess,youcanelecttohavethedefineddefaultchoicesused
automatically.

Exercise4:SetthedefaultspecificationsinDrawingPreferences
1. SelectPiping>Setup>DrawingPreferencestoopentheDrawingPreferencesdialog.
2. ChecktheDefaultSpec.Choiceoption.
3. ClickOK.
4. Deletetheelbowfromthepreviousexercise.
5. Recreatetheelbowfromthepreviousexercise.Youshouldnotbepromptedfora
specificationselection.

ComponentPlacement

42
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Pipeline L1008

AddingPipeSegmentstoPlacedComponents
Exercise5:AddapipesegmenttotheelbowonlineL1008usingthefittingtofitting
method.

1. SelectPiping>PipeComponents>Pipe.
2. Followingtheprompts:
TypeTandpressEntertotoggletheinsertionpointtotheendoftheelbowrunningin
thenorthdirection.PressEnteragaintoaccepttheinsertionpoint.

3. Type4(1200mm)forthelengthofpipetoconnecttoport2oftheelbow.
4. PressEntertoplacethepipe.

Exercise6:Connecttheflangeonthereliefvalvetotheelbow.
1. SelectPiping>PipeComponents>Pipe.
2. Picktheflange.PressEnter.
3. Refertothecommandline:
Relative/Toggle/createtaP/Elev/<PickpointorReturnforfitfit>:
Connectto/<EnterLength>:
NoticetheConnecttooption.

4. TypeCtoenableyoutojointhepipetoanothercomponent.
5. Picktheelbow.PressEntertoplacethepipeandendthecommand.
6. Saveyourmodel.

Dec09

43
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

ComponentPlacement

Pipeline L1008

YourfinishedL1008shouldresembletheTOPviewasshown.

Zoominandverifyyouhavefourweldsasrepresentedbythereddots:

oneconnectingthefirstpipesegmenttotheelbow
oneconnectingthesecondpipesegmenttotheelbow
twoconnectingthesecondpipesegmenttotheflange

ComponentPlacement

44
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Pipeline L1004

PipelineL1004
PipelineL1004connectshorizontalvesselVH45N2topumpP104N1usingflanges,
reducersandvalves.
Foranunobstructedview,youmaywanttochangetotheISO2view,whichcorrespondsto
asoutheastisometricview.DDLMODESisusedtohideobstructingsteel.

Dec09

45
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

ComponentPlacement

Pipeline L1004

TeeComponentsPlacementMethods
LetsreviewthecommonplacementmethodsusingtheTeecomponentfortheexample.
Teescanbeplacedinspace,bythefittingtofittingmethodorrelativetoanother
componentasoutlinedbelow.Youwillgainexperienceusingthesemethodsduringthe
exercises.TheseexamplesshowtheAutoCADpromptsyouseeonthescreen.Throughout
theexercises,thepromptsareomitted,buttheuserinputisincluded.

PlacedinSpace
1. SelectPiping>BranchingComponents>StraightTee.
2. Providethelocationofinsertionpoint.
Current elevation <COP 0'>
Relative/Toggle/Elev/<Pick point or Return for fit-fit>:

Ifanelbowisthefirstcomponentplaced,youwouldchangethecurrentelevationand
selecttheXYplacementofthetee.

3. Selectinsertionpoint.
Toggle insertion point/<Return to select>:

Therearethreeinsertionpointsonanunconnectedtee:centerpoint,endpointand
branchasshownbelow.

Centerpoint

Endpoint

Branch

Likeanelbow,theinsertionpointoftheteeisindicatedbyayellowdot.TheToggle
commandcanberepeatedasmanytimesasdesired.Theinsertionpointisnotaccepted
untilyoupressEnter.

4. Selectthedirectionoftheteethisistherundirectionofthetee.
Up/Down/East/West/North/South/Align/<Enter direction or press Return when
done>:

Typethecorrespondingletter,oruseoneoftheDirectionAidstoolbarbuttonstoselect
thedirection.

Youcanselectdirections(byletterorDirectionAid)untilyouaresatisfied.
AvalueisnotaccepteduntilyoupressEnter.

ComponentPlacement

46
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Pipeline L1004

5. Selecttheorientationoftheteethisisthebranchdirectionofthetee.
Up/Down/East/West/North/South/Align/Rotate/reseT/<Enter orientation or
press Return when done>:

Youcanenteradirection,usetheDirectionAidstoolbar,orenterRandentera
rotation.AswithDirection,youcanselectmultipledirections.Avalueisnotaccepted
untilyoupressEnter.

FittingtofittingPlacement
1. SelectPiping>BranchingComponents>StraightTee.
2. Providethelocationofinsertionpoint.
Current elevation <COP 2'-6">
Relative/Toggle/Elev/<Pick point or Return for fit-fit>:

Ifthelastcomponentplacedisnotthecomponentyouwanttoconnectto,youcanpick
anyotherplacedcomponent.Todothis,youmayneedtoToggletotheproperporton
theothercomponent.
PressEntertoselectdefaultplacementoffittingtofitting(fitfit).

3. Selectinsertionpoint.
Toggle insertion point/<Return to select>:

Toggletoselecteithertheendorbranch.

4. Selectthedirection/orientationofthetee.
Ifthebranchwasselectedastheinsertionpoint
Up/Down/East/West/North/South/Align/<Enter direction or press Return when
done>:

Or,iftheendwasselectedastheinsertionpoint
Up/Down/East/West/North/South/Align/Rotate/reseT/<Enter orientation or
press Return when done>:

Youcanselectdirections(byletterorDirectionAid)untilyouaresatisfied.
AvalueisnotaccepteduntilyoupressEnter.

Dec09

47
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

ComponentPlacement

Pipeline L1004

RelativePlacement
1. SelectPiping>BranchingComponents>StraightTee.
2. Providethelocationofinsertionpoint.
Current elevation <COP 2'-6">
Relative/Toggle/Elev/<Pick point or Return for fit-fit>:

Ifnecessary,selectthecorrectportofthecorrectcomponentyouareplacingrelative
to.
EnterRforrelativeplacement.ThiswilltemporarilychangeyourUCSsothatthe+X
equalstheorientationofthecomponentbeingusedasareferencepoint.
Toggle/Align/change Ref point/<Enter Distance or Return for fit-fit>:

Enterthedesiredspacingbetweencomponents,orpickorenterapoint.Thiswill
returnyourUCStoWorldCoordinates.

3. Selectinsertionpoint.
Toggle insertion point/<Return to select>:

PressEnter.

4. Selectalignmentport.
Toggle alignment port/<Return to select>:

Hereyoucandecideiftherunorbranchoftheteeispointedtowardsthecomponent
youareplacingrelativeto.
OrIfthebranchisthealignmentport:
Selectthedirectionofthetee.
Up/Down/East/West/North/South/Align/<Enter direction or press Return when
done>:

OrIftheendpointisthealignmentport:
Selecttheorientationoftheteethisisthebranchdirectionofthetee
Up/Down/East/West/North/South/Align/Rotate/reseT/<Enter orientation or
press Return when done>:

PressEnter.

ComponentPlacement

48
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Pipeline L1004

ReducersandSwages
Placingreducersandswagesaretypicallyinsertedfollowingthesesteps:

1. Definethelocationofthecomponent.
2. Youwillbepromptedforthespecificationofthereducer.
TheSpecificationSelectiondialogwillfilterthelistofavailablereducersbasedonthe
componentthereducerisbeingconnectedto.Ifthereducerisnotconnectedto
anothercomponent,thesettingsinyourComponentPreferencescontrolwillbeusedto
filterthespecificationlist.

3. Selectthespecification.
4. Definetheplacementpoint.Pickeitherendorthecenterofthecomponent.
5. Ifthereducerisbeingconnecteddirectlyorrelativetoanothercomponent,youwillbe
promptedwith:
Toggle alignment port/<Return to select>:

Forconcentricreducers/swages,thisdeterminestheorientationofthecomponent.The
portwillnotbeaccepteduntilyoupressEnter.
or
Up/Down/East/West/North/South/Align/Rotate/reseT/<Enter orientation of
flat side or press Return when done>:

Foreccentricreducers/swages,thissetswhichdirectiontheflatsideofthecomponent
willface.TheorientationwillnotbeaccepteduntilyoupressEnter.

6. Ifthereducerisnotbeingconnected,orplacedrelativetoanothercomponent,youwill
bepromptedwith:
Up/Down/East/West/North/South/Align/<Enter reducing direction or press
Return when done>:

Thisdefinesthedirectionofthesmallerdiameterendofthecomponent.Thedirection
willnotbeaccepteduntilyoupressEnter.

7. Ifyouareplacinganeccentriccomponent,youwillalsobepromptedfortheorientation
oftheflatside.

Dec09

49
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

ComponentPlacement

Pipeline L1004

VesselVH45
Inthefollowingexercises,youwillbeaddingacomponenttotheverticalvesselandaseries
ofcomponentstothepumpasindicatedbythenumbers.
ThefirstfivecomponentsconnectedtothepumpareplacedusingtheFittingtoFitting
method.ThelastcomponentisplacedusingtheRelativePlacementmethod.

ComponentPlacement

50
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Pipeline L1004

Exercise1:PlaceaweldneckflangeonnozzleVH45N2.
Note:

ToobtainanunobstructedviewyoumaywishtochangetotheFRONTviewusingtheViewport
utilitythatwaspreviouslysetup.AtthecommandlinetypeAPPLOADandpressEnter.Thentype
FRONT.

1. UseZoomWindowtofocusonhorizontalvesselVH45.
Note:

YoucanalsofreezethelayerofthexrefSTEELdrawingtogetabetterview.Atthecommandline,
typeDDLMODESandpressEnter.FreezeAT_STEELandpressOKtoclosethedialog.

2. SetLineNumbertoL1004intheProjectPreferencesdialog.
Usethefittingtofittingmethodtoconnectaweldneckflangetothe8outletnozzleon
VH45N2.

3. SelectPiping>Flanges>Weldneck.
4. PickVH45N2.
5. PressEntertoplacetheflange.
6. Savethemodel.

Dec09

51
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

ComponentPlacement

Pipeline L1004

PumpP104
InthisexerciseyouwilladdfivecomponentstopumpP104usingthefittingtofitting
method.

Exercises1:PlacethecomponentsonpumpP104usingthefittingtofitting
placementmethod.

Note:

TypeISO2andpressEntertoswitchtoaSEIsometricview,thenZOOMWindowaroundpumpP
104asshownbelow.

Point1
Usingthefittingtofittingmethod,attachaweldneckflangetothesuctionnozzleP104N1
onpumpP104.

1. SelectPiping>Flanges>Weldneck.
Pickthethe6"{150mm}suctionnozzlecomingoutofthefrontofthepump.

2. PressEnter.

ComponentPlacement

52
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Pipeline L1004

Point2
Placean8"x6"reducer{200mmx150mm}againsttheweldedportoftheflangejust
placed.OrienttheflatsideUp.
1. SelectPiping>ReducersandSwages>EccentricReducer
2. PicktheWeldneckFlangeplacedpreviously.
3. Whenaskedfororientationofflatside,typeUforup.

Point3
PlaceaWeldneckflangeagainstthereducer.
1. SelectPiping>Flanges>Weldneck
2. Pickthereducer.
3. FromtheSpecificationSelectiondialog,selectthe150lbflange.ClickOK.

4. PressEntertoplacetheflangeandendthecommand.

Point4
PlaceaGatevalve(withouttopworks)againsttheflange.
1. SelectPiping>Valves>Gate>Gate.

3. PressEnter
Note:

AutoPLANTautomaticallyconnectsthecomponenttothepreviouslyplacedcomponent.

4. WhentheTopworksdialogappears,clickCancel.
5. Thevalvewithouttopworksisplacedinthemodel.

Dec09

53
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

ComponentPlacement

Pipeline L1004

Point5
PlaceaWeldneckflangeagainstthevalve.
1. SelectPiping>Flanges>Weldneck.
2. PressEntertoplacetheflangeagainstthevalvepreviouslyplaced.

Note:

Youdidnotgetpromptedtoapickaflangesincethevalveclasshasalreadybeendeterminedto
be150.

DefaultSpecification
Sofar,youhavebeenpromptedwithaSpecificationSelectiondialogforflanges.Ifthe
projectspecificationshavebeendefinedbytheProjectAdministrator,therewillbeadefault
choicedefinedformanycomponents.Toreduceinterruptionsduringthemodelingprocess,
youcanelecttohavethedefinedchoicesusedautomatically.

Exercise2:SetthedefaultspecificationsinDrawingPreferences
1. SelectPiping>Setup>DrawingPreferences.
2. ChecktheDefaultSpec.Choiceoption.
3. ClickOK.
4. Deletetheflangesandvalvefromthepreviousexercise.
5. Recreatetheflangesandvalve.Youshouldnotbepromptedforaspecificationselection.

ComponentPlacement

54
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Pipeline L1004

Point6
Exercise3:ConnectthebranchportofaStraightTeearelativedistanceof36from
theweldneckflange.

1. SelectPiping>BranchingComponents>StraightTee.
2. Attheprompt,typeR,pressEntertoenableyoutoenterarelativedistance.
3. Enter36.PressEntertoaccept.
4. Attheprompt,typeT,PressEntertousetheToggleCommandtoorientthebranchport
tofacebacktowardtheflange.

Note:

TheTogglecommandcanbeusedasmanytimesasdesired.Avalueisnotaccepteduntilyou
pressEnter.

5. SelectthedirectionoftheTeeusingthedirectionaids.Thebranchportfacesback
towardstheflangeasshowninthefigure.

6. Saveyourmodel.
Yourmodelshouldresembletheoneshown.

TheremainingpipesegmentsofL1004willberoutedlaterinthecourseusingtheAuto
Routerfunction.

Dec09

55
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

ComponentPlacement

Pipeline L1001

PipelineL1001
Inthefollowingexercises,youwillrouteapipinglinefromtheshellinletnozzleatthe
bottomofthelowerexchangerE106.
ThepipebridgeshavebeenlaidoutsothatEastWestpiperunshaveaBOPelevationof
110'and115',andNorthSouthpiperunshaveaBOPelevationof112'6".
Youwilllearnhowtoplaceandorientelbowsandteesrelativetoanexistingfitting,or
alignedwithtwoexistingfittings.
AllconnectingpipingwillbeplacedusingtheAutoRouterfunction.

ComponentPlacement

56
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Pipeline L1001

RoutingPipefromExchangerE106
Inthefirstexerciseyouwillplaceflanges,elbowsandvalvesasindicatedbythenumbersin
thefigure.Youwillbeusingboththefittingtofitting,andrelativeplacementmethods.

Note:

Allconnectingpipesectionswillbeaddedlater,usingtheAutoRouterfunction.

Exercise1:Refertothefigureabovetoroutethefirstfivecomponentsfrom
exchangerE106.
ChangetheLineNumberintheProjectPreferencescontroltoL1001.

Note:

TypeISO2andpressEntertomovetotheFrontRightisometricview.PANandZOOMuntilthe8"
{200mm}shellinletnozzleonthebottomofE106isvisible.

Note:

Youmayalsowanttofreezethelayeronwhichthesteelwasdrawntogetabetterview.Type
DDLMODESandpressEnter,thenfreezeAT_STEEL.ClickOKtoclosethedialog.

Dec09

57
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

ComponentPlacement

Pipeline L1001

Point1
1. Toplacethefirstflange,selectPiping>Flanges>Weldneck.
RespondtothepromptsbypickinginletnozzleE106N4.
IftheSelectionDialogappears,chooseflange.

2. PressEntertoplacetheflange,gasketandbolts.

Point2
1. Toplacethefirstelbow,selectPiping>BendsandReturns>90LRElbow.
Respondtotheprompts.

2. PressEntertoconnecttheelbowtothedefaultopenflangeport.
3. Fororientation,typeSandpressEntertochangetheelbowbranchorientationtotheY
direction.

4. PressEnteragaintoplacetheelbow.

Point3
1. Toplacethesecondelbow,selectPiping>BendsandReturns>90LRElbow.
Respondtotheprompts:

2. TypeRandpressEntertoplacetheelbowarelativedistancefromtheendofthe
previouselbowport.

3. Type3'3"{975}andpressEntertospecifythedistance.
4. PressEntertoacceptthedefaultinsertionpointatthecenteroftheelbow.
5. TypeWandpressEntertochangetheelbowbranchorientationtotheXdirection.
6. PressEnteragaintoaccepttheorientationandplacetheelbow.

ComponentPlacement

58
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Pipeline L1001

Point4
1. Toconnectaweldneckflangetotheelbow,selectPiping>Flanges>Weldneck.
Respondtotheprompts.

2. TypeTandpressEntertotoggletheflangeinsertionpointtotheotherendofthe
elbow.

3. SelecttheappropriateflangefromtheComponentSelectiondialog.

4. PressEntertoaccepttheinsertionpointattheendoftheelbowandplacetheflange.

UsingAutoFlange
Ifyourprojectspecificationsincludethepropersettingsandtables,AutoPLANTcan
automaticallygeneratematchingflanges.ThisfunctionalityisknownasAutoFlange.
Tosetthefunction:

1. SelectPiping>Setup>DrawingPreferences.
2. CheckAutoFlange.
3. ClickOK.
Inthenextexercisethisfunctionwilleliminatetheneedtomanuallyaddamatchingflange
afteravalve.

Point5
1. Toconnectagasketandgatevalvetotheflange,selectPiping>Valves>Gate>Gate.
2. PressEntertoacceptthedefaultinsertionpointattheflangeface.
Note:

TheAutoPLANTSelectionsdialogdisplaystoenableyoutoaddtopworkstothegatevalve.

3. ClickCancelfornotopworks..
Theflangeandgasketwillautomaticallyinsertontheoppositeendofthevalve.

Dec09

59
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

ComponentPlacement

Pipeline L1001

Exercise2:Placetheremainingelbowsasshownbelow.

Point1
1. SelectPiping>BendsandReturns>90oLRElbow.
Respondtotheprompts:

2. PressEntertoacceptthedefaultinsertionpointattheopenendoftheflange.
3. TypeUandpressEntertospecifytheorientationinthe+Zdirection.
4. PressEnteragaintoaccepttheorientationandplacetheelbow.

Point2
1. PressEntertoreexecutethelastruncommandtoplaceanotherelbow.
Respondtothepromptstoplacetheelbowrelativetothepreviouselbowataspecified
bottomofpipeelevation.

2. TypeRandpressEntertoplacetheelbowatarelativedistancefromtheelbow.
3. TypeEandpressEntertodisplaytheSetElevationdialog.

ComponentPlacement

60
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Pipeline L1001

4. EnableBottomofPipe.
5. Type112'6"{33750}intheElevationfieldandclickOK.
Thiswillmovetheelbowinsertionpointtothespecifiedbottomofpipeelevation
relativetothepreviouselbow'scenterport.

6. PressEntertoacceptthedefaultcenteroftheelbowastheinsertionpoint.
7. TypeSandpressEntertospecifytheorientationintheYdirectionandplacetheelbow.
8. PressEnteragaintoaccepttheorientationandplacetheelbow.

Point3
1. PressEntertoreexecutetheelbowplacementcommand.
Respondtotheprompts:

2. TypeTandpressEntertotoggletheinsertionpointtothehorizontalendoftheelbow.
3. TypeRandpressEntertoplacetheelbowarelativedistancefromtheelbow.
4. Type8'{2400}andpressEntertospecifytherelativedistance.
5. PressEntertoacceptthedefaultinsertionpointatthecenteroftheelbow.
6. TypeUandpressEntertodefinetheelboworientationinthe+Zdirection.
7. PressEnteragaintoaccepttheorientationandplacetheelbow.

Dec09

61
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

ComponentPlacement

Pipeline L1001

Point4
1. SelectPiping>BendsandReturns>90LRElbow.Respondtothepromptsasfollowsto
placetheelbow.
Picktheportontheopenendoftheelbowmovinginthe+Zdirection.

2. TypeRandpressEntertoplacethenewelbowarelativedistancefromthelower
elbow.

3. Type2'6"{750}andpressEntertospecifytherelativedistance.
4. PressEntertoacceptthedefaultinsertionpointatthecenteroftheelbow.
5. TypeEandpressEntertospecifytheorientationinthe+Xdirection.
6. PressEntertoacceptthisorientationandplacethelastelbow.

AligningtoReferenceDrawings
Inthenextexerciseyouwillplaceaflangeusingtherelativeplacementmethod.Thisflange
willalignwiththehorizontalendofthelastelbowplaced(Point1)andtheflangeonthe
piperackinareferencedrawing(Point2).

Note:

TheWorkAreasetupincludesAT_Pipe.dwgasareferencedrawing.

ComponentPlacement

62
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Pipeline L1001

Exercise3:Placeaweldneckflangetoalignwiththeelbowandaflangeonthepipe
rack.

1. SelectPiping > Flanges > Weldneck.


Thesystemassumesyouareplacingaflangeontheelbowpreviouslyplaced.
FromthepromptthecurrentelevationisshownasBOP112'6"

2. TypeTandpressEntertotoggletheinsertionpointtothehorizontalelbowport.
3. TypeRandpressEntertoplacetheflangearelativedistancefromtheelbow.
4. Type.XandpressEntertouseXYZfilterstoplacethefitting.
5. TypeCENandpressEnter.
6. Picktheendofoneofthepipesonthereferencedrawing.
of(needYZ):

7. Type@andpressEnter.
8. PressEntertoselecttheinsertionpoint.
9. TypeTandpressEntertotogglethealignmentporttothefaceoftheflange.
10. PressEntertoselectalignmentport.
Theflangewillbedrawnasillustratedinthefigure.

Dec09

63
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

ComponentPlacement

AutoPipe Router

AutoPipeRouter
Onceyouhaveplacedfittingsinamodel,aneasymethodforrunningconnectingpipeisto
usetheAutoPipeRouter.ThiscommandpicksuptheMainSizeandLineNumberintelligence
fromtheconnectingcomponent.
Changesareautomaticallymadewhenreducersareencounteredandifachangein
LineNumberisdetected,therouterwillnotplacepipebetweenthecomponents.
ThebasicstepsforusingtheAutoPipeRouterinclude:

1. SelecttherouterfromPiping>PipingComponents>AutoPipe.
2. Chooseaselectionmodefromthedialog.

3. ClickOKtostarttherouter.Adialogreportseachconnection.

ComponentPlacement

64
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

AutoPipe Router

UsingAutoPipetoPlaceConnectingPipe
Inthisexercise,youwillusetheAutoPiperoutingfunctiontoplacetheconnectingpipe
betweenallcomponentsinlinesL1001andL1004.

Exercise1:Placeconnectingpipebetweenallcomponents.
1. ZoomExtentstoviewallofthepipingcomponentsplacedinthepreviousexercises.
2. SelectPiping>PipeComponents>AutoPipetodisplaytheAutoPLANTSelections
dialog.

Note:

Thisdialogenablesyoutodefineaselectionsetofcomponentsinthecurrentdrawing.Youwill
learnmoreaboutcomponentselectionsinfutureexercises.

3. ClickontheDrawingtab.
4. EnabletheAllradiobuttonandclickOK.
AutoPipeautomaticallyfindsallalignedportsandplacesconnectingpipe.
TheimagesbelowshowroutedpipeforbothL1001andL1004.

Dec09

65
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

ComponentPlacement

Using Point Filters

UsingPointFilters
ThefollowingsectionexplainsthemethodofusingAutoCADPointFilterswhichprovidethe
abilitytodefineoffsetdistancesbyordinateorordinatepair.Inconjunctionwiththe
OSNAPfunctionality,PointFiltersprovideanotherwaytolocatecomponentswithrespect
tootherdrawnobjectsinyourmodel.Thisisusefulifyoudonotknowarelativedistance,
butyoudohaveacomponentinyourdrawingthatsharesanordinate,ortwo,withthe
desiredlocationforthenewcomponent.

Method1:PointFilterOnly
1. Selectacomponenttobeplaced,suchasanelboworflange.
2. Settheportofthecomponentbeingusedasareference.
Relative/Toggle/Elev/<Pick point or Return for fit-fit>:

EnterR
Toggle/Align/change Ref point/<Enter Distance or Return for fit-fit>:

Activatepointfilterforsingleordinate(X,Y,orZ):
Selectcomponentwithdesiredordinatevalue
of (need <>):

Now,AutoCADneedstoknowwhatvaluestousefortheothertwoordinates.Enter@
toindicatenochangeinthosedirections.

3. Completetheplacementofthecomponent.

Insertionpoint/Orientationforelbows
InsertionPoint/Directionforflanges
InsertionPoint/Alignment/Directionfortees

Method2:PointFilterandOSNAP
1. Selectacomponenttobeplacedsuchasanelboworflange.
2. Settheportofthecomponentbeingusedasareference.
3. Selectrelativeplacement.
Relative/Toggle/Elev/<Pick point or Return for fit-fit>:

EnterR

4. ActivatePointFilter
Toggle/Align/change Ref point/<Enter Distance or Return for fit-fit>:

X,Y,orZ.
ComponentPlacement

66
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Flange Placement Methods

5. ActivateOSNAPsuchasCENorEND.
of

Selectcomponentwithdesiredordinatevalue.
of (need <>):

Atthispoint,AutoCADneedstoknowwhatvaluestousefortheothertwoordinates.
Enter@toindicatenochangeinthosedirections.

6. Completetheplacementofthecomponent.

InsertionPoint/Orientationforelbows
InsertionPoint/Directionforflanges
InsertionPoint/Alignment/Directionfortees

FlangePlacementMethods
Thefollowingsectiongivesyouabriefoverviewofadditionalcomponentplacement
methods.

Method1:Placedinspace
MenuSelection:Piping>Flanges>Weldneck

1. Providethelocationofinsertionpoint
Current elevation <COP 0'>
Relative/Toggle/Elev/<Pick point or Return for fit-fit>:

Ifthisisthefirstcomponentplaced,changethecurrentelevationandselecttheXY
placementoftheflange.

2. Selectinsertionpoint
Toggle insertion point/<Return to select>:

Therearethreeinsertionpointsonanunconnectedflange:face,nonflangedsideand
overallcenteroftheflangeasshownbelow.

Face

NonFlangedSide

OverallCenter

Theinsertionpointoftheflangeisrepresentedbyayellowdot.TheTogglecommand
canberepeatedasmanytimesasdesired.Theinsertionpointisnotaccepteduntilyou
pressEnter.
Regardlessofhowtheflangeisdrawn,youareonlyselectingtheinsertionpoint.

Dec09

67
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

ComponentPlacement

Flange Placement Methods

3. Selectthedirectionoftheflange
Up/Down/East/West/North/South/Align/<Enter direction of Non-Flanged Side
or press Return when done>:

Eitherkeyinthecorrectletter,oruseoneoftheDirectionAidstoolbarbuttonstoselect
thedirection.

Youcanselectdirections(byletterorDirectionAid)untilyouaresatisfied,avalueisnot
accepteduntilyoupressEnter.

Method2:Fittingtofittingplacement
MenuSelection:Piping>Flanges>Weldneck

1. Providethelocationofinsertionpoint
Current elevation <COP 2'-6">
Relative/Toggle/Insert/Elev/<Pick point or Return for fit-fit>:

Ifthelastcomponentplacedisnotthecomponentyouwanttoconnectto,youcanpick
anyothercomponent.Oncepicked,youmayneedtoToggletotheproperportofnew
component.

2. Entertoselectdefaultplacementoffittingtofitting(fitfit).
Youmaybepromptedforthespecificationoftheflange.

Theflangewillnowplacewithnecessaryconnectingboltsandgaskets.

ComponentPlacement

68
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Flange Placement Methods

Method3:Relativeplacement
MenuSelection:Piping>Flanges>Weldneck

1. Providethelocationofinsertionpoint
Current elevation <COP 2'-6">
Relative/Toggle/Elev/<Pick point or Return for fit-fit>:

Ifnecessary,selectthecorrectportofthecorrectcomponentyouareplacingrelative
to.Youmaybepromptedfortheflangesspecification.
EnterRforrelativeplacement.ThiswilltemporarilychangeyourUCSsothatthe+X
equalstheorientationofthecomponentbeingusedasareferencepoint.
Align/change Ref point/<Enter distance or Return for fit-fit>:

Enterthedesiredspacingbetweencomponentsor,pickorenterapointonthescreen.
TheUCSwillreturntoWorldCoordinates.

2. Selectinsertionpoint
Toggle insertion point/<Return to select>:

SeeinstructionsinMethod1.

3. Selectdirectionoftheflange
Toggle alignment port/<Return to select>:

SeeinstructionsinMethod1,fordirection.

Dec09

69
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

ComponentPlacement

Inserting Components in Existing Lines

InsertingComponentsinExistingLines
Attimes,youmayneedtoaddacomponenttoanexistingline.
Followthisprocedure:

1. Selectacomponenttobeinserted
Relative/Toggle/Insert/Elev/<Pick point or Return for fit-fit>:

2. Selectthepipesegmentthecomponentistobeinsertedinto.
Elevation/Insert/<Pick point>:

EnterItoinsertthenewcomponent.

3. Selectthedesiredportofthepipesegment.
Select reference port
Toggle/<Enter to select currently highlighted port>:

Toggletotheendofthesegmentthatwillbethelocationforthenewcomponent.
TheportwillnotbeaccepteduntilyoupressEnteragain.

4. Entertheoffsetfromtheselectedport
Align/change Ref point/Enter distance <0.0>:

Youcan:enteradistance,selecttheplacementpoint,orAligntoanothercomponent.
Changingthereferencepointwillbecoveredlaterinthischapter.

5. Completetheplacementofthecomponent.

ComponentPlacement

70
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Inserting Components in Existing Lines

Exercise1:InsertasetofbreakoutflangesintoL1001asshown.

1. SelectPiping>Flanges>Weldneck.
2. Selectthepipesegment.
3. Refertothecommandline.
NoticetheInsertoption.
TypeIandpressEnter.
Thelinetypechangestodotsandtheportindicatorbecomesactive.

4. Toggletothenorthernport.
5. PressEntertoaccepttheport.
Note:

Areferencepointwillbecomeactiveatthecenterpointoftheelbow.WhenusingtheInsert
Command,theconnectingfittingisthereferencepoint,allowingcentertocenterplacement.

6. PressEntertoacceptthefittingtofittingcommand.
Note:

Noticeayellowburstsymbolattheendoftheflange.ThisisaTentativeJointMarker.This
allowsyoutocompletetheinsertcommandbyaddingaflangedobjectandautomaticallycutback
thepipe.Thecutbackiscompleteonamatingobjectwiththesamesizeandendconditionis
placed.

7. SelectPiping>Flanges>Weldnecktocompletetheinsertion.
8. Saveyourmodel.
Dec09

71
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

ComponentPlacement

Pipeline L1002

PipelineL1002
InthenextexercisesyouwillberoutingpipelineL1002betweentheverticalvesselT135
andthehorizontalexchangerT135.Inthepreviousexercisesyoulearnedtoplace
connectingcomponentsandusetheAutoPiperoutertoconnectthepipesegments.During
theseexercisesyouwillplaceboththepipeandconnectingcomponents.

Therearemanywaystocompletethispiperun.Youcouldstartattheverticalvesseland
workyourwayaroundtotheexchanger.Oryoucouldstartfromtheexchangerandworkin
theoppositedirection.
Theseexercisesuseacombinationofmethodsgivingyourealworldexperiencewhen
aligningwithfixedcomponents.

ComponentPlacement

72
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Pipeline L1002

Exercise1:Routeapipeline,includingallfittingsfromthenozzleT136N1,
Refertothisfigureasyouroutethelinetoensurepropercomponentplacement.

Point1
1. TypeISO1andpressEnter.ZOOMWindowaroundT135andE107.
2. SelectL1002fromtheLineNumberfieldoftheProjectPreferencescontrol.
3. ToconnectaflangetotheT135vessel'sN1shellinletnozzle,selectPiping>Flanges>
Weldneck.
Respondtotheprompts:
PickverticalvesselshellinletnozzleT135N1.

PressEntertoaccepttheinsertionpointandconnecttheflangetothenozzleface.

4. SelectPiping>BendsandReturns>90LRElbow.
Respondtothepromptstoconnectelbowtotheflangeusingthefittingtofitting
method.

PressEntertoacceptthedefaultinsertionpointattheweldendoftheflange.

TypeDandpressEntertospecifytheorientationintheZdirection.

PressEnteragaintoacceptthisorientationandplacetheelbow.

Dec09

73
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

ComponentPlacement

Pipeline L1002

Point2
1. PressEntertoreexecutetheelbowplacementcommand.
Respondtothepromptstoplaceelbow(2)relativetoelbow(1)atabottomofpipe
elevationof115'{14500mm}.

2. TypeRandpressEntertoplacetheelbowatarelativedistancefromthefirstelbow
placed.

3. TypeEandpressEntertodisplaytheEnterElevationdialogasshownbelow.
4. EnabletheBottomofPiperadiobuttonandtype115'{34500}intheElevationfield,and
thenclickOK.

5. PressEntertoacceptthedefaultinsertionpointatthecenteroftheelbow
6. TypeWandpressEntertospecifytheorientationintheXdirection.
7. PressEnteragaintoacceptthisorientationandplacetheelbow.

Point3
1. PressEntertoreexecutetheelbowplacementcommand.Respondtothepromptsas
followstoplaceelbow(3)arelativedistancefromthehorizontalendofelbow(2).

2. TypeTandpressEntertotogglethereferencepointtothehorizontalelbowport.
3. TypeRandpressEntertoplacetheelbowatarelativedistancefromelbow(2).
4. Type12'6"{3750}andpressEntertospecifytherelativedistance.
5. PressEntertoacceptthedefaultinsertionpointatthecenteroftheelbow.
6. TypeDandpressEntertospecifytheorientationintheZdirection.
7. PressEnteragaintoaccepttheorientationandplacetheelbow.

ComponentPlacement

74
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Pipeline L1002

Point4
1. PressEntertoreexecutetheelbowplacementcommand.Respondtothepromptsas
followstoplaceelbow(4)arelativeverticaldistancefromcenterofelbow(3).

2. TypeTandpressEntertotogglethereferencepointtotheverticalportoftheelbow.
3. TypeRandpressEntertoplacetheelbowatarelativedistancefromelbow(3).
4. Type2'6"{750}andpressEntertospecifytherelativedistance.
5. PressEntertoacceptthedefaultinsertionpointatthecenteroftheelbow.
6. TypeSandpressEntertospecifytheorientationintheYdirection.
7. PressEnteragaintoaccepttheorientationandplacetheelbow.

Point5
1. PressEntertoreexecutetheelbowplacementcommand.
Respondtothepromptstoplaceelbow(5)relativetoelbow(4)andalignedwithoneof
thebottomelbowsinlineL1001asshownbelow.

2. TypeTandpressEntertotogglethereferencepointtothehorizontalendoftheelbow.
3. TypeRandpressEntertoplacetheelbowrelativetoelbow(4).
4. TypeAandpressEntertospecifythatyouwanttoalignthiselbowwithanother
component.

5. PickthelowerelbowonlineL1001.

Dec09

75
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

ComponentPlacement

Pipeline L1002

6. Selectporttoalignto:
PressEntertoacceptthehighlightedelbowport.

7. PressEntertoacceptthedefaultinsertionpointatthecenteroftheelbow.
8. TypeDandpressEntertospecifytheorientationintheZdirection.
9. PressEntertoaccepttheorientationandplacetheelbow.

Point6
1. PressEntertoreexecutetheelbowplacementcommand.Respondtothepromptsas
followstoplaceelbow(6)relativetoelbow(5).

2. TypeTandpressEntertotogglethereferencepointtotheotherendofelbow(5).
3. TypeRandpressEntertoplacetheelbowarelativedistance.
4. Type2'6"{750}andpressEntertospecifytherelativedistance.
5. PressEntertoacceptthedefaultinsertionpointinthecenteroftheelbow.
6. TypeEandpressEntertospecifytheorientationinthe+Xdirection.
7. PressEnteragaintoaccepttheorientationandplacetheelbow.

Point7
1. PressEntertoreexecutetheelbowplacementcommand.Respondtothepromptsas
followstoplaceelbow(7).

2. TypeTandpressEntertotogglethereferencepointtotheotherendoftheelbow.
3. TypeRandpressEntertospecifythatyouwillplacetheelbowarelativedistance.
4. Type19'{5700}andpressEntertospecifytherelativedistance.
5. PressEntertoacceptthedefaultinsertionpointatthecenteroftheelbow.
6. TypeDandpressEntertospecifytheorientationintheZdirection.
7. PressEnteragaintoaccepttheorientationandplacetheelbow.

ComponentPlacement

76
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Pipeline L1002

Point8
1. PressEntertoreexecutetheelbowplacementcommand.Respondtothepromptsas
followstoplaceelbow(8)arelativedistancefromelbow(7)andalignedwiththelower
elbowinlineL1001.

2. TypeTandpressEntertotogglethereferencepointtotheendoftheelbow.
3. TypeRandpressEntertospecifythattheelbowwillbeplacedrelativetotheselected
port.

4. TypeAandpressEnter,tospecifythatyouwanttoalignthiselbowtoanother
component.

5. Pickcomponenttoalignto:
PickthelowerelbowinlineL1001.

6. Selectporttoalignto:
PressEntertoacceptthedefaultportselected.

7. PressEntertoacceptthedefaultinsertionpointatthecenteroftheelbow.
8. TypeEandpressEntertospecifytheorientationinthe+Xdirection.
9. PressEntertoaccepttheorientationandplacetheelbow.
Youwillnowconnectaflange,gatevalve,andaflangeassemblytothehorizontalportof
elbow(8)justplaced.

10. SelectPiping>Flanges>Weldneck.
Respondtothepromptstoplacetheflange.

11. TypeTandpressEntertotogglethereferencepointtotheotherendoftheelbow.
12. PressEntertoaccepttheinsertionpointatthehorizontalportoftheelbowandplace
theflange.

13. SelectPiping>Valves>Gate>GateandpressEnter.
14. ClickCancelontheAutoPLANTSelectiondialog,toconnectthegatevalvetotheflange
facewithouttopworks.

Note:

IfAutoFlangeisselectedinyourDrawingPreferencesdialog,thereisnoneedtomanuallyplace
thematchingflangeforthevalve.

15. Savethemodel.
Dec09

77
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

ComponentPlacement

Pipeline L1002

Exercise2:CompleteL1002byplacingelbowsatPoint9,10and11.
Note:

Elbowatpoint11isalignedwithelbowsatPoint9and10.

Point9
1. SelectPiping>BendsandReturns>90LRElbow.
Respondtothepromptstoconnecttheupturningelbowtotheweldendoftheflange.

2. PressEntertoacceptthedefaultinsertionpointattheweldendoftheflange.
3. TypeUandpressEntertospecifytheorientationoftheelbowinthe+Zdirection.
4. PressEntertoaccepttheorientationandplacetheelbow.

ComponentPlacement

78
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Pipeline L1002

Point10
YouwillnowcontinuethelinefromthechanneloutletnozzleN4onthetopofexchangerE
107shellbyconnectingaflange,thenanelbow.Thiselbowwillbeusedtoalignelbow(11)
asshownabove.

1. SelectPiping>Flanges>Weldneck.
PicktheshelloutletnozzleE107N4,thenpressEntertoconnecttheflangetothe
nozzle.

2. SelectPiping>BendsandReturns>90LRElbow.
3. PressEntertoaccepttheinsertionpointattheweldendoftheflange.
4. TurnOrthoOFFF8,thentypeCENandpressEnter.
5. Picktheopenverticalportofelbow(9).
Thiscausestheelbowtorollinthedirectiontowardstheupturningelbow.

6. PressEntertoacceptthisorientationandplacetheelbow.

Point11
1. PressEntertoreexecutetheelbowplacementcommand.Respondtothepromptsas
followstoplaceelbow(11)alignedwiththeelbowfromtheexchanger(10)andtheup
turningelbow(9).

2. Picktheupturningendoftheelbow(9)inlineL1002.
Youneedtostarttheinsertionfromthiselbowinsteadoftheelbowneartheexchanger
tobeabletoalignthebranchendrelativetothatelbow.

3. TypeRandpressEntertoplacethiselbowrelativetotheselectedelbowport.
4. TypeAandpressEntertoalignthiselbowtotheexchangerelbow.
5. TypeCENandpressEnter.Picktheopenendoftheelbowneartheexchanger.
6. Ifnecessary,typeTandpressEntertotoggletheselectedreferencealignmentportto
theendoftheselectedelbow.Whenselected,pressEntertoaccepttheport.

7. PressEntertoacceptthedefaultinsertionpointatthecenteroftheelbow.
8. TypeAandpressEntertoaligntheelbowbranchtotheexchangerelbow.
9. TypeCENandpressEnter.
10. Picktheopenendportoftheelbowneartheexchanger(10).
11. PressEntertoaccepttheopenportontheendoftheelbow.

Dec09

79
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

ComponentPlacement

Pipeline L1002

PressEntertoaccepttheselectedportandplacetheelbow.

12. Savethemodel.
Yourmodelshouldresemblethefigure.

YouarenowreadytoplaceconnectingpipebetweenthecomponentsusingtheAutopipe
router.

ComponentPlacement

80
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Component Selection

ComponentSelection
TheAutoPLANTEquipmentapplicationusestheAutoPLANTSelectionsdialogtoselect
modelcomponentsforgeneratinganEquipmentListandtheNozzleSchedulereports.
Thedialogautomaticallyappearsfortheusertoselectwhichcomponentswillappearinthe
reports.

AutoPLANTPipingdisplaystheAutoPLANTSelectiondialogwhenevertheAutoPiperouteris
usedtoautomaticallyinsertpipingbetweenconnectingcomponents.

AutoPLANTSelectionsDialog
TheinitiatetheAutoPLANTSelectiondialog,itmustbe
turnedoninDrawingPreferences.Thisappliestoboth
AutoPLANTEquipmentandAutoPLANTPiping.
ThedialogisinitiatedinPipingwhenyouusethe
AutoPiperouter.
SelectPiping>PipeComponents>AutoPipe.
Fromthisdialog,youcanselectcomponentsacrossall
drawingsinaprojectorfromyourcurrentdrawing.

ProjectTab
FromtheProjecttab,youcanselectcomponentsacross
alldrawinginaProject,regardlessofwhichmodelyou
arecurrentlyworkingon.WhenaProjectObject,such
asLineNumberisselectedfromthedropdownlist,allavailableLineNumbersintheproject
willbelistedforyourselection.
TheAdvanceModeallowsyoutobuildaqueryformorepreciseselection.

Note:

Dec09

BuildingselectionqueriesacrossaprojectisusuallyperformedbytheProjectAdministrator.This
coursewillfocusonbuildingqueriesforacurrentmodel.

81
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

ComponentPlacement

Component Selection

DrawingTab
FromtheDrawingtab,onlycomponentsinyourcurrentmodelcanbeselected.
Therearethreeselectionmodes:

Allselectseverycomponentinthemodeleligiblefortheprocess
Manualwillclosethedialog.Youcanthenselectthecomponentsbypickingfrom
themodel.
Advancedallowsyoutowriteaquerybasedonmodeldata,AutoCADattribute,or
projectobject.

AdvancedComponentSelection
The<<Advanced>>optionallowsyoutodefineaquerytoselectonlycomponentsyouwant
includedfortheAutoPiperun.

Therightwindowliststhemodelsinyourproject.Anyreferenceddrawingsassociatedwith
themodelarelistedwhenyouexpandthedocumenttree.Forprojectswithmany
drawings,youcanapplyanamefiltertothelist.Whengeneratingreportsorisometric
drawings,youcanselectmultipledrawingsformoreinclusiveoutput.
Forthiscourse,youwillonlycreatequeriesforaonetimeuse.Therefore,youwillnotuse
theQuerySelectionsectionofthedialog.
ComponentPlacement

82
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Component Selection

QuerydefinitionsrequireDataType,Attribute,Constraint,andAttributeValues.Formore
complexqueriesyoucanalsoapplytheOr/Andoperators.

DataType:DrawingDatabaseinformation(3DPipingData);AutoCADattributes
(Drawing);orProjectObjects(Relationship).

AttributeField:OneoftheattributesoftheDataType.Forexample,LineNumberis
anattributeoftheRelationshipdatatype;CUT_LENGTHof3DPipingData;and
ColorofDrawing.

Constraint:TherelationshipbetweentheAttributeFieldandtheAttributeValue.
AttributeValue:ThevalueoftheDataTypeattributethatyouareinterestedin.

Note:

IfyouchecktheGetattributesforselecteddocsonly,theselectionlistwillbefilteredtoonly
thevaluesoftheAttributeFieldthatarecontainedwithinthedocumentsyouselected.

Amoredetaileddescriptionofthisdialogisnotneededforthiscourse.
TheAutoPLANTSelectionsdialogisfullydocumentedintheOnlinehelpatAutoPLANT
PIPINGHelp>CommandReference>DatabaseToolsMenu>AutoPLANTDatabaseTools>
OtherFunctions>ComponentCopyPreferences>DrawingSelection>DrawingSelection.

Dec09

83
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

ComponentPlacement

Component Selection

BuildaQuerytoAutomatePipeRouting
Exercise3:UsingtheAutoPiperouter,buildanadvancedquerytoroutepipebetween
allcomponentspreviouslyplacedonL1002.

1. SelectPiping>PipeComponents>AutoPipe.
TheAutoPLANTSelectionsdialogdisplays.

2. ClicktheAdvancedtab.
3. Enterthevaluesforthefollowingfields:
DataType:Relationship
AttributeField:LineNumber
Constraint:=
AttibuteValue:L1002

4. ClickAdd>toaddthedefinitiontotheactivequerylist.
5. ClickOK.
AutoPipewillautomaticallyfindallthealignedportsinyourmodelandplacepipe
betweenthoseports.

6. Savethemodel.
L1002shouldresemblethefigure.

ComponentPlacement

84
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Clipping Planes

ClippingPlanes
AutoCADclippingplanesremoveportionsofaviewportenablingyoutofocusonaspecific
region.InAutoCAD,youcansettheclippingplanesfromthebuttonsonthe3DOrbit
toolbar.
AutoPLANTprovidesautilitythatallowsyoutosetclippingplaneswithouttheadditional
WindowsinterfaceprovidedbyAutoCAD.

LoadingAutoPLANTvclipUtility
1. AttheAutoCADcommandline,typeAPPLOAD.
2. Locatevclip.lispfromBentley\PlantXM\Bonusdirectory
3. ClickLoad.
4. ClickClose.
Oncetheutilityisloaded,typingvclipattheAutoCADcommandlinewillstarttheutility.
Forexample:Youwantafrontviewporttoshowasectionyouselectfromatopviewport.
Bothviewportsareopenandthetopviewportisactive.
Command:

vclip

Pick Front point:

Inthetopviewport,clickonapointthatislocatedwhereyouwantthesouthernclipping
planelocated.
Pick The Back point:

Inthetopviewport,clickonapointthatislocatedwhereyouwantthenorthernclipping
planelocated.
Select a point in viewport to place the view:

Clickintothefrontviewporttomakeitactiveandclickinitagaintoactivatetheclipping
planes.

TurningOffClippingPlanes
AutoCADclippingplanesarenotremovedwithaZoomAllorZoomExtents.Toturnoff
clippingplanes:

1. Activatetheviewportwhereyouwantclippingplanesturnedoff.
2. EnterPLANintheAutoCADcommandline.
3. SelectaUCStobeappliedtotheclippedviewport.

Dec09

85
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

ComponentPlacement

ClippingPlaneNotes

Clippingplanesstayparallelanddonotmovewithaviewport.Therefore,ifyouclip
andthenrotateaview,youarelikelytogetunexpectedresults.

Ifyouapplyclippingplanestothesameviewportusedtoselecttheplanelocations,
theviewportshouldupdatetothenewdirection.Ifnot,youcanusetheAutoCAD
Viewbuttonstoorienttheviewport.

ThevectorbetweenyourFrontandBackpointsrepresentthelineofsightinthe
clippedviewport.Fororthogonalclips,makesuretheAutoCADORTHOisturnedon.

YoucanselectfrontandbackpointswithOSNAP.
YoucanuseclippingplanesandthevclipcommandinPaperSpace.

ComponentPlacement

86
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Pipeline L1007

PipelineL1007
PipelineL1007connectsfromnozzleE107N1andextendstothepipewayasshownbelow.

Exercise1:PlacecomponentsonL1007notedbypoints14.
Point1
1. SelectPiping>Flanges>Weldneck.
2. Respondtotheprompts:
PicknozzleN106N1

4. PressEntertoselectfitfit.Flange,gasketandboltsareplaced.
Point2
1. SelectPiping>BendsandReturns>90LRElbow.
2. Respondtotheprompts:
PressEntertoselectfitfittoconnecttheelbowdirectlytotheflange.

5. Enterorientation:EnterSforSouth.
6. PressEntertoplacetheelbow.

Dec09

87
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

ComponentPlacement

Pipeline L1007

Point3
ThiselbowisalignedtotheelbowonL1001.

1. SelectPiping>BendsandReturns>90LRElbow.
2. TypeRandpressEntertoinitiatetherelativecommand.
3. TypeAandpressEntertoinitiatethealigncommand.
4. SelecttheelbowonlineL1001.
5. TypeTtotoggletothewestwardend(Theendattachedtotheflange.)
6. PressEntertoaccept.
7. PressEntertoacceptthecenterinsertpoint.
8. Orienttheelbowtofaceup.TypeU.
9. PressEntertoplacetheelbow.

ComponentPlacement

88
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Pipeline L1007

Point4
1. SelectPiping>BendsandReturns>90LRElbow.
2. Followthecommands.TypeTtotoggletheinsertionpointtotheoppositeend.
3. TypeRandpressEntertoplacetheelbowarelativedistancetoanothercomponent.
4. TypeEandpressEntertodisplaytheSetElevationdialog.

5. EnabletheBottomofPiperadiobutton.
6. Typeelevation1126{33750}.ClickOK.
7. PressEntertoacceptthedefaultcenterofelbowinsertionpoint.
8. TypeS,pressEntertospecifytheorientationinYdirectionandplaceelbow.
9. PressEntertoacceptorientationandplacetheelbow.

Dec09

89
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

ComponentPlacement

Pipeline L1007

ChangeReferencePoint
Whenyoudefinerelativeplacementofonecomponenttoanother,youcreatealineon
whichtoplacethenewcomponent.Inthissituation,youwouldonlyneedtoknowthe
distancebetweenthetwocomponents.
Butwhatifyoudonotknowthedistancebetweenthetwocomponents?
PreviousexercisesusedtheAlignplacementandtheAutoCADPointFilteroptionstoplacea
componentrelativetoanotherwithoutknowingthedistancebetweenthetwocomponents.
AnotheroptionistochangethereferencepointonthePlacementLinetodefineadistance
youdoknow.

Inthisfigure,thereisanelbowactingastherelativetocomponentandaPlacementLine
extendinginthedirectionoftheselectedport.Theplacementpointforthenew
componentisshownasanasteriskatthebottomofthepicture.Thedistancefromthe
elbowtotheasteriskisunknown.
However,thepipesegmentonthelefthasacenterlineparalleltotheplacementforthe
newcomponent.AndthedistancefromPort2tothenewcomponentisknown.
Thereferencepoint,forthedistancetothenewcomponentistheintersectionofthe
placementLineandaperpendicularprojectionfromeitherofthereferenceports.
IfthenewreferencepointhasacenterlineperpendiculartothePlacementLine,suchasthe
pipesegmentshownatthebottomofthefigure,thereferencepointistheintersectionof
thePlacementLineandthecenterlineofthenewreferencecomponent.Becauseofthis,
theportofthenewreferencecomponentisirrelevant.

ComponentPlacement

90
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Pipeline L1007

Thepromptsequenceforachangeofreferencepointincludes:

1. Oncetheportofthereferencecomponentisselected:
Relative/Toggle/Elev/<Pick point or Return for fit-fit>:

TypeRforrelativeplacement
Toggle/Align/change Ref point/<Enter Distance or Return for fit-fit>:

TypeRtochangethereferencepoint
Picknewreferencepointorreferencecomponent

2. Selectnewreferencecomponent
Toggle/Align/change Ref point/<Enter Distance or Return for fit-fit>:

Toggleforcorrectportofnewreferencecomponent
Toggle/Align/change Ref point/<Enter Distance or Return for fit-fit>:

3. Providedistancefromnewreferencepoint
4. Finishplacementofthenewcomponent.

Dec09

91
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

ComponentPlacement

Pipeline L1007

Exercise2:ContinueL1007byplacingElbow5relativetoElbow4,adistanceof310
(910mm)southofthecenterlineofpipelinePROD1020.

Note:

TheaboveimageisaSEviewshowingPROD1020,andPROD2020.UseDDLMODEStohideother
layers.

Point5
1. SelectPiping>BendsandReturns>90LRElbow.
2. Toggletotheappropriateport.
3. TypeRandpressEntertoinitiatetherelativecommand
4. TypeRandpressEntertoinitiatethechangeRefpointcommand
5. SnaptoendcenteroflinePROD1020.
6. PressEntertoacceptcenterinsertionpoint

Note:

Thenewreferencepointwillautomaticallyorientitselfinlinewiththeelbowandthegiven
referencepoint.

7. Enteradistanceof310northofPROD1020.
8. EnterDtoorientelbowtofacedownward.
9. Saveyourmodel.

ComponentPlacement

92
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Pipeline L1007

Exercise3:CompleteL1007byplacinganelbowatpoint6andflangeatpoint7.
Point6
1. SelectPiping>BendsandReturns>90LRElbow.
2. Toggletotheappropriateport.
3. TypeRandpressEntertoinitiatetherelativecommand
4. Enter26,pressEnter.
5. PressEntertoacceptinsertionpoint.
6. Enterorientation,typeEforeasterndirection.
7. PressEntertoacceptplacement.
8. PressEntertoacceptcenterinsertionpoint

Point7
1. SelectPiping>Flanges>Weldneck.
2. PickelbowplacedinPoint6.
3. Toggletheinsertionpointifnecessary,toendofelbow.
4. TypeR,pressEntertoinitiateRelativecommand.
5. Enter64,pressEnter.
6. SelecttheflangefromtheSpecificationSelectiondialog.ClickOK.
7. PressEntertoacceptplacement.
8. Toggletheinsertionpointtofaceflangetowardelbow.
9. PressEntertoacceptinsertionpointandplacecomponent.
10. Savethemodel.

Dec09

93
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

ComponentPlacement

Pipeline L1007

Exercise4:UsetheAutoPipefunctiontoautomatetheplacementofthepipe
segmentsforL1007.

1. SelectPiping>PipeComponents>AutoPipe.
2. WhentheAutoPLANTSelectionsdialogdisplays,selectAll.
3. Saveyourmodel.
ThisexercisecompletesL1007andtheComponentPlacementmodule.

ComponentPlacement

94
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Module Review

ModuleReview
Nowthatyouhavecompletedthismodel,letsreviewwhatyouhavelearned.

Questions:
1. Componentplacementmethodsarecommonforallelbows,teesandflanges.

True
False

2. Pipingsegmentsmustbejoinedtoanotherpipesegmenttobeplacedproperly.

True
False

3. TheAutoPiperoutercommandenablesyoutoroutepipeautomaticallybetweenplaced
components.

True
False

4. Copiedcomponentsareautomaticallygivenauniquetag.

True
False

5. Cleaningthedatabaseonaregularbasisensuresthatallgraphicsonyourscreen
containsaonetoonerelationshipwiththedatabase.

True
False

6. Defaultspecificationsspeedthemodelingprocess.

True
False

7. Matchingflangesforallelbowsplacedinthedrawingareaddedautomatically.

True
False

8. PointFiltersprovideamethodofdefiningoffsetdistancesfromanexistingreference
componentinamodel.

Dec09

True
False

95
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

ComponentPlacement

Module Review

Answers:
1. True:Thecommonmethodsusedforplacingelbows,teesandflangesinclude
componentsplacedinspace,fittingtofittingandrelativeplacement.

2. False:Pipesegmentscanbeplacedusingthecommonplacementsmethodsforall
pipingcomponents.Youcanalsoplaceapipecomponentinspace.Reddotsatthe
connectionpointsindicateaproperconnectionhasbeenmade.

3. True:ConnectingpipesegmentscanbeautomaticallyroutedusingtheAutoPipe
command.Thisfunctionenablesyoutoplacecomponentsthroughoutthemodeland
whendone,runconnectingpipebetweenthecomponents.

4. True:WhenyoucopycomponentsusingtheAutoCADcopycommand,thesystem
automaticallyappendsthetagnumber.YoucanalsosettheComponentCopy
Preferencestopromptyoutoenterauniquetagnumber.Ifaduplicatetagisentered,
youmustdecideifthisisauniquecomponentoralinktoanexistingcomponent.

5. True:UsingtheCleanDabasecommandenablesyoutosynchronizethecomponents
youseeonthescreenwiththeintelligentdatastoredintheprojectdatabase.Graphics
unintentionallycreatedonthescreenareremoved.Statusmessagesaredisplayed
givingyoualldetails.

6. True:Ifyousetadefaultspecificationchoicepriortoyourmodelingsessionyouwillnot
bepromptedtoselectaspecificationeachtimeyouplaceacomponent.Thisisgood
methodtospeedupthemodelingprocess,butitisimportanttheProjectAdministrator
hasdefinedthedefaultspriortobeginningthemodelingsession.

7. False:Ifprojectspecificationshavebeensetupproperly,theAutoFlangecommandcan
beusedtoautomaticallyplacematchingflangesforyourvalves.TheAutoFlange
commandmustbesetintheDrawingPreferencesdialogpriortobeginningthe
modelingsession.

8. True:AutoCADpointfiltersprovideamethodofestablishingareferencepointfor
placinganewcomponent.Itisusefulwhenyouaremissingcriticalinformationon
wheretoplaceacomponent.

ComponentPlacement

96
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Summary:

Summary:
Youarenowableto:

Dec09

Placeelbows,teesandflanges
Manuallyroutepipesegments
UsetheAutoPipecommandtoautomateplacementofconnectingpipesegments
UsetheCleanDatabasecommandtomaintaindatabaseintegrity
CopyandRotatepipesegmentsandupdateproperties
UsetheAutoFlangecommandtoautomatecomponentplacement
UserPointFilterstopositioncomponents
Completethepipingmodelincludingallconnectingcomponents

97
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

ComponentPlacement

Summary:

Thispageintentionallyleftblank.

ComponentPlacement

98
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

AdditionalComponents
Overview
Thismoduleintroducesseveralcomponentsandplacementroutinesthatcanspeedthe
modelingprocessofcomplexsystems.Branchingconnectionssuchasteesandolets,
provideconnectionsforwelded,screwedorsocketweldpipe.Valvetopworksalthough
placedinassociationwithavalve,areindependentcomponentsthatcanbeedited
separately.Alargecollectionofsupportsincludinghangers,supportsandshoesarealso
includedandaccessiblefromtheconvenientbrowser.
Inadditiontothedefaultsetofpipingcomponents,AutoPLANTalsoincludesspecialtyitems
thataregroupedintoComponentModules.TheDuctileIron,HighPurityandLinedpipe
ComponentModules,andmanyothershavetheirownmenuanddrawingroutines,thus
speedingupthemodelingprocess.

Prerequisites
Studentsshouldhaveabasicunderstandingofcomponentplacementroutinesforboth
AutoPLANTEquipmentandAutoPLANTPipingcomponents.

Objectives

Dec09

Createabypasslineonexistingpiperun
Createastubinwithoutafitting
Placeandeditahandwheelonanexistinggatevalve
Placeandeditasupportcomponentonapipesegment
LoadtheInstrumentModelandplaceaspecialtycomponentonapipesegment

99
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

AdditionalComponents

Branch Connections

BranchConnections
AutoPLANTincludesalibraryofbranchingconnectionsincludingtees,crosses,lateralsand
manytypesofolets.Forreference,anoverviewofthebasicstepsisprovidedforeachtype
ofconnection.Theexercisesthatfollow,teachyouhowtoplacethesetypesof
components.

TapPorts
Forallolettypes,aTapPortisfirstdefinedinthepipesegmentbeingtappedtogivethe
oletaconnectionpoint.

Note:

AdditionalComponents

AlthoughaTapPortcanbedefinedindependentlyoftheconnectingcomponent,itisnot
recommended.Thegraphicrepresentationofatapportisverysmallandeasilylostinamodel.

100
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Branch Connections

PlacinganIndependentTapPort
Tocreateanindependenttapport,followthesesteps:

1. SelectBranchingComponents>Olets>TapPort.
2. Followingtheprompts,selectingthepipetobetapped,theportontheselectedpipe,
thedistancefromtheselectedport,thesizeandorientationforthetap.

3. Ifyouareplacinganolet,suchasaweldoletorthreadolet,youcancreatethetapport
andplacetheoletinthesamestep.

PlacingOlets
Thefollowingmethodisusedtoplaceanoletwithinapipesegment.
AtapportiscreatedduringtheplacementofanOlet.

1. SelecttheolettypefromPiping>BranchingComponents>Olets.
Relative/Toggle/create taP/Insert/Elev/<Pick point or Return for fitfit>:

Ifdifferentfromthedefaultcomponent,selectthepipesegmenttheoletisconnected
to.
Relative/createtaP/Elev/<PickpointorReturnforfitfit>:
TypePtocreatethetapport

2. Locatethetapport.
Select the base port
Toggle/<Enter to select currently highlighted port>:

Ifthecurrentportisnottheoneyouwanttouseasareferenceforthetapport,Toggle
tothatport.TheportwillnotbeaccepteduntilyouclickEnter.
Toggle base port/Align/change Ref point/<Enter Distance>:

Providethedistancefromthereferenceporttothetap.

3. Sizethetapport.
TheTapPortSizedialogopenstoselectthesizeofthetapport.Whenplacingolets,the
tapportissizedtothediameteroftherunpipeline.Thissizeshouldbethedefault
choice.

Dec09

101
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

AdditionalComponents

Branch Connections

4. Orientthetapport.
Enter orientation of tap port

Eitherenteranangleorpointyourmouseinthedirectiontheoletistopointtoward.

5. Specifythebranchdiameteroftheolet.
AnOletSpecificationSelectiondialogopenslistingalltheoletsavailableatthemainsize
definedabove.
TheoletwillplaceafteryouclickOKtoacceptyourselection.

PlacingElbolets
Thefollowingmethodisusedtoplaceanelboletonanelbow.
Atapportiscreatedduringtheplacementofanelbolet.

1. SelectPiping>BranchingComponents>Olets>Elbolet.
Relative/Toggle/create taP/Insert/Elev/<Pick point or Return for fitfit>:

Ifdifferentfromthedefaultcomponent,selecttheelbowtheoletisconnectedto.
Relative/Toggle/create taP/Insert/Elev/<Pick point or Return for fitfit>:

TypePtocreatethetapport

2. Sizethetapporttothediameteroftherunpipeline.
3. Orientthetapport.
Select the base port
Toggle/<Enter to select currently highlighted port>:

Theorientationofanelboletisalongthecenterlineoftheelbowportselectedinthis
step.

4. Specifythebranchdiameter.
AnOletSpecificationSelectiondialogwillopenlistingalltheoletsavailableatthemain
sizedefinedabove.
Theelboletwillbecreated.

AdditionalComponents

102
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Branch Connections

PlacingLatrolets
Thefollowingmethodisusedtoplacealatroletwithinapipesegment.
AtapportiscreatedduringtheplacementofanLaterolet.

1. SelectPiping>BranchingComponents>Olets>Laterolet.
Relative/Toggle/create taP/Insert/Elev/<Pick point or Return for fitfit>:

Ifdifferentfromthedefaultcomponent,selectthepipesegmenttheoletisconnected
to.
Relative/Toggle/create taP/Insert/Elev/<Pick point or Return for fitfit>:

TypePtocreatethetapport

2. Locatethetapport.
Select the base port
Toggle/<Enter to select currently highlighted port>:

Ifthecurrentportisnottheoneyouwanttouseasareferenceforplacingthetap,
toggletothatport.TheportwillnotbeaccepteduntilyouclickEnteragain.
Toggle base port/Align/change Ref point/<Enter Distance>:

Providethedistancefromthereferenceporttothetap.

3. Sizethetapporttothediameteroftherunpipeline.
4. Orientthetapport.
Enter orientation of tap port

Eitherenteranangleorpointyourmouseinthedirectiontheoletistopointtoward.

5. Orientthelateral.
Enter orientation of Laterolet

Eitherenteranangleorpointyourmouseinthedirectionofthelateralbranch.

6. Specifythebranchdiameteroftheolet.
AnOlet:SpecificationSelectiondialogwillopenlistingalltheoletsavailableatthemain
sizedefinedabove,
Thelateroletwillbecreated.

Dec09

103
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

AdditionalComponents

Branch Connections

Exercise1:CreateabypasslinebetweenL1001andL1002byinsertingthe
componentsatthepointsasshown.

ChangetoafrontviewandzoomintotheareaaroundL1001andL1002.

Point1Weldolet
1. SelectPiping>BranchingComponents>Olets>TapPort.
RespondtothepromptstocreatetheTapPort.
2. Pickcomponenttobetapped.
PicktheverticalpipeonlineL1001,upstreamofthegatevalve.
3. Aportonthepipesegmentisselected.Ifnecessary,toggletothebottomportofthe
pipesegment.ClickEntertoaccepttheport.
4. Typeadistanceof26andpressEntertospecifywherethetapportwillbelocated.
5. DefinetheTapPortsize.Select8.

Note:

TapPortsizeisdeterminedbythepipebeingtapped.

6. Enterorientationoftapport.SelectYfromthedirectionaidstoolbar.
7. SelectPiping>BranchingComponents>Olets>Weldolet.
8. Selectthepipesegment.Thetapportwillhighlight.
9. PressEntertoaccepttheport.
10. FromtheSpecificationSelectiondialogselect8x4{200x100}Weldolet.
11. ClickOKtoplacethefitting.

AdditionalComponents

104
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Branch Connections

Point2Elbow
1. Connectanelbowdirectlytotheweldoletusingthefittingtofittingmethod.
2. UsethedirectionaidstopointthebranchintheXdirection.

Point3Flange
1. Connectaflangedirectlytoelbow.
2. MakesureAutoFlangeisturnedONinDrawingPreferences,toensureamatedflangeis
automaticallyplacedafterthevalve.

Point4Valve
1. ConnectagatevalvewithnoTopWorks,directlytotheflange.

3. Theflangewillautomaticallyplacewiththevalve.

Point5Weldolet
1. PlaceasecondWeldoletintheverticalrunofL1002.
2. Whenprompted,usetheAlignfeature.PlacethesecondWeldoletalignedwiththe
WeldoletonL1001.

Point6Elbow
1. Connectanelbowdirectlytothesecondweldoletusingthefittingtofittingmethod.
2. Usethedirectionaidstopointthebranchinthe+Xdirection.

Point7ConnectingPipe
1. SelectPiping>PipeComponents>Pipe.
Followthepromptstoattachthepipeusingthefittingtofittingmethod.
2. PressEntertoselectthehighlightedport.
3. Connectto/<EnterLength>:
TypeC,andpressEnterandpicktheopenportontheflangenexttothevalve.

Dec09

105
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

AdditionalComponents

Branch Connections

Exercise2:Placeanelboletandpipesegmenttoconstructabasesupportforline
L1002.

1. SelectPiping>BranchingComponents>Olets>Elbolet.
2. Selecttheelbow.
3. CreatethetapbytypingP,PressEnter.
4. Sizethetap.Select8fromthedialog.
5. Selectthereferenceportoftheelbow.IfnecessaryToggletoselecttheverticalelbow
port.PressEntertoaccept.

6. FromtheSpecificationSelectiondialogselect8x2BWElbolet.ClickOKtoconnectthe
elbolettotheelbow.Thebranchwillbesizedto2(50mm).
Completethesupportbyaddingapipesegment.

7. SelectPiping>PipeComponents>Pipe.
8. PressEntertousethefittingtofittingcommandtoconnectthepipedirectlytothe
elbolet.

9. Type26(750mm),pressEnterforthepipelength.
10. Saveyourmodel.

AdditionalComponents

106
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Branch Connections

PlacingStubIns
Stubinsdefinehowonesectionofpipecanbedirectlyattachedtoanotherpipesegment.

1. SelectPiping>PipeComponents>Pipe.
Elevation<Pick point>:

Selectthesegmentyouwanttobranchinto.

2. Createandlocateatap.
create taP/Elevation/Insert/<Pick point>:

TypePtocreatethetap.
Select the base port
Toggle/<Enter to select currently highlighted port>:

Ifthecurrentportisnottheoneyouwanttouseasareferenceforplacingthetap,
toggletothatport.TheportwillnotbeaccepteduntilyouPressEnter.
Toggle base port/Align/change Ref point/<Enter Distance>:

3. Providethedistancebetweenthereferenceportandthelocationofthestubin.
4. Sizethetaptothebranchdiameterbyselectingfromthedialog.
5. Orientthetap.
Enter orientation of tap port

Foranangledbranch,youcanenterrelativeplacementfortheorientationratherthan
providinganorthogonalvalue.Forexample,inthefiguretotheright,theorientation
enteredwas1,1,0.

6. Providethepipelength.
Connect to/<Enter Length>:

Dec09

107
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

AdditionalComponents

Branch Connections

7. PickaJointSelection.
TheAutoPLANTJointSelectiondialogallowsyoutochoosehowthestubinwillbe
connectedtotherunpipeline.

8. ReinforcingPad.
Ifyouchooseastubinweldwithareinforcingpad,youwillbepromptedwiththe
ReinforcingPadThicknessdialog,toprovidepadgeometryanddescription.

Padsaredrawnasshown.

AdditionalComponents

108
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Branch Connections

Exercise3:AddadrainlinetotheexistingpipesegmentofL1004.
1. ChangetothesouthwestorISO1viewandZoomaroundpumpP104.
2. SelectPiping>PipeComponents>Pipe.
Respondtothepromptstodefineatapportandplaceapipestubin.

3. PickanypointonthepipesegmentbetweentheTeeandtheFlangeonthepump
suctionline.

4. TypePtodefinethetapport.
5. IfnecessaryToggletotheportyouwanttouseasareference.PressEntertoselectthe
port.

6. ProvidethedistancebytypingCENandpressEnter.Pickapointontheoutlineofthe
pipetodefinethelocationofthetapportinthecenterofthepipesegment.

7. FromtheTapPortSizedialog,select2{50mm)forthediameter.

8. Type4andpressEnterforthelengthofthepipe.
9. SelectStubInIDWeldfromtheAutoPLANTJointSelectionandclickOK.

Nowaddagatevalvewithnotopworks,directlytothepipesegment.

10. SelectPiping>Valves>Gate>Gate.
11. ClickCancelfornotopworks.
12. PressEntertoplacethevalveusingthefittingtofittingmethod.

Dec09

109
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

AdditionalComponents

Branch Connections

Thecompleteddrainwilllookasshown.

13. Saveyourmodel.

AdditionalComponents

110
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Valve Topworks

ValveTopworks
AutoPLANTprovidesalibraryofvalveoperatorsreferredtoastopworks.Thelibrary
includescomponentssuchascones,chains,wrenches,handwheelsandgears.Whenplacing
valves,youareautomaticallypromptedtoselecttopworks.(Inpreviousexercisesyouhave
clickedCanceltoeliminatetopworks.)
YoucanalsoaddtopworkstoyourmodelatanytimebyactivatingthePiping>
Supports/TopworksBrowser.Withthebrowseropen,makeaselectionfromtheTopworks
treeandpickavalveinthemodeltoinsert.
Whiletopworksareplacedinassociationwithavalve,theyareindependentcomponents
thatcanbeeditedandmovedseparatelyfromthevalve.

Dec09

111
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

AdditionalComponents

Valve Topworks

PlacingSimpleTopworks
Simpletopworks,suchasacone,areplacedintwosteps:

1. Selectavalve.
Select the component

2. Enterthedirectionofthecontrol.
Up/Down/East/West/North/South/Align/Rotate/reseT/<Enter rotation or press
Return when done>:

UseeitherlettersorDirectionAids.
ThedirectionwillnotbeaccepteduntilyoupressEnteragain.

PlacingLeverTopworks
Topworkswithalever,chain,orotherdirectiondependantaspectareplacedinthreesteps:

1. Selectavalve.
Select the component

2. Enterthedirectionofthecontrol.
Up/Down/East/West/North/South/Align/Rotate/reseT/<Enter rotation or press
Return when done>:

UseeitherwithlettersorDirectionAids.
ThedirectionwillnotbeaccepteduntilyoupressEnter.
Up/Down/East/West/North/South/Align/Rotate/reseT/<Enter lever direction
or press Return when done>:

3. Entertheleverdirection.
Generallythedirectionisperpendiculartothetopworksdirection.Theleverdirection
willnotbeaccepteduntilyoupressEnter.

AdditionalComponents

112
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Valve Topworks

EditingTopworks
Topworksonvalvescanbeplacedduringvalveplacementoratalatertime.Valuesforall
topworkscomponentscanbemodifiedthroughagraphicaldialog.TheHandwheel
Operatordialogshownhereissimple.

TheRotorkActuatordialog,ismorecomplex.

Dec09

113
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

AdditionalComponents

Valve Topworks

MostAutoPLANTPipingcomponentscannotbeeditedafterplacement.Thesecomponents
aredeletedandredrawn.However,Topworkscanberesizedaftertheyhavebeenplaced.
AfteraTopworkshasbeenplacedyoucanusethePiping>DatabaseTools>Edit
Componentcommandtoselectatopworkcomponentinthedrawing.
Onceselectededitthevaluesinthedialog.

Exercise1:PlaceaHandwheelonthegatevalveplacedonpipelineL1004asshown
below.
ForthisexerciseisiteasiertoselectthevalvefromtheFRONTview.
1. ChangetoaFrontviewandZOOMtopumpP104.
2. SelectPiping>Valves>TopworksBrowser.
3. Fromtheexpandedmenu,doubleclickonHandwheel.
Youwillbepromptedtoselectthevalve.

4. SelectthegatevalveonP104.
5. Enterthefollowingparametersinthedialog.
Attribute

Imperial

Metric

Mixed Metric

Diam A

1 4

400

400

Dist B

2 6

750

750

Diam C

80

80

Sort Code

9.0

9.0

9.0

Short
Description

TOPWORKS

TOPWORKS

TOPWORKS

Long
Description

HANDWHEEL

HANDWHEEL

HANDWHEEL

6. ClickOKtoplacethevalve.
7. EnterNorthrotation.
8. PressEntertocompletethecommand.

AdditionalComponents

114
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Valve Topworks

Thecomponentshouldresemblethefigure.

9. SelectPiping>DatabaseTools>EditComponentandpicktheHandwheeltopworkson
themodeltodisplaythedialog.

Editsmadeinthedialogareautomaticallyreflectedinthemodel.

10. Savethemodel.

Dec09

115
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

AdditionalComponents

Supports

Supports
TheSupportsBrowserisaccessedfromthePiping>Supports/TopworksBrowser.
Alargecollectionofsupportsaregroupedbytype,includingAnchors&Guides,Hangers,
Shoes,Base,Misc.Supports,andUserSupports.Withinthesegroups,youcanfindpipe
guides,lugattachments,teeshoes,andlegsupports.

PlacingSupports
ToplacePipesupportsfollowthesesteps:

1. OpentheSupports/TopworksBrowser.
2. SelecttheBaseSupport>Base>ElbowSupport.
3. Doubleclicktoselectthecomponent.
4. Selectlocationofsupport.
5. Providegeometricinformationineditordialog.
6. Enterthedirectionofthesupport.
Note:

AdditionalComponents

Somesupportsrequireanorientation.Forexample,asupportswithanasymmetricbaseneed
additionalrotation.

116
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Supports

Exercise1:PlaceanelbowsupportonpipeL1002asshown.

1. ZoomintotheL1001/L1002bypassline.
2. SelectPiping>Supports/TopworksBrowser.
3. DoubleclicktoselecttheBaseSupport>Base>ElbowSupportoption.
4. Selecttheelbow.
5. Typethefollowinggeometricdatainthedialog.
Attribute

Imperial

Metric

Mixed Metric

Dist A

31.875

797

797

Diam B

50

50

Dist C

80

80

Dist D

10

250

250

Dist E

150

150

Long
Description

ELBOW
SUPPORT

ELBOW
SUPPORT

ELBOW
SUPPORT

Short
Description

SUPPORT

SUPPORT

SUPPORT

Tag

L1002-SUPPT

L1002-SUPPT

L1002-SUPPT

Followthecommandpromptstoplacethecomponent,usingtheDirectionAids.

6. SetthedirectionofthesupporttoZ.PressEntertoacceptthedirection.
7. Settheorientationofthebaseto+X.PressEntertoaccepttheorientation.
8. PressEnteragaintoendthecommand.Saveyourmodel.

Dec09

117
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

AdditionalComponents

Supports

EditingSupports
Mostsupportshavegeometricdatathatcanbeeditedfromadialog.Liketopworks,you
canaccessasupportdialogwiththePiping>DatabaseTools>EditComponentcommand.
Somesupportdialogsarebasic,whilesomearequitedetailed.

AdditionalComponents

118
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Component Modules

ComponentModules
Inadditiontothedefaultsetofcomponentsusedduringamodelingsession,AutoPLANT
alsoprovidesspecializedcomponentsgroupedtogetherwiththeirowndrawingroutines,
commandprompts,menusandspecifications,knowasComponentModules.These
modulesareloadedasneeded,givingtheuseraccesstospecificsetofcomponentswithout
beingdistractedbythosenotneeded.Thesemodulesareloadedineachmodelingsession.
ThePipingComponentModulesshippedwiththeapplicationcanbeviewedfromPiping>
Setup>ModuleSetup.Morethanonemodulemaybeloadedinthesamedrawingsession.

Onceloaded,themenuisaddedtotheinterface.Toolbarsareincludedtospeedthe
modelingprocess.

Dec09

119
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

AdditionalComponents

Component Modules

LoadingComponentModules
Toloadonemodule:
1. OpentheModuleSetupdialog.
2. SelectthemodulefromtheAvailableModuleslist.
3. SelectLoadModule.
4. ClickOKtoaddthemenutotheAutoCADmenubar.

Toloadmultiplemodules:
1. OpentheModuleSetupdialog.
2. SelectthemodulefromtheAvailableModuleslist.
3. SelectLoadModule.
4. ClickApply.
5. ThemenuisaddedtotheAutoCADmenubar.
6. Selectthenextmodule.
7. ClickApply.
8. Continueuntilallmodulesareloaded.
9. ClickOK.

Tounloadoneormultiplemodules,followtheinstructionsabove,butusethe
UnloadModuleAction.

AllmodulescanbeloadedorunloadedwiththeLoadAllModulesandUnloadAll
Modulesactions.

AfterloadingaModule,youwillbeabletoselectthespecificationinyourDrawing
PreferencesdialogandComponentPreferencescontrol.

AlthoughtheAutoPLANTFundamentalscoursedoesnotusetheComponent
Modules,thefollowingexerciseisintendedtoexposeyoutothisfunctionality.

AdditionalComponents

120
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Component Modules

ChallengeExercise
Exercise1:LoadtheInstrumentmoduleandinsertaspecialtyitemintoapipe
segment.

1. LoadtheInstrumentModulefollowingthestepslistedabove.TheInstrument/Specialty
Itemmenuappears.

2. Placea6(150mm)diameter,I_150LB(M_150LB,MM_150LB)pipesegment,ofany
lengthsomewhereinyourmodel,preferablyoutsidethestructurearea.

3. SelectInstrument/SpecialtyItems>OrificeComponents>OrificeFlangeSet
4. Forthefirstflange,thelocationwithinthesegmentaswellastheinsertionand
alignmentpointsareuptoyou.

5. Afterthefirstflangeisplaced,theOrificePlatedialogopens.

6. Thisdialog,allowsyoutochangetheplatethickness,createaTagfortheplate,and
changetheLongDescriptionoftheplate.ClickOK.
Theorificeplate,secondflange,andboltsplaceautomatically.
Youcankeepordeletethenewsegmentwiththeorificeflangeset.
YoucanalsounloadtheInstrumentModuleifyouwish.

7. CleanyourdatabasePiping>DatabaseTools>CleanDatabase.
8. Saveyourmodel.

Youhavenowcompletedtheexercisesforthismodule.

Dec09

121
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

AdditionalComponents

Module Review

ModuleReview
Nowthatyouhavecompletedthismodel,letsreviewwhatyouhavelearned.

Questions:
1. Whencreatingabypasslinedirectlyfromanexistingpipesegment,youwoulduseda
weldolet.

True
False

2. Supportsforpipelinescanbemadefromasectionofpipeandanoletorelbolet.

True
False

3. Stubinrequirestheuseofanolet.

True
False

4. Valvetopworkscanbeaddedtoyourmodelatanytime.

True
False

5. Supportsforpipingsegmentsarealladdedbythesamemethod.

True
False

6. APipingModuleprovidesadditionaldrawingroutinesandmenusofspecialty
components.

True
False

AdditionalComponents

122
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Module Review

Answers:
1. True:Bypasslinesthatarebeingcreatedona90degreeanglefromanexistingpipeline
canuseasimpleweldoletforconnectiontothepipe.

2. True:Simplepipesupportscanbeattachedtoasectionofpipeusingeitheranoletor
anelbolet.Elboletsareusedwhenattachingtoanelbo.Simpleoletsareattachedto
pipesectionswhentheangleis90degrees.

3. False:Astubinisasectionofpipethatisweldeddirectlytoanotherpipe.Thesetypes
ofconnectionsaretypicallymadeasbranchconnectionswheretheaddedpipe
diameteristhesameorsmallerthanthemainpipesection.

4. True:Avalvecanbeplacedintoamodelwithorwithoutthetopworksoroperators.All
topworkscanalsobeeditedindependentlyfromthevalvebody.

5. False:Whenplacingsupports,althougthplacementsproceduresaresimilar,
asymmetricalsupportsrequireanorientation.TheDirectionAidstoolbarprovidesand
quickmethodofsettingtheorientationofthesupport.

6. True:Specialtycomponents,alongwiththeirownmenusanddrawingroutinesare
providedasComponentModules.TheHighPuritymoduleisanexamplethatprovides
Triclovertypefittings.

Dec09

123
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

AdditionalComponents

Summary:

Summary:
Youarenowableto:

Createabypasslineonexistingpiperun
Createastubinwithoutafitting
Placeandeditahandwheelonanexistinggatevalve
Placeandeditasupportcomponentonapipesegment
LoadtheInstrumentModelandplaceaspecialtycomponentonapipesegment

AdditionalComponents

124
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

RoutingOptions
Overview
AutoPLANTprovidesmultiplemethodsandtoolsformakingthetaskofroutingpipe
segmentsfasterandmoreefficient.Bycreatingintelligentcenterlinesyougainflexibility
whendesigningelaboratepiperunswithrolledandslopingpipe.Youcanalsocreatean
intelligentcenterlinefromanexistingcomponent.Oncecomponentsareplaced,the
connectivitybetweencomponentsischeckedforaccuracy.

Prerequisites

Studentsshouldhaveagoodunderstandingofthecommonpipeplacementfunctions.

Objectives

UnderstandtheconceptsoftheAutoRoutermode
Createasmartcenterlinefromanexistingcomponent
RuntheConnectivityCheckeragainstyourpiperuns

Dec09

125
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

RoutingOptions

Auto Router Mode

AutoRouterMode
AutoRouterModeisaDrawingPreferencesetting.Ifyouareroutingalineconsistingof
consecutivecomponents(forexampleelbow,pipesegment,tee,pipesegment)AutoRouter
Modewillautomaticallyconnectthecomponentyouareplacingtotheonejustplaced.
WhenworkinginAutoRouterMode,afterthefirstcomponenthasbeenplaced,youwill
onlybepromptedforthefollowinginformationforpipe,elbowsandtees.
Component
Pipe Segment
Elbow
Tee

Prompt

Possible Input

Length
Direction of Port 2

Up, Down, East, West, North, South, Align, Rotate

Insertion Point
Orientation of Branch, or
Direction of Run.

Up, Down, East, West, North, South, Align, Rotate

Whenplacingvalvesandflanges,youmaybepromptedbyaSpecificationSelectiondialog.
WhileAutoRouterModecanmakelineroutingmuchfaster,itisprimarilyusedforthemore
commontypesofpiperuns.
Additionalroutingmethodsdescribedinthefollowingtopicsaddpowerfulfunctionality
whenroutingcomplexpipingsystems.

RoutingOptions

126
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Centerline Routers

CenterlineRouters
AutoPLANTPipingprovidesseveralmethodsforcreatinganintelligentcenterlinethatcan
beusedtocreateathreedimensionalpipeline.Theadvantageofcreatingasmart
centerlineallowstheusertoquicklycreatecomplexpipingsystemsincludingrollsand
slopes.

FromDialog:isthemostversatilerouter.Itprovidesadialoginterfaceforchanging
elevations,specifyingslopeparameters,andotherwisecontrollingtheconstructionofthe
centerline.Centerlineroutingfromthisdialogprovidesaccesstoseveralroutingtoolsto
definethepipingpath.Thisrouteralsoenablesyoutoindicatewhetherornotyouwantto
makethecenterlineintelligent(i.e.,associatingthemainsize,linenumber,specification,
insulationthickness,andinsulationspecvalueswiththeline).
FromPoints:presentsacommandlineinterfaceforroutingfromspecificpoints.Afterthe
commandisexecuted,theCenterlinePreferencesdialogisdisplayedforthesettingofthe
mainsize,linenumber,specification,andinsulationthicknessandinsulationspecvalues
associatedwiththecenterline.
FromPolyline:enablesyoutoconvertanexistingAutoCADpolylineintoanintelligentpiping
centerline.AutoCAD'sPLINEcommandmaybeusedtorouteacenterline,thentheFrom
Dec09

127
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

RoutingOptions

Centerline Routers

Polylinecommandmaybeexecutedonthepolylinetoconvertittoanintelligentpiping
centerline.
FromFile:enablesyoutodefineacenterline'sgeometryinanexternaltextfile.Thisoption
enablesyoutoselectacenterlinefiletodrawthelineandassociateintelligence.
FromComponents:enablesyoutogeneratecenterlinesfromexistingcomponents.For
example,youmayinsertaseriesofcomponentsandthenrealizethatyouwanttoredothe
line.Youcangeneratecenterlinesfromthesecomponents,deletetheexistingcomponents
thatlieonthesecenterlines,thenusethecenterlinestomakeinsertionofthereplacement
componentseasier.
Theexercisesthatfollowillustratehowtocompleteapiperunusingthefollowingmethods:

FromDialog
FromPolyline

FromDialog
ThisexerciseteachesyouhowtousetheBoxRoutertorouteconnectingpipeand
components.

Exercise1:UsingtheFromDialogoption,youwillrouteconnectingpipefromthe
outletnozzleonVH45tothePumpP104.
TheflangeonVH45N2andthestraightteeonP104wereplacedinpreviousexercises.
ChangetoanISO2orsoutheastviewandZoomtotheareaasshown.
IntheComponentPreferencesdialog,makesureLineNumberL1004isactive.

RoutingOptions

128
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Centerline Routers

1. SelectPiping>PipingTools>CenterlineRouters>FromDialog.
2. WhentheRouterInfodialogdisplays,ensurethattheInfoModeONswitchisenabled,
andthenclickOK.

3. TheCenterlinePreferencesdialogisdisplayed.SettheSizeto8"{200mm}andLine
NumbertoL1004.

4. ClickOK.
UsetheCENTEROSNAPtodrawatemporaryroutingboxaroundtheflangeandtee.The
boxprovidesaroutingpathtoenableyoutocompletetheroutingline.
Respondtotheprompts:

5.

Exit/<Options>/Start Point:

TypeCENandpressEnter.PicktheweldendoftheflangeonVH45.

6.

Exit/<Options>/Start Point:

PressEntertodisplaytheRoutingdialog.

Dec09

129
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

RoutingOptions

Centerline Routers

7. SelectBoxRouterPick.ClickOK.
Pick End Point of Box

8. TypeCEN.PressEnterandthenpicktheopenportofthetee.PressEnter.
Atemporaryroutingboxdisplaysasshown.

Thesideoftheboxhighlightedinyellowindicatesthecurrentrouteforthefirst
segmentofthepipingrun.YoucanchangethesegmentbypressingEntertoexecutethe
defaultNextoption.
Forthisexerciseyouwantthefirstsegmenttomoveinaverticaldirectionawayfrom
theflange.

9. PressEnteruntiltheverticalsegmentishighlighted.TypeKandpressEntertokeepthe
segment.

10. Thenextsegmentishighlighted.
ContinuetopressEntertoselectyoursecondsegment.
TypeKandpressEntertokeepthesecondsegment.

11. RepeattheprocedureforthefinalsegmentconnectingtotheTee.
12. TypeEandpressEntertocompletethepiperun.
RoutingOptions

130
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Centerline Routers

13. TypeEandpressEntertoendthecommand.
Nowthatyouhavecreatedacenterline,youcanplacetheelbowsateachturnby
selectingtheroutinglineasthepickpoint.

14. SelectPiping>BendsandReturns>90LRElbow
Toautomaticallyinsertanelbow,usetheENDOSNAPandpickneartheintersectionof
thelinesegments.Thefunctioninterpretstheorientationfromthegeometryofthe
routinglinetoplacethecorrectelbow.

Note:

Note:BeforeyouplacetheelbowssettheSizeto8"(200mm)andLineNumbertoL1004inthe
ProjectPreferencesdialog.

Whenyouhaveplacedthetwoelbowsattheturnsinthepipingpath,usetheAutoPipe
functiontoaddthepipesegments.

15. SelectPiping>PipeComponents>AutoPipe.
Usethemanualmethodtoselectyourobjectsandcompletethepiperun.

16. Savethemodel.
Dec09

131
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

RoutingOptions

Centerline Routers

FromPolyline
IfyouhaveanAutoCADlineorpolylineinyourmodel,youcanuseittoplacepiping
components.TheAutoCADlinehasnointelligence,thereforeyouneedtoinsurethe
settingsintheComponentPreferencescontrolarecorrectfortheitemsyouareplacing.
ThePiping>PipingTools>CenterlineRouters>FromPolylinecommandletsyoucreate
intelligentcenterlinesfromAutoCADlines.
Componentsplacedonthecenterlinewillcollectthelinenumber,specification,and
diameterofthepipe.Elbowsandteesplacewithoutanypromptingfordirectionor
orientation.
PipesegmentscanbecreatedmanuallyorbyusingusetheAutoPipecommand.

Exercise2:UsingtheAutoCADLinetool,createthelinesshownbelow.
1. FirstdeletethepipeandcomponentsonL1004createdduringthepreviousexercise.
2. UsingAutoCADLine,createthreelines:
LINE1:FromcenterofnorthfaceofteetodistancepastnozzleVH45N2.
LINE2:FromflangeonVH45N2downpastelevationofLINE1.
LINE3:PerpendiculartobothLINE1andLINE2.

3. UsingtheTrimcommand,cutthelinesbackasshownbelowbythedottedlines.

RoutingOptions

132
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Centerline Routers

4. SelectPiping>PipingTools>CenterlineRouters>FromPolylineandsettheCenterline
PreferencestoLineNumberL1004andSizeto8(200mm).

5. SelectthethreeAutoCADlines.
ThelinesarenowdrawnontheL1004_CLlayerandcontainthesettingsfromthe
CenterlinePreferencesdialog.

6. Manuallyplaceelbowsatthelineintersections.
7. UsetheAutoPipecommandtocompleteL1004.
8. Savethemodel.

Dec09

133
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

RoutingOptions

Connectivity Checking

ConnectivityChecking
Theconnectivitycheckingtoolsenableyoutoconfirmproperconnectivityalongpipingruns.
Themostcommonreasonforimproperconnectionsisthatoneportofacomponentisnot
connected.Thiscanbeintentional.Anothercauseofincompleteconnectivityismovingor
copyingcomponentswithoutestablishingconnectivityatthenewlocations.

Note:

Note: ThePipingapplicationgeneratesconnectivityduringtheAutoPipeprocess,inAutoRouter
Mode,whileplacingcomponentsfittingtofitting,andwhenyouusetheConnecttooptionwhen
placingpipesegments.Alsoremember,theCleanDatabasecommanddoesnoteraseactive
connectionpoints.

Properconnectivityisimportantbecausetheseconnectionsareusedfor:

componentplacementandeditinginfuturedesignsessions
theproductionofisometrics
accuratedimensionalannotation

ConnectivityCheckerCommands
ThePiping>PipingTools>ConnectivityCheckermenuhasthreecommands:Checker,
ResumeChecker,andCheckRun
Afterselectinganycommand,youwillbepromptedwithanAutoPLANTSelectionsdialogto
definewhichcomponentsaretobechecked.

Afterthecheckcompletes,youwillbealertedtoanyerrorsinconnectivity.
Iftherewerenoerrors,youwillberemindedthatcomponentsinyourselectionmaybe
attachedtocomponentsoutsideofyourselection.Thoseconnectionswerenottestedand
willnotbereported.

RoutingOptions

134
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Connectivity Checking

Ifthereareerrors,theConnectivityCheckdialogopensandyouractiveviewportzoomsto
thefirstdisconnect.Thisfigureshowsanintentionaldisconnectattheendofapiperun.

Otheroptionsallowyoutozoominandrepairanydisconnects.
TheMoremodegivesyouadditionaloptionsincludingdisconnectinformation.
WhenworkinginMoreMode,youcanjumptotheFirstorLastdisconnectinadditionto
scrollingthrougheachone.
YoucanSuspendthecheckertoworkinthemodelwithoutlosingthecheckresults.
ToreturntoConnectivityCheckexecutethePiping>PipingTools>ConnectivityChecker>
ResumeCheckercommand.
ToreturntothecompactversionoftheConnectivityCheckdialog,clickBrief.

CheckRun
Thisoptionallowsyoutocheckaseriesofcomponentsthatshouldbeconnected.Select
thefirstcomponentoftherunandscrollthroughtherestofthecomponents.Ifyou
encounteradisconnect,thecommandwillexit.
Watchthecommandpromptswhileperformingacheckonapiperun.

1. Selectobjects:
UsingtheAutoPLANTSelectionsdialog,selectthecomponentruntobechecked.

2. Selectthestartingcomponentsuchasoneoftheendcomponentsoftherun.
3. Whenstartinganewbranch,selectDone/Entertocontinuetoconnectedcomponent.
4. ClickEntertomovetothenextcomponent.
5. ClickDonetoexitthecheck.

Dec09

135
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

RoutingOptions

Connectivity Checking

JoinComponents
Ifaweldorotherconnectionhasbeenlostorwasnevercreated,youcanjointhetwo
componentsusingtheJoinComponentscommand.Youwillbepromptedforthefirst
componentandthenthesecondcomponent.
OncetheJoinComponentscommandhasbeenexecuted,AutoPLANTlooksforevery
possiblejoinbetweeneveryportofthefirstcomponentandeveryportofthesecond
component.
Inmostcases,youwillnotneedtoprovideanymoreinformationforthejointocomplete.
However,twosituationsexistthatwillrequirefurtherinput.

1. Dependingonyourspec,youmaybepromptedforaJointSelection.
Thiswillhappenonlyifmultiplejointoptionsqualifyfortheselectedcomponents.

2. Ifthejointcontainsareinforcingpad,youwillbepromptedforthepadgeometry.
IfAutoPLANTcannotdeterminewhattypeofjointtouse,youwillbealertedwiththeJoin
ComponentsResultsdialogthatwilltellyouwhyeachcombinationofcomponentports
failed.
Commoncausesforjointfailureincludephysicalimpossibilityofconnectionsandgaps
betweencomponentsthatarelargerthanaweldwillallow.

Exercise1:RuntheConnectivityCheckeronallofthecomponentsoflineL1001.
1. SelectPiping>PipingTools>ConnectiveTools>Checker.
2. YoucanalsousetheAdvancedSelectionoftheAutoPLANTSelectionsdialogtomake
selectionmorespecific.

RoutingOptions

136
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Connectivity Checking

Ifyouhavecreatedyourmodelaccurately,youshouldonlyhaveoneintentional
disconnect.theflangedattheendofL1001.

Exercise2.RuntheConnectivityCheckeronL1002,includingthebypasslineand
elbowpipesupport.

Exercise3:UseCheckRunforL1004andJoinComponentsforanybreaks.
Yourmodelshouldresembletheoneshownbelow.

RemembertoSaveyourmodel.
Thiscompletestheexercisesinthismodule.

Dec09

137
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

RoutingOptions

Module Review

ModuleReview
Nowthatyouhavecompletedthismodule,letsreviewwhatyouhavelearned.

Questions
1. LinesdrawinginnativeAutoCADcanbeusedforplacementofAutoPLANTcomponents.
True
False

2. TheCenterlineRouterdialoggivesyouaneasymethodtoroutepipelines.
True
False

3. AllAutoCADpolylinesareintelligent.
True
False

4. ConnectivityisestablishedwhenusingtheAutoRoutermode.
True
False

5. TheConnectivityCheckeralwayschecksconnectionsbetweenallcomponentsinyour
model.
True
False

6. Iftheconnectivitycheckerhasreportedadisconnect,youmustwaituntilthechecker
hascompletedtherun.
True
False

7. AquickmethodforrepairingalostcomponentconnectionsistousetheJoin
Componentscommand.
True
False

RoutingOptions

138
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Answers
1. True:AutoCADlinesorpolylinescanbeusedtoplacecomponents.Astraighttee
placedatanintersectionneedsnofurtherplacementinformation.

2. True:WhenusingtheCenterlineRouterdialoginterface,thedirection,distanceand
slopebetweenverticesiscontrolled.Attributesareeasilydefinedfromselections
providedforyou.

3. False:WhenfirstcreatedanAutoCADpolylinehasnotintelligence.Youcancoverta
nativeAutoCADpolylinetoanintelligentcenterlinebyselectingtheFromPolyline
command.

4. True:ProperconnectivitybetweencomponentsisestablishedwhenusingAutoRouter
mode,componentsplacedfittingtofittingandwhenusingConnecttooptions.

5. False:WhenusingtheConnectivityCheckeryoumustfirstspecifywhichcomponents
youwanttocheck.Anycomponentsoutsideofyourselectionsetwillnotbetested.

6. False:IfyouareworkinginMoremodeoftheConnectivityChecktool,youcansuspend
thecheckertoworkonthemodelwithoutlosinganycheckresults.

7. True:Whenconnectionsbetweencomponentshavebeenlostorwerenevercreated,
theJoinComponentscommandallowsyoutoautomaticallyjointhecomponents.Ifthe
automatedprocessdoesnotworkyouwillbealertedasthereasonwhyajoinhasnot
beencreated.

Dec09

139
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

RoutingOptions

Summary

Summary

UnderstandtheconceptsoftheAutoRoutermode
Createasmartcenterlinefromanexistingcomponent
RuntheConnectivityCheckeragainstyourpiperuns

RoutingOptions

140
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

ReportingTools
Overview
TheAutoPLANTPipingtoolsprovideadvancedfunctionalityforcreatingrepresentationsof
yourmodel,including2D,3D,singleordoubleline.Othertoolsmanipulatecomponents,
includingmendingpipesegments,ormovingandrotatingcomponents.

Prerequisites

Studentsshouldhaveanunderstandingofthebasiccomponentplacementconcepts

Studentsshouldbefamiliarwiththetoolsandcomponentlibraries

Objectives

Setthedisplaypropertiesofmodelcomponents

Rotateapipesegmentaboutaconnectedport

Viewdatabaserecordsforselectedcomponents

CreateaBillofMaterialsindrawingandreporttypeformat

Dec09

141
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

ReportingTools

Piping Tools Menu

PipingToolsMenu
ThismodulecoversdisplaycontrolsandcomponentmanipulationtoolsinthePiping>
PipingToolsmenu.WiththesecommandsyoucancreatedumbAutoCADdrawings,
changeyourdisplaymodeandmanipulatehowspecificAutoPLANTcomponentsare
displayed.
AdditionalinformationcanbefoundintheonlinehelpatAutoPLANTPIPINGHelp>
CommandReference>PipingToolsMenu.

ReportingTools

142
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Graphic Preferences

GraphicPreferences
Piping>PipingTools>GraphicPreferences
ThiscommanddisplaystheAutoCADOptionsdialog,withthePDWGraphicstabactive.
GraphicpreferencesusedinAutoPLANTmaybedefinedinthisdialog.

SetDisplayMode

Setthegraphicusedforclippedpipelines

Setthebreaksymbolusedwhenbreakingpipe

SettheTorusCenterlineStyle

ChangecenterlinepropertiessuchascolorandLinetype

Dec09

143
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

ReportingTools

Representations

Representations
IntheAutoPLANTEquipmentFundamentalscourse,youlearnhowtocreatenative
AutoCADduplicatesofyourmodelcomponents.Thecomponentsinthistypeofdrawing
havenoAutoPLANTintelligence.
IntheEquipmentapplication,theoptionsenableyoutocreatea2DView,3DMesh,or3D
ACISofyouractiveviewport.
ThePiping>PipingTools>RepresentationscommandopenstheAutoPLANT
Representationsdialog.

Youcanselect3Dor2DaswellasDoublelineorSinglelineoptions.
YoucanturnOnorOfftheactivecomponentstherepresentationisbasedon
RedraworDeletethecurrentrepresentation
Changethelayertherepresentationwillbedrawnon.

Onceyouhaveestablishedyoursettings,youexecuteyourdrawingwitheithertheACIS,
Mesh,or2DViewbuttonsandselectDone.

Note:

Youareencouragedtochangeyourcurrentdrawinglayersothatnewgraphicswillnotbedrawn
onyourmodelinglayers.

YouwillbepromptedwithanAutoPLANTSelectionsdialogforselectingthecomponents
youwanttoincludeinyourdrawing.

ReportingTools

144
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Component Manipulation Tools

ComponentManipulationTools
TheComponentManipulationToolsmenuprovideadvancedfunctionalityforworkingwith
pipingcomponents.AllofthefollowingcommandscanbeaccessedfromthePiping>Piping
Tools>ComponentManipulationToolsmenu.

JoinComponents
Thiscommandconnectstwocoincidentcomponentssuchasconnectingacopiedpipelineto
theopenendofanotherpipeline.Flangesandothercomponentsthatarenotcoincident
cannotbeconnectedwiththiscommand.

Dec09

145
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

ReportingTools

Component Manipulation Tools

MoveComponents
TheMoveComponentscommandworkssimilartotheAutoCADMovecommand.However,
whenyouselectacomponentasthebasepoint,AutoPLANTMovewillpromptyoutotoggle
totheportofthecomponentthatistoactasthepointofdisplacement.

AlignComponents
TheAlignComponentscommandoffersyouaquickwaytoaligncomponentsinyourmodel.
Youwillbepromptedtoselectthecomponentstoalign.Onceselectedyouarerequiredto
pickabasepoint.TheToggleoptionallowsyoutomovetothedesiredportonthe
componentyouwouldliketoalign.Nextyouwillbepromptedtopickthecomponentyou
wanttoalignto.TheToggleisusedagaintoselectthedesiredalignmentport.The
componentsarethenmovedtoalignwiththeselectedport.

InsertComponents
Thiscommandallowsyoutomoveandfitcomponentstoothercomponentsinthedrawing
withouthavingtodeleteandredrawthecomponentorusetheJoinComponentscommand.

RotateComponents
WhenyouusetheRotateComponentscommand,thepointofrotationissettooneofthe
portsofthecomponentbeingrotated.Theaxisofrotationisdefinedasthecenterlineof
thatcomponentatthatport.

DeleteComponents
ThedifferencebetweenAutoCADEraseandtheAutoPLANTDeleteComponentscommandis
thattheAutoPLANTcommandwillremovealloftheattachmentsassociatedwiththe
selectedcomponents.IfyouusetheAutoCADErasecommand,makesuretocleanthe
database.

MendComponents
Ifyoudeleteaninlinecomponent,suchasagatevalvefromaplacedpipesegment,youare
leftwithabreakinthesegment.TheMendComponentsreplacesthebrokenlinesegment.

DeleteandMendComponents
Ifyouaredeletingcomponentsotherthanpipesegments,elbows,ortees,theDeleteand
MendComponentscommandcombinesthetwocommandsintoonestep.

ReportingTools

146
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

AutoCAD Copy Command

AutoCADCopyCommand
AutoPLANTdoesnothaveaspecificcopycommand.TheAutoCADCopycommandcanbe
usedtocopycomponents.However,therearespecificrulestofollowsocopiedobjectsare
recognizedbyAutoPLANTandtheprojectdatabase.

Note:

NeverpresstheEsckeytoendthecopycommand.AlwayspressEnterorSpacebartoendthe
command.Whenthecopycommandiscomplete,AutoPLANTwillrunapostcopyroutinethat
willcreateuniquecomponentidentitiesinthedrawinganddatabaseforthecopiedobjects.

InthenextexerciseyouwillusetheAutoCADCopycommandtocompletethepiperunand
connectingcomponentsonthesecondpumpP124.

Exercise1:CopypipingobjectsinPipelineL1004
1. FromaplanviewzoomintopumpP104

1. InitiateAutoCADCopy.
2. Selecttheflange,valve,pipeandteeonpumpP104.
3. PickareferencepointattheCENofthetee.
4. WithOrthoOnmoveyourcursorinanorthdirectionandenteradistanceof93
5. PressEnterorSpaceBartoendcopycommand
Dec09

147
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

ReportingTools

AutoCAD Copy Command

6. TheUpdateComponentdialogshouldappear.Thisdialogwillallowyoutochange
projectobjectproperties,linenumber,area,unit,etc.

7. PressOKbuttontoclosethedialog.
NoticeontheCommandlinethatthereisapostprocessaftertheCopycommandhasended
establishingtheuniquenesstothenewlycopiedobjects.
Rebis post-copy/explode component update in progress...
Retrieving copied components...
Updating database links...
Re-establishing connectivity...
Updating component data...
23 components updated.

Note:

IfyoupressedtheEscbuttontoendthecopycommand,therewillbea*Cancel*onthe
commandlineattheendofcopy.Thepostcopyroutinewillnotrunandtheobjectswillnotbe
unique.TheresultwillshowobjectsbutAutoPLANTwillseethemastheoriginal.Eventhough
therearetwoimagesofeachcomponentonyourdrawing,theywillnotproduceanyinformation
onthemateriallistorberecognizedbyIsogen.

Yourcompletedmodelshouldresemblethefigure.

ReportingTools

148
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

AutoCAD Copy Command

ControlCandControlV
Ctrl>CandCtrl>VisdisabledinthePipingandequipmentmodules.Becauseoflimitationin
buffersize,theroutinewillnotrun.ThefollowingCommandErrorappearswheneverthere
isanattempttouserthecommands.

AlwaysuseAutoCADCopy.

Dec09

149
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

ReportingTools

Change Size/Change Spec Utility

ChangeSize/ChangeSpecUtility
ThePiping>PipingTools>ChangeSize/ChangeSpecutilityenablesyoumakechangesinsize
andspectoaselectionofcomponentsinyourmodel.

ANewSessioniscreatedbyselectingthecomponentsusingtheAutoPLANTSelections
dialog.Theselectedcomponentsarelistedinthedialog.SizeandSpecchangescanbe
madeinthedialog.Thenewcomponentsaretheninsertedbackintothemodel,usingthe
originalcomponentclass,location,connectioninformation,linenumber,serviceand
insulation.
MultipleSessionscanbecreatedandsavedtobeusedrepeatedly.Thiscanbeusefulfor
componentgroupsthatmaybehardtoselectorforprocessesthatarestillinactivedesign.
Thesessioncurrentlyinuse,islistedintheSessionNamedropdownlist.Theactivesession
canbepurgedbyclickingontheDeleteSessiondialog.

Note:

AfteraChangeSize/ChangeSpectransactionhasbeencompleted,itisimportantthatyouensure
allconnectionshavebeenmaintainedandminorcomponentsaccuratelyupdated.

DismantledComponentsField
Thelistofcomponentsinthisfieldhavenotbeenaltered.Asyoucreatethesession,new
componentsareaddedtothelistbyclickingontheDismantlebuttonandselectingthe
componentsusingtheAutoPLANTSelectionsdialog.
Thelistofcomponentscanbesortedbyanyofthecolumnsbyclickingonthecolumn
header.TheAnchorattributedeterminesifthecomponentcanberelocatedto
accommodatechangestothegroup.Bydefault,elbowsandteesareanchored.
ChangesinSpecorSizearemadebyselectingthenewvalueinthecorrespondingdrop
downlist.Usingshiftselectorctrlselect,changestheactivevalueforalloftheselected
components.
ReportingTools

150
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Change Size/Change Spec Utility

TopreviewthechangesmadetoSpec,Size,orAnchorstatus,selectthealteredcomponents
andclickontheInsertbutton.TheInsertcommandrunstheplacementcommandforthe
changedcomponent.

Note:

IftheInsertionModeissettoAutoInsert,youwillonlybepromptedforSpecificationSelectionon
componentsthathavemultiplechoicesforthechangesmade.ThePromptInsertModeclosesthe
ChangeSize/ChangeSpecdialogandpromptsforplacementasdescribedintheComponent
Placementsectionofthiscourse.

OncetheInsertcommandiscompleted,thealteredcomponentswillberemovedfromthe
DismantledComponentsgridandplacedintheRebuiltComponentsgridwiththestatusset
toRebuilt.
YoucaneasilydeletecomponentsfromtheDismantledComponentsgrid.Thiswillmovethe
componenttotheRebuiltComponentsgridwiththestatussettoDeleted.
ToremoveacomponentfromtheChangeSize/ChangeSpecgroup,selectitandclickonthe
Restorebutton.
Atthispoint,noneofthechangesyouhavemadeareirreversible.

RebuiltComponentsField
ComponentsthathavebeenchangedarelistedintheRebuiltComponentsfieldwiththe
newsizeand/orspecvalue.Forchangesthatwouldresultinachangeinthegraphic
representation,thatchangeismadeforpreviewpurposes.Changesmadeinthedialogare
notfinaluntiltheApplySessionbuttonhasbeenused.
Toundochangesmadetoacomponent,selectitintheRebuiltComponentsgridandclick
ontheUnRebuildbutton.Thiswillreturnthecomponenttoitsoriginalconfigurationinthe
DismantledComponentsgridandintherepresentation.
Aswithdismantledcomponents,rebuiltcomponentscanbeselectedgraphicallybyclicking
onthePickbutton.
ToacceptthechangesindicatedintheRebuiltComponentsgrid,clickontheApplySession
buttonandacknowledgethatthecommandcannotbeundone.
YoucanclosetheBentleyChangeSize/ChangeSpecUtilitydialogwithoutapplyingthe
changesANDwithoutlosingtheconfigurationofthesessionbyclickingontheClosebutton.

AttachmentsandSupports
Attachmentandsupportcomponents,suchastopworks,arenotincludedintheDismantled
Componentsgrid.Rather,iftheparentcomponentisselected,thechildcomponentswill
appearintheAttachmentsandSupportsgrid.Changesmadetotheparentcomponentwill
initiatethechangeprocessforthechild.

Dec09

151
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

ReportingTools

Database Tools

DatabaseTools
Thedatabasetoolsmenuprovidesspecializedfunctionstoenableyoutoviewandmodify
componentdatastoredinthedatabase.Changesyoumaketothedatabasearereflectedin
yourmodel.
Thefollowingexercisesdemonstratesomeofthesecommands.

ReportingTools

152
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Database Tools

EditComponent
Afteracomponentisplacedinamodel,manyattributescanbemodifiedbyeditingthe
recordassociatedwiththecomponent.Asageneralrule,dimensionandpositiondatamay
notbemodified.
Followthesestepstoeditacomponentinyourmodel:

Exercise1:Edittheinformationforacomponent.
1. SelectPiping>DatabaseTools>EditComponent.
2. Selectacomponent.
Note:

YoucanalsodoubleclickonanAutoPLANTPipingcomponenttoactivatethecommand.Ifthe
commandisactivatedbythismethod,theAutoCADpropertiesdialogwillopenoncetheEdit
Componentcommandiscomplete.Todisablethecommand,settheACADenvironmentvariable
DBLCLKEDITtoOFF,ortheACADvariablePICKFIRSTto0.

3. Thefirstpageofthedialogcontainsthemostcommonlyuseddatabaseinformation.
Thefieldsvarywiththetypeofcomponentselected.
Changescanonlybemadetotheinformationinthewhitefields.

4. Placethecursorinthedesiredfieldandeditthevalue.

5. ClickingOKacceptsanyedits.
6. Changesmadeinthisdialogwillupdatetherespectivefieldinformationinthedrawing
database.

Note:
Dec09

PressCanceltoabortanyeditsmade.

153
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

ReportingTools

Database Tools

7. PressNextPagetodisplaythesecondpage.
Thispagedisplayscomponentpositionandportinformation.Italsoprovidesalistofall
databaserecordfieldvalues.
Thesefieldscanalsobeedited.

8. DONOTeditanyofthefieldsatthistime.
Note:

Thisexerciseisonlyintendedtogetyoufamiliarwithdatarecords.

9. ClickOKtoclosethedialog.

ReportingTools

154
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Database Tools

UpdateComponents
Therearetimeswhenyouwillneedtochangeasinglevalue,orsetofvalues,foragroupof
componentsalreadyplacedinthemodel.ThePiping>DatabaseTools>Update
Componentscommandismoreefficientthaneditingeachcomponentmanually.
ForexampleadesignchangemayrequireyoutochangeaselectedcomponentgroupsLine
Number.
Inthefollowingexercise,youwillchangethelinenumberforthepiperunconnectingthe
pumpstothehorizontalvessel.

Exercise3:ChangeLineNumberL1004toL1009
1. SelectPiping>DatabaseTools>UpdateComponents.
TheAutoPLANTSelectionsdialogisdisplayed.

2. DefinethequerybyselectingL1004fromtheAttributeValuefield.
3. ClickAddtobuildthequery.

Dec09

155
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

ReportingTools

Database Tools

4. TheUpdateComponentdialogdisplays.

5. IntheEditValuefield,selectL1009fromthedropdownmenu.
Thelinenumberhasbeencreatedforthisproject.

Note:

Anewlinenumbercanalsobecreated.ThistaskisgenerallyperformedbytheProject
Administrator.

6. ClickOK.

ReportingTools

156
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Database Tools

UpdatingComponentPreferences
WhenyouchangeComponentPropertiesduringanupdate,youneedtoaddthenew
attributestotheComponentPreferencescontrol.ThePiping>Setup>ComponentUpdate
PreferencescommandopensthesameComponentFieldSelectiondialogusedtoadd
attributestotheComponentCopyPreferences.

Exercise4:AddComponentProperties.
1. SelectPiping>Setup>ComponentUpdatePreferences.
2. Selectthepropertiesforanyadditionsyouhavemadefromthefieldslist.
3. ClickAdd.
4. ClickOK.
5. Savethemodel.

Dec09

157
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

ReportingTools

Database Tools

SpecBrowser
TheSpecBrowser,Piping>DatabaseTools>SpecBrowser,isautilityapplicationthat
enablesyoutobrowsethroughthecurrentlyactivespecification,downtoindividual
componentrecords.Onceselected,thecomponentcanbedraggedintothemodelgiving
youanalternativemethodofplacingcomponents.Sincethebrowseronlyallowsyouto
selectandinsertcomponentslistedinyourprojectspecification,specselectionerrorsare
greatlyreduced.

Note:

UseofthisutilityapplicationiscoveredextensivelyinaSpecificationGeneratorcourse.

Thedefaultspecrecordforeachsizeishighlightedingreenintherightpane.Thisrecord
willbeusedifyouenabletheDefaultSpecChoiceswitchintheDrawingPreferencesdialog.
Ifthisswitchisdisabled,thenAutoPLANTwilldisplaytheSpecificationSelectiondialogto
enableyoutoselectbetweenspecrecordsofthesamesizeandtype,buthavedifferentend
conditions,schedules,ratings.
Redtextcolorindicatestherearemultipleclassesusingthesamegeneral/subtype
combination.Onlythecomponentsofthenamedclassarelisted.
WhenyouDoubleclickonaspecrecordinthedatagridtoinserttheselectedcomponent,
thecomponentwillbeinsertedbasedontheSYS_IDofthespecrecord.
Whenyourightclickineitherpane,acontextmenudisplaysenablingyoutocustomizeyour
selectiontosuityourneeds.

ReportingTools

158
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Database Tools

FormoreinformationonSpecBrowsergototheOnlineHelp.

Dec09

159
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

ReportingTools

Database Tools

UpdateFromSpec
TheUpdateFromSpectoolsallowsyoutosynchronizeyourmodeltoanupdated
specification.Asinstalled,AutoPLANTonlyallowsfordescriptiveattributestobeupdated.
ThisfunctionalityisbeyondthescopeofthiscourseandisincludedintheAutoPLANT
Administratortrainingcourse.
AdvancedSpecificationGeneratortrainingisalsorecommendedbeforeusingtheUpdate
FromSpecfunctionality.

CleanDatabase
Arecordiswrittentotheexternaldrawingdatabaseeachtimeapipingcomponentis
placed.Ifyoudeletethecomponentsdrawingprocess,therecordsremaininthedatabase
untilthereareremovedusingtheCleanDatabasecommand.
Thiscommandletsyoureconcilethecomponentsinthemodelwiththematchingdatabase
records.Youcanselecttheoptionspriortorunningthecommand.

Oncethecommandhasrun,youwillbenotifiedhowmanyrecordswerereconciled.

Note:

ReportingTools

Youshouldmakeitstandardspracticetocleanthedatabasefrequentlyduringthemodeling
processandbeforegeneratingreports.Otherwiseareportmaycontainitemsthatarenotinthe
model,butstillexistasarecordinthedatabase.

160
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Database Tools

ViewDatabase
ThePiping>DatabaseTools>ViewDatabasecommanddisplaysthedatabaserecordsfora
selectedsetofcomponents.Fromthiscommandyoucanselectacomponent,automatically
Zoomtothecomponentinthemodelandmakemodificationsdirectlytothecomponent
records.
Followthesesteps:

1. SelectPiping>DatabaseTools>ViewDatabase.
2. FromtheAutoPLANTSelectionsdialog,defineandrunaqueryfortheselection.
3. TheDatabaseViewdialogdisplaystheresults.

4. SelectacomponentfromthelistandclickGoTo.
YouractiveviewportZoomstotheselectedcomponent.

5. TheEditbuttonfunctionsthesameasthePiping>DatabaseTools>EditComponent
commandallowingyoutomakechangestothecomponentrecord.

Dec09

161
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

ReportingTools

Database Tools

DatabaseInformation
TheDatabaseInformationdialoggivesbasicinformationabouttheProject,Document,
TemporaryDatabaseandView.GotoPiping>DatabaseTools>DatabaseInformation.

Note:

ThetemporarydatabaseistheonecreatedbyAutoPLANTforthemodelingsession.Youarenot
constantlyaccessinganetworkfordatabaseinformationwhichgreatlyimprovesperformance.

ActiveConnections
ThePiping>DatabaseTools>ActiveConnectionsopenstheCurrentDatabaseConnections
dialogandlistsallofthetemporarydatabasesyouarecurrentlyconnectedto.Youshould
onlybeconnectedtothedatabaselistedintheDatabaseInformationdialogdescribed
above.Youcandisconnectfromallotherdatabasesfromthisdialog.

ReportingTools

162
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Database Tools

ReportGeneration
TheAutoPLANTReportGeneratorutilityisusedbyallAutoPLANTPlantDesignapplications
togeneratereportsthatcanbeoutputtoaprinter,afileordisplayedonscreeninpreview
mode.

TheReportGeneratorusesSeagateSoftware'sCrystalReportsruntimeengineto
processthecomponentdataforyourreport.AutoPLANTprovidesmultipleCrystalReports
(*.RPT)filesalreadyformattedforyouruse.

Note:

Dec09

YoucannotedittheprovidedreportfilesorcreatenewfileswithoutpurchasingtheCrystal
ReportssoftwaredirectlyfromSeagate.

163
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

ReportingTools

Database Tools

Whenyoucreateareport:
1. TheReportGeneratorextractsthecomponentrecordsfromthedatabaseandsaves
themtoatemporarydatabase.
2. Thetemporarydatabaseiscleanedtoremoveanyrecordsforcomponentsthatno
longerexistinthedrawing.InAutoPLANTPiping,thepipecutlengthsarealso
recalculated.
3. TheReportWriterextractsthedatafromthetemporarydatabaseandprocessesthe
selectedreportfile.

BillofMaterials
Toplaceabillofmaterialoutputonyourdrawing,thePiping>Reports>BillofMaterials
commandcompilesthedatayouspecify.
WhilethisreporttypeworksinthePipingapplication,itisintendedmorefordrawing
productionandiscoveredmorethoroughlyintheAutoPLANTDrawingProduction
Fundamentalsmodule.

ThecontentsofaBOMplacedonadrawingissimilartotheinformationinaBOMreport.
Columnorderandspacinghavebeenformattedtofitthedrawing.
ForadditionalinformationontheBillofMaterialsgotoyourOnlinehelpatAutoPLANT
PIPINGHelp>CommandReference>ReportsMenu>BillofMaterials.

ReportingTools

164
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Database Tools

GeneratingaBillofMaterialsReports
TogenerateaBillofMaterialtypereportselectPiping>Reports>GenerateReports.

YoucancreateoreditReportTypesbyclickingConfigure.
IntheReportTypeConfigurationdialogyoucanenteranewType,provideaDescription,
anddefinetheDatabaseandTabletypes.
ReportNamesarecreatedandeditedintheReportDefinitionsdialogthatopenswhenyou
clickConfigure.
ThePipingreportfilesarelocatedinthe%NETWORK_ROOT%\Reportsdirectory.The
followingtablesummarizesthecontentsofeachreportfile.

Dec09

165
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

ReportingTools

Database Tools

ReportFileName

ProvidedReportName

Description

bombrief.rpt

BRIEF

PartNumber,ComponentDescription,Size,andQuantity

bydocument.rpt

BYDOCUMENT

LineNumber,Service,PartNumber,Schedule,SType,GType,Component
Description,Specification,Size,ItemCode,andQuantitygroupedby
document

byline.rpt

BYLINENUMBER

PartNumber,Schedule,SType,GType,ComponentDescription,Size,Item
Code,andQuantitygroupedbylinenumber

cablelengths.rpt

CABLELENGTHS

PartNumber,CableTagNo.,ComponentDescription,NominalSize,Item
CodeandApprox.CableLength

Cabletraymto.rpt

CABLETRAYMTO

PartNumber,ComponentDescription,Spec.,ItemCode,Radius,Nominal
SizeandQuantity

COG

GeneratesareportwithweightsandCOGofDryPipeLine(assumesno
fluidinthepipeline).

COMBINEDCOG

GenerateareportwithweightsandCOGofbothDryandpartially/fully
filledPipeLinesidebyside.

OPERATIONALCOG

GenerateareportwithweightsandCenterofGravity(COG)of
partially/fullyfilledPipeLine.

CUSTOM

Generatesacustombillofreports.

CUTLENGTHS

PartNumber,Schedule,GType,SType,ComponentDescription,
Specification,Size,ItemCode,andQuantitywithcutlengthofpipes

CUTLENGTHSSHOP/FIELD

PartNumber,Schedule,ComponentDescription,Specification,Size,and
QuantitygroupedbyShoporField

DESIGNER

PartNumber,Quantitywithcutlengthofpipes,Size,andComponent
Description

Spool.rpt

SPOOL

PartNumber,Schedule,ComponentDescription,Specification,Size,Item
Code,Quantity,andLengthgroupedbySpool

spcutln.rpt

SPOOLCUTLENGTHSONLY

PartNumber,Schedule,ComponentDescription,Specification,Size,
Quantity,andLengthgroupedbyLineNumberandSchedule

spooltot.rpt

SPOOLTOTAL

Cog.rpt

Combcog.rpt

Operationalcog.rpt

Bomcust.rpt
cutlen.rpt

sfcutlen.rpt

bomdes.rpt

Part Number, Schedule, Component Description, Specification, Size, Item Code,


Quantity, and Length.
PipelengthsandweldssubtotaledbyLineNumberandSchedulefollowed
byremainingcomponents

bomstand.rpt

STANDARD

PartNumber,Schedule,SType,GType,ComponentDescription,
Specification,Size,ItemCode,andQuantitywithaccumulatedlengthof
pipe

Valveloc.rpt

VALVELOCATIONS

GeneratesaBOMreportthatillustratesthecapabilityoftheReport
GeneratortoincludedataintablesotherthantheprojectsPIPINGtablein
reports.ThisreportincludesdatafromthePORT3Dtable.

ReportingTools

166
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Database Tools

Note:

LongDescriptionsareusedintheComponentDescriptioncolumns.ThistabledoesNOTinclude
thereportfilesfortheBillofMaterialReportsintendedfordrawingproduction.

OutputOptions
TheOptionssectionoftheAutoPLANTReportGeneratordialogprovidesfiltering,
formatting,andorderingoptionsforyourreport.

OmitSortCodes:AutoPLANTspecificationsincludeaSortCodefieldasanothermeans
oforganizingdata.IntheinstalledAutoPLANTspecifications,componentssuchas
weldsandboltshaveSortCodevaluesof100orgreater;therefore,byomittingsort
codesgreaterthan99,youcankeepthosecomponenttypesoutofyourreports.

IgnoreExistingComponents:ThecomponentdatabasefieldEXISTINGindicatesifa
componentisexistingornotinbrownfieldprojects.Turningonthisswitchwillfilterall
componentslabeledasexistingfromyourreport.

CleanDatabaseFasteners:Thisswitchwillcleanthemodeldatabaseofextraneous
fasteners,keepingthemfrombeingincludedinyourreport.

PreviousSelection:Thisswitchwillusethesamecomponentsetselectedusedforthe
lastreportrun,presumingyoudidnotclosetheAutoPLANTReportGeneratordialog
betweenreports.Thisswitchwillignorechangestootheroutputoptions.

MaterialTagOptionscontrolshowmaterialtagsareplacedonadrawing.This
functionalityonlyapplieswhenusedwiththeIsometricsorAutoIsoapplications.
Theseapplicationsrequireanadditionallicense.

AppendTopworksDescription:Thisswitchwilladdthetopworksdescriptiontotheend
ofthevalvesdescription.Thiscanbeusefuliftopworksarebeingfilteredoutofthe
reportbytheirSortCode.

AppendPipeEndPreparations:Thiswilladdpipeendpreparationdatatotheendof
thepipedescription.

AscendingSORT_CODEOrder:Bydefault,componentsarelistedbySortCodein
descendingorder.Thisishowpipe,withaSortCodeof17,islistedbeforeweldneck
flanges,thathaveaSortCodeof1.Thisswitchwillreversethesorttoascendingorder.

Imperial,Metric,MixedMetricReports
TheCrystalReportsEnginecanconvertunits.Yourfinalreportoutputcanbecreatedin
Imperial,Metric,andMixedMetricunitswithprecisionsettoyourchoice.
Outputcanbeviewedonthescreen,sentdirectlytoaprinter,orsavedinvariousfiletypes.
AfulldescriptionoftheAutoPLANTReportGeneratorcanbefoundintheOnlinehelp.Goto
AutoPLANTPIPINGHelp>CommandReference>ReportsMenu>ReportGenerator.

Dec09

167
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

ReportingTools

Database Tools

Exercise1:CreateaBriefBillofMaterialReport.
1. OpenPiping.dwg.
2. SelectPiping>Reports>GenerateReports.

3. SetReportTypetoBOM.
4. SetReportNametoBRIEF.
NoticetheReportfileissettotheproper.rptfile.Thiscanbeconfiguredfromone
projecttothenext.

5. InOptionssetOmitSortCodes>to0.
CheckIgnoreExistingComponents.
CheckCleanDatabaseFasteners.

6. InOutputselectPreview.
7. ClickOK.
8. TheAutoPLANTSelectiondialogappears.

ReportingTools

168
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Database Tools

9. SelecttheDrawingtab.
10. SelectAll.
11. ClickOK.Theresultshowsthemateriallistinpreviewmode.
Fromthemenuoptions,youcanprintorexporttootherprograms.

Note:

Duetothelengthofthisreport,thefollowingexamplehasbeentrimmedtofit.

Dec09

169
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

ReportingTools

Database Tools

Exercise2:CreateaBriefBillofMaterialsomittingallsortcodesgreaterthan99.
FollowtheexamplefromExercise1.
Asampleofthereportinshownbelow.

Thisexercisecompletesthemodule.

ReportingTools

170
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Module Review

ModuleReview
Nowthatyouhavecompletedthismodule,letsreviewwhatyouhavelearned.

Questions:
1. SpecificAutoPLANTgraphicsdisplaypropertiesaremanagedthroughthePipingTools
menu.
True
False

2. TheAlignComponentscommandenablesyoutoplacecomponentsinthemodeland
lateralignthecomponentsbasedontheportselectedonthecomponent.
True
False

3. TheAutoCADErasecommandisthebestmethodfordeletingcomponentsinamodel.
True
False

4. TheUpdateComponentscommandisusedtoeditdatabasevaluesofplaced
components.
True
False

5. TheSpecBrowserUtilityallowsyoutodragcomponentsfromtheprojectspeclibrary,
directlytoyourmodel.
True
False

6. Databaserecordsforaselectedsetofcomponentscanbeviewedusingthedatabase
tools.
True
False

7. ABillofMaterialsonadrawingisthesameasaBillofMaterialgeneratedasareport.
True
False

Dec09

171
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

ReportingTools

Summary:

Answers:
1. True:ThePiping>PipingTools>GraphicsPreferencescommandprovidesdisplay
optionsforAutoPLANTgraphics

2. True:TheAlignComponentscommandenablesyoutopickalignmentportsfromthe
componentsyouwanttoalign.

3. False:WhenyoudeletecomponentsfromthemodelusingtheAutoCADErase
commandthecomponentdatainthedatabaseisnoterased.Thereforeitisimportant
tousetheCleanDatabasecommandtoremovealldata.Abettermethodistousethe
AutoPLANTDelectComponentscommandtoremovesboththegraphicand
correspondingdatabasefiles.

4. True:Pipingincludespowerfuldatabasetoolsforupdatingacomponentfromthe
database.BychangingvaluesintheUpdateComponentdialog,componentchangesare
reflectedinthemodel.

5. True:TheSpecBrowserUtilityallowsyoutoselectcomponentsfromyourspecification
libraryanddragthemintoyourmodel.Thisutilityhelpstolessenspecificationerrors.

6. True:Toviewthedatabaseentriesforaselectionofcomponents,youwouldusethe
Piping>DatabaseTools>ViewDatabasecommand.

7. False:TheBillofMaterialsplacedonadrawinghasbeenformattedtofitthedrawing.
Detailedinformationcanbegeneratedasareportthatisnotgenerallyplacedonthe
drawing.

Summary:
Youarenowableto:

Setthedisplaypropertiesofmodelcomponents

Rotateapipesegmentaboutaconnectedport

Viewdatabaserecordsforselectedcomponents

CreateaBillofMaterialsindrawingandreporttypeformat

ReportingTools

172
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

CourseSummary
Review
Nowthatyouhavecompletedthiscourse,letsmeasurewhatyouhavelearned.

Questions
1. Workingwithinaprojectenvironmentenablesyoutopredefinesettingsfordrawing
units,custombordersandcomponents.

True
False

2. Briefcasemodeenablesyoutosavecomponentdatainthedrawingfile.

True
False

3. SampleprojectsdeliveredwithAutoPLANTareusedforstoringcomponentdata.

True
False

4. Youcaneasilychangethedrawingunitsatanytimeduringyourmodelingsession.

True

False

5. DocumentManagerenablesyoutoeasilymanagealldrawingfilesrelatedtoaproject

True
False

6. YoucansetyourProjectUnitsatanytimeduringthecreationofadrawing.

True
False

7. ThetopleveldirectoryisknownasaProjectRootdirectory.

Dec09

True
False
173
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

CourseSummary

Review

8. AnexampleofaProjectObjectusedintheEquipmentapplicationistheLineNumber.

True
False

9. SettingupaWorkAreaenablesyoutoeditreferencedrawingsfrommultipledisciplines.

True
False

10. LocationPointsreferstotheCADcoordinatesystem.

True
False

11. Nozzlesareconsideredassociativecomponents

True
False

12. ComponentTagnumberscannotbeduplicated.

True
False

13. TheProjectPreferencesControlmanagestherelationshipsbetweendrawing
components.

True
False

14. TheAutoPiperoutercommandenablesyoutoroutepipeautomaticallybetweenplaced
components.

True
False

15. Copiedcomponentsareautomaticallygivenauniquetag.

True
False

16. Cleaningthedatabaseonaregularbasisensuresthatallgraphicsonyourscreen
containsaonetoonerelationshipwiththedatabase.

True
False

17. Matchingflangesforallelbowsplacedinthedrawingareaddedautomatically.

CourseSummary

True
False
174
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Review

18. PointFiltersprovideamethodofdefiningoffsetdistancesfromanexistingreference
componentinamodel.

True
False

19. Supportsforpipelinescanbemadefromasectionofpipeandanoletorelbolet.

True
False

20. Tocreateastubinfirstrequirestheusertoplaceanoletonthepipesection.

True
False

21. Valvetopworkscanbeaddedtoyourmodelatanytime.

True
False

22. APipingModuleprovidesadditionaldrawingroutinesandmenusofspecialty
components.

True
False

23. LinesdrawninnativeAutoCADcanbeusedforplacementofAutoPLANTcomponents.

True
False

24. TheCenterlineRouterdialoggivesyouaneasymethodtoroutepipelines.

True
False

25. AllAutoCADpolylinesareintelligent.

True
False

26. TheConnectivityCheckerautomaticallychecksconnectionsbetweenallcomponentsin
yourmodel.

Dec09

True
False

175
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

CourseSummary

Review

27. TheAlignComponentscommandenablesyoutoplacecomponentsinthemodeland
lateralignthecomponentsbasedontheportselectedonthecomponent.

True
False

28. TheAutoCADErasecommandisthebestmethodfordeletingcomponentsinamodel.

True
False

29. TheUpdateComponentscommandisusedtoeditdatabasevaluesofplaced
components.

True
False

30. ABillofMaterialsonadrawingisthesameasaBillofMaterialgeneratedasareport.

True
False

31. Iftheexternaldatabaseiscorrupted,youwillneedtostartyourmodelingsessionfrom
thebeginning.

True
False

32. CreatingaNozzleReportgivesyouagoodmethodofcheckingformissingcomponents.

CourseSummary

True
False

176
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Review

Answers
1. Workingwithinaprojectenvironmentenablesyoutopredefinesettingsfordrawing
units,custombordersandcomponents.
True:Projectmodeenablesyoutodefinealldrawingdefaultsandsettingspriorto
startingtheproject.Allteammemberscreatemodelsanddeliverablestothesameset
ofdesignrules.

2. Briefcasemodeenablesyoutosavecomponentdatainthedrawingfile.
True:BriefcasemodeisaassociatedwithaUserConfiguration.Itdoesnotrequirea
project,butstoresallcomponentdatainthedrawing.DrawingsinaProjectcanbe
savedinBriefcasemodeandBriefcasedrawingscanbeaddedtoanexistingProject.

3. SampleprojectsdeliveredwithAutoPLANTareusedforstoringcomponentdata.
True:ThreesampleprojectsaredeliveredwithAutoPLANT.Althoughtheseprojectscan
beusedtostorecomponentdata,isagoodideatoalwayscreateanewnewproject
basedononeofthesampleprojects.NewprojectsareeasilycreatedusingtheProject
Administrator.

4. Youcaneasilychangethedrawingunitsatanytimeduringyourmodelingsession.
False:IfyouareworkingwithinaProjectenvironment,drawingunitsandallother
projectsettingsaredefinedbyaProjectAdministratorbeforeanyteammemberbegins
themodelingprocess.

5. DocumentManagerenablesyoutoeasilymanagealldrawingfilesrelatedtoaproject.
True:DocumentManagerisautilityapplicationdeliveredwithAutoPLANT.Using
DocumentManagertolaunchandmanagedrawingfilesguaranteesthatallrelateddata
issavedintheappropriatelocationwithaproject,ensuringaccessforallteam
members.

6. YoucansetyourProjectUnitsatanytimeduringthecreationofadrawing.
False:DrawingUnitsmustbesetBEFOREyoubeginadrawingsession.TheUnitsarused
byalldrawingsthatbelongtotheproject.

7. ThetopleveldirectoryisknownasaProjectRootdirectory.
True:ThetopleveldirectoryisknownastheProjectRootDirectory.Thedirectorylevel
locatedbelowtherootdirectorycancontainanynumberofuniquelynamedprojects.

8. AnexampleofaProjectObjectusedintheEquipmentapplicationistheLineNumber.
True:TheonlyProjectObjectusedwhenplacingequipmentcomponentsisthe
LineNumber.OncetheProjectAdministratorcreatesthelistofLineNumberstobeused
intheproject,allcomponentsplacedonaspecificlinenumberwillformthecorrect
relationship

Dec09

177
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

CourseSummary

Review

9. SettingupaWorkAreaenablesyoutoeditreferencedrawingsfrommultipledisciplines.
False:Ausercanonlyplaceequipmentcomponentsinacurrentdrawing.Connections
tothecomponentsinareferencedrawingdonotchangethereferencedrawinginany
way.Noteditscanbemadetoreferencedrawings.

10. LocationPointsreferstotheCADcoordinatesystem.
False:LocationPointsarereferencepointscreatedbytheusertopositionequipment
components.DynamicrelationshipsinaLocationPointmakeiteasierfortheuserto
moveequipment,withoutworryingaboutconnectedcomponents.

11. Nozzlesareconsideredassociativecomponents.
True:Whenyouplaceanozzle,itmustbeattachedtoanexistingcomponenttoforman
association.Component

12. Tagnumberscannotbeduplicated.
False:Alltagnumberswithinadrawingareunique.However,ifyouwishtousean
existingtagnumber,alinktotheoriginaltagnumberiscreateduponplacement.

13. TheProjectPreferencesControlmanagestherelationshipsbetweendrawing
components.
True:WhencomponentsareplacedonthedrawingusingtheProjectPreferences
Control,thesecomponentsformarelationshipwithothercomponentsinthesame
drawingorfromotherdrawinginaproject.Consistencyismaintainedacrossall
drawings.

14. TheAutoPiperoutercommandenablesyoutoroutepipeautomaticallybetweenplaced
components.
True:ConnectingpipesegmentscanbeautomaticallyroutedusingtheAutoPipe
command.Thisfunctionenablesyoutoplacecomponentsthroughoutthemodeland
whendone,runconnectingpipebetweenthecomponents.

15. Copiedcomponentsareautomaticallygivenauniquetag.
True:WhenyoucopycomponentsusingtheAutoCADcopycommand,thesystem
automaticallyappendsthetagnumber.YoucanalsosettheComponentCopy
Preferencestopromptyoutoenterauniquetagnumber.Ifaduplicatetagisentered,
youmustdecideifthisisauniquecomponentoralinktoanexistingcomponent.

16. Cleaningthedatabaseonaregularbasisensuresthatallgraphicsonyourscreen
containsaonetoonerelationshipwiththedatabase.
True:UsingtheCleanDatabasecommandenablesyoutosynchronizethecomponents
youseeonthescreenwiththeintelligentdatastoredintheprojectdatabase.Graphics
unintentionallycreatedonthescreenareremoved.Statusmessagesaredisplayed
givingyoualldetails.

CourseSummary

178
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Review

17. Matchingflangesforallelbowsplacedinthedrawingareaddedautomatically.
False:Ifprojectspecificationshavebeensetupproperly,theAutoFlangecommandcan
beusedtoautomaticallyplacematchingflangesforyourvalves.TheAutoFlange
commandmustbesetintheDrawingPreferencesdialogpriortobeginningthe
modelingsession.

18. PointFiltersprovideamethodofdefiningoffsetdistancesfromanexistingreference
componentinamodel.
True:AutoCADpointfiltersprovideamethodofestablishingareferencepointfor
placinganewcomponent.Itisusefulwhenyouaremissingcriticalinformationon
wheretoplaceacomponent.

19. Supportsforpipelinescanbemadefromasectionofpipeandanoletorelbolet.
True:Simplepipesupportscanbeattachedtoasectionofpipeusingeitheranoletor
anelbolet.Elboletsareusedwhenattachingtoanelbo.Simpleoletsareattachedto
pipesectionswhentheangleis90degrees.

20. Tocreateastubinfirstrequirestheusertoplaceanoletonthepipesection.
False:Astubinisasectionofpipethatisweldeddirectlytoanotherpipe.Thesetypes
ofconnectionsaretypicallymadeasbranchconnectionswheretheaddedpipe
diameteristhesameorsmallerthanthemainpipesection.

21. Valvetopworkscanbeaddedtoyourmodelatanytime.
True:Avalvecanbeplacedintoamodelwithorwithoutthetopworksoroperators.All
topworkscanalsobeeditedindependentlyfromthevalvebody.

22. APipingModuleprovidesspecialcomponentsalongwithadditionaldrawingroutines
andmenus.
True:Specialtycomponents,alongwiththeirownmenusanddrawingroutinesare
providedasComponentModules.TheHighPuritymoduleisanexamplethatprovides
Triclovertypefittings.

23. LinesdrawninnativeAutoCADcanbeusedforplacementofAutoPLANTcomponents.
True:AutoCADlinesorpolylinescanbeusedtoplacecomponents.Astraighttee
placedatanintersectionneedsnofurtherplacementinformation.

24. TheCenterlineRouterdialoggivesyouaneasymethodtoroutepipelines.
True:WhenusingtheCenterlineRouterdialoginterface,thedirection,distanceand
slopebetweenverticesiscontrolled.Attributesareeasilydefinedfromselections
providedforyou

25. AllAutoCADpolylinesareintelligent
False:WhenfirstcreatedanAutoCADpolylinehasnointelligence.Youcancoverta
nativeAutoCADpolylinetoanintelligentcenterlinebyselectingtheFromPolyline
command.
Dec09

179
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

CourseSummary

Review

26. TheConnectivityCheckerautomaticallychecksconnectionsbetweenallcomponentsin
themodel.
False:WhenusingtheConnectivityCheckeryoumustfirstspecifywhichcomponents
youwanttocheck.Anycomponentsoutsideofyourselectionsetwillnotbetested.

27. TheAlignComponentscommandenablesyoutoplacecomponentsinthemodeland
lateralignthecomponentsbasedontheportselectedonthecomponent.
True:TheAlignComponentscommandenablesyoutopickalignmentportsfromthe
componentsyouwanttoalign.

28. TheAutoCADErasecommandisthebestmethodfordeletingcomponentsinamodel.
False:WhenyoudeletecomponentsfromthemodelusingtheAutoCADErase
commandthecomponentdatainthedatabaseisnoterased.Thereforeitisimportant
tousetheCleanDatabasecommandtoremovealldata.Abettermethodistousethe
AutoPLANTDeleteComponentscommandtoremovesboththegraphicand
correspondingdatabasefiles.

29. TheUpdateComponentscommandisusedtoeditdatabasevaluesofplaced
components.
True:Pipingincludespowerfuldatabasetoolsforupdatingacomponentfromthe
database.BychangingvaluesintheUpdateComponentdialog,componentchangesare
reflectedinthemodel.

30. ABillofMaterialsonadrawingisthesameasaBillofMaterialgeneratedasareport.
False:TheBillofMaterialsplacedonadrawinghasbeenformattedtofitthedrawing.
Detailedinformationcanbegeneratedasareportthatisnotgenerallyplacedonthe
drawing.

31. Iftheexternaldatabaseiscorrupted,youwillneedtostartyourmodelingsessionfrom
thebeginning.
False:Acorruptedorlostdatabasecanbereplacedfromthedatastoredwithinthe
drawing.TheRepairDatabasecommandwillexamineeachcomponentinthedrawing
andfillsinthemissingcomponentvaluesinthedatabase.

32. CreatingaNozzleReportgivesyouagoodmethodofcheckingformissingcomponents.
True:Bycreatingbothanequipmentreportandanozzlereportyoucaneasilyverify
yourcomponentshavebeenplacedaccurately.

CourseSummary

180
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

AutoPLANTDrawingProduction
Fundamentals
V8i

BentleyInstituteCourseGuide

TRN0102901/0002

Copyright Information

Trademarks
AccuDraw,Bentley,theBBentleylogo,MDL,MicroStationandSmartLineareregistered
trademarks;PopSetandRasterManageraretrademarks;BentleySELECTisaservicemarkof
BentleySystems,IncorporatedorBentleySoftware,Inc.
AutoCADisaregisteredtrademarkofAutodesk,Inc.
Otherbrandsandproductnamesarethetrademarksoftheirrespectiveowners.

Patents
UnitedStatesPatentNos.5,8.15,415and5,784,068and6,199,125.

Copyrights
20002009BentleySystems,Incorporated.
MicroStation1998BentleySystems,Incorporated.
Allrightsreserved.

V8i

2
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec-09

TableofContents

CourseOverview________________________________________________________ 1
CourseDescription___________________________________________________________ 1
TargetAudience_____________________________________________________________ 1
Prerequisites________________________________________________________________ 1
CourseObjectives____________________________________________________________ 1
ModulesIncluded____________________________________________________________ 2
SystemRequirements ________________________________________________________ 2
AutoCADorrelatedAutodeskProducts_______________________________________________2
ProjectWiseSupportedVersions______________________________________________________3
DatabasesSupported_______________________________________________________________3
InstallingtheTrainingProject __________________________________________________ 3
IntroductoryKnowledge ______________________________________________________ 5
Answers _________________________________________________________________________6

DrawingSetup _________________________________________________________ 7
Overview___________________________________________________________________ 7
Prerequisites________________________________________________________________ 7
Objectives__________________________________________________________________ 7
CreatingaNewDrawing ______________________________________________________ 8
ImportantPoints ___________________________________________________________ 12
DeletingDocuments_______________________________________________________________12
SaveCommand___________________________________________________________________13
SaveAsCommand ________________________________________________________________13
ReopeningYourModelfromDocumentManager _______________________________________13
ModuleReview_____________________________________________________________ 14
Questions _______________________________________________________________________14
Answers ________________________________________________________________________14
Summary__________________________________________________________________ 14

ProductionDrawings___________________________________________________ 15
Overview__________________________________________________________________ 15
Prerequisites_______________________________________________________________ 15
Dec09

i
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

TableofContents

Table of Contents

Objectives_________________________________________________________________ 15
WorkAreas________________________________________________________________ 16
CreatingaWorkArea _____________________________________________________________16
Area100.rwa_____________________________________________________________________17
WorkAreaViews ___________________________________________________________ 18
DefiningaWorkAreaView _________________________________________________________21
ApplyingViewstotheModel________________________________________________________30
PaperSpaceSetup __________________________________________________________ 33
SelectingaPageSize_______________________________________________________________34
AddingaPlotter __________________________________________________________________35
AddingaBordertotheDrawing______________________________________________________36
AddingWorkAreaViewstoPaperSpace________________________________________ 38
ImportantLayoutNotes____________________________________________________________39
ModuleReview_____________________________________________________________ 41
Questions _______________________________________________________________________41
Answers ________________________________________________________________________42
Summary__________________________________________________________________ 42

Dimensions&Annotations ______________________________________________ 43
Overview__________________________________________________________________ 43
Prerequisites_______________________________________________________________ 43
Objectives_________________________________________________________________ 43
DimensionTools____________________________________________________________ 44
DimensionPreferences ____________________________________________________________44
SettingAssociativeDimensioningforViewPorts ________________________________________48
DimensioningProcedure ___________________________________________________________49
AutoPLANTAnnotations _____________________________________________________ 52
AnnotationPreferences____________________________________________________________54
PlacingAnnotations _______________________________________________________________55
AutoPLANTDraftingTools____________________________________________________ 57
ModuleReview_____________________________________________________________ 60
Questions _______________________________________________________________________60
Answers ________________________________________________________________________60
Summary__________________________________________________________________ 60

BillofMaterials _______________________________________________________ 61
Overview__________________________________________________________________ 61
Prerequisites_______________________________________________________________ 61

Objectives_________________________________________________________________ 61

TableofContents

ii
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Table of Contents

ReportGeneratorUtility _____________________________________________________ 62
CrystalReportsEngine_____________________________________________________________62
BillofMaterialsReports______________________________________________________ 63
ConfiguringReportOutput__________________________________________________________64
ModuleReview_____________________________________________________________ 72
Questions _______________________________________________________________________72
Answers ________________________________________________________________________72
Summary__________________________________________________________________ 72

Import/ExportFunctions _______________________________________________ 73
Overview__________________________________________________________________ 73
Prerequisites_______________________________________________________________ 73
Objectives_________________________________________________________________ 73
Import/ExportUtility_______________________________________________________ 74
PXF(BentleyPlantExchangeFormat) _________________________________________________74
JSM(JSpaceModelFormat) ________________________________________________________75
PCF(ISOGENPCFFormat)___________________________________________________________75
Import/ExportPreferences __________________________________________________ 75
PlantExchange(PXF) ________________________________________________________ 76
JSM____________________________________________________________________________77
CreatingaNewModelfromPXFExport_________________________________________ 78
SettingPreferences _______________________________________________________________78
CreatingthePXFFile_______________________________________________________________81
ImportingthePXF_________________________________________________________________82
ModuleReview_____________________________________________________________ 85
Questions _______________________________________________________________________85
Answers ________________________________________________________________________86
Summary__________________________________________________________________ 86

AutomatedIsoGeneration ______________________________________________ 87
Description________________________________________________________________ 87
Prerequisites_______________________________________________________________ 87
Objectives_________________________________________________________________ 87
AutoPLANTModelingConcepts________________________________________________ 88
ComponentConnections ___________________________________________________________89
DataIntegrityComponentConnectivity________________________________________ 90
Consistency(Relationships)_________________________________________________________91
Specs___________________________________________________________________________91
ExaminingtheData________________________________________________________________92
MiscellaneousAttachments_________________________________________________________94
IsometricSheetNumbers___________________________________________________________99

Dec09

iii
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

TableofContents

Table of Contents

CheckingComponentConnectivity____________________________________________ 101
CreatingIsometricDrawings_________________________________________________ 106
Import/Export__________________________________________________________________106
ISOGEN(PCF) ___________________________________________________________________107
GeneratingAutomatedIsos__________________________________________________ 110
GeneratingaProjectIso___________________________________________________________118
GeneratingandInspectingaPCFFile_________________________________________________120
ConfiguringISOGENSettings _______________________________________________________123
ModelReview_____________________________________________________________ 124
Questions ______________________________________________________________________124
Answers _______________________________________________________________________125
Summary_________________________________________________________________ 126

CourseSummary______________________________________________________ 127
Review___________________________________________________________________ 127
Questions ______________________________________________________________________127
Answers _______________________________________________________________________129

TableofContents

iv
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

CourseOverview
CourseDescription
DuringtheAutoPLANTEquipmentandPipingcourses,amodelwascreatedsimulatinga
collaborativeworkenvironment.AWorkAreawascreatedtoensurethatthrough
collaboration,physicalclashesbetweenthedisciplinesdidnotoccur.Nowthatoursample
modeliscomplete,itistimetolearnhowtoproducethefinisheddeliverablesfromthe
designdata.UsingtheproductionfunctionalityofAutoPLANTPiping,thestudentlearnsto
createfullydimensionedandannotatedorthographicsandsectionsinthePaperSpace
environment.UsingtheImport/Exportutilitiesthestudentlearnshowtogeneratefinished
isometricdrawingsfromtheISOGENinterface.

TargetAudience

Thiscourseisdesignedforthenewuserwithlittleornoexposuretoapipingmodeling
application.

Prerequisites

ThestudentmusthaveabasicunderstandingofAutoCAD2Dand3Dfunctionality.

Priortotakingthiscourseitishighlyrecommendedthatthestudentreviewthe
AutoPLANTPipingtutorialdeliveredwiththeapplication.

CourseObjectives

Dec09

UnderstandthebenefitsofusingDocumentManager

CreateaWorkArea

SettingupthePaperSpaceenvironment

Adddimensionsandannotationtoadrawing

CreatingBillofMaterials,asareportorplacedonadrawing

Understandusesofthedataexchangeformats

CreatingautomatedisometricdrawingsusingtheISOGENinterface
1
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

CourseOverview

Modules Included

ModulesIncluded

DrawingSetup

ProductionDrawings

Dimensions&Annotations

BillofMaterials

Import/ExportFunctions

AutomatedIsoGeneration

SystemRequirements
ThefollowingprerequisitesarerequiredtorunthemodulesincludedintheAutoPLANT
PlantDesignV8i(Version08.11.05).
Processor:

IntelPentium4processorandAMDAthlon,3.0Ghzor
greaterorIntelorAMDDualCoreProcessor,2.0GHzor
greater

OperatingSystem:

MicrosoftWindowsXPProfessionalSP2orlater

WindowsVista32bitSP1

MicrosoftWindowsXPProfessionalSP1Aorlater

Internet:

MicrosoftInternetExplorer6SP1orgreater

Memory:

2GBorgreater

HardDisk:

2GBfreeharddiskspace

InputDevice:

IndustrystandardinputdevicesupportedbyWindows

OutputDevice:

IndustrystandardoutputdevicesupportedbyWindows

Industrystandardvideocard/monitor

VideoGraphicsCard:

AutoCADorrelatedAutodeskProducts
AutoCAD:

2004,2005,2006,2007,2008,2009

AutoCADMechanicalDesktop:

2004,2005,2006,2007,2008

ArchitecturalDesktop:

2004,2005,2006,2007,2008

BuildingSystems:

2004,2005,2006,2007,2008

AutoCADMechanical:

2004,2005,2006,2007,2008

CourseOverview

2
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Installing the Training Project

Note:

Thelatestapplicableservicepacksmustbeusedforalloftheaboveproducts.

ProjectWiseSupportedVersions

BentleyProjectWiseV808.11.05

DatabasesSupported

MicrosoftAccess2000,2002,2003,2007
SQLServer2000,2003,2005andMSDEandSQLServerExpress
Oracle9iRelease2,Oracle10gRelease2,Oracle11gRelease1d

InstallingtheTrainingProject
ThiscoursebelongstoasetofAutoPLANT3DPlantDesigncorefundamentalcoursesthat
teachthestudenthowtousethePlantDesigntoolsformodelingandstoringvaluable
projectdata.
Thecoresetincludesthefollowingmodularcourses:

AutoPLANTProjectAdministratorFundamentals
IntroductiontoAutoPLANTSpecifications
AutoPLANTEquipmentFundamentals
AutoPLANTPipingFundamentals
AutoPLANTDrawingProductionFundamentals

Thedatasetcontainsasimulatedproject,designedtobeusedforbothAutoPLANT2Dand
3Dcorefundamentalcourses.

Exercise1:InstalltheTrainingProjectdatasetandaddtheprojectasarootdirectory.
1. MakesureallAutoPLANTapplicationsareclosed.
2. DownloadthedatasetfileAP_FV8i_DP.exe.
3. Savethefiletoyourdesktop.
4. DoubleclickthefileAP_FV8i_DP.exe.
5. ClickUnziptobegintheextractiontotherootdirectoryoftheCdrive(C:\).
6. ClickClose.
7. FromyourWindowsStartmenu,clickPrograms>Bentley>PlantV8i>ProjectTools>
ProjectAdministrator.

Dec09

3
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

CourseOverview

8. FromtheFilemenuclickAddRoottodisplaytheBrowseforFolderdialog.
Note:

InorderforthisoptiontobeavailableintheFilemenu,youmustselectsomethingattheprimary
rootlevelofthenavigationtreebecauseyoucannotcreateaprojectrootdirectoryundera
projectdirectory.

9. IntheBrowseForFolderdirectory,selectC:\BentleyTrainingProject.
10. ClickOKtoacceptthename.
11. Noticetheprojectrootfolder,C:\Projects,nowappearsinthenavigationtreeata
primarylevel.

12. IntheBrowseForFolderdirectory,selectC:\ProjectsTrainingProject.
13. ClickOKtoacceptthename.
Noticetheprojectrootfolder,C:\Projects,nowappearsinthenavigationtreeata
primarylevel.

Youarenowreadytobeginyourmodelingsession.

Note:

AdditionaltrainingontheProjectAdministratorutilityiscoveredintheAutoPLANTAdministrator
trainingcoursesandintheONLINEHelp.

CourseOverview

4
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Introductory Knowledge

IntroductoryKnowledge
Beforeyoubegin,letsdefinewhatyoumayalreadyknow.

1. DocumentManagerisautilityapplicationusedformanagingtherelationshipsbetween
drawingsbelongingtoaspecificproject.

True
False

2. AWorkAreafileissetuptodefineareaswithinthemodelingenvironment.

True
False

3. TheAutoCADModelingenvironmentandthePaperSpaceenvironmentfunctioninthe
samemanner.WhatyouaddinPaperSpaceisautomaticallyisaddedtoamodel.

True
False

4. TheAutoPLANTReportGeneratorutilityusesCrystalReportsforprocessingcomponent
data.

True
False

5. TheAutoPLANTSelectionstoolenablesyoutoselectcomponentsbasedonapredefined
query.

True
False

Dec09

5
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

CourseOverview

Answers
1. True:DocumentManagerisdeliveredfreewithAutoPLANTapplications.Thisutility
providesaneasymethodofmanagingdrawingfileswithinaprojectenvironment.Files
arestoredtothecorrectlocationwithoutadditionalinputfromtheusers.

2. True:CreatingaWorkAreaenablesyoutoattachreferencedrawingstoacurrent
drawing.Intelligencefromcomponentsplacedinareferencedrawingcanbepickedup
forplacementofconnectingcomponents.

3. False:Whenyouannotateordimensiona2DdrawinginPaperSpace,thesedimension
marksdonotshowinthemodelingenvironment.PaperSpaceisusedforcreating
layoutsofsectionsasspecificviewsfromthemodel.

4. True:AutoPLANTReportgeneratorusestheCrystalReportsruntimeenginetogenerate
reports.AutoPLANTprovidesawidevarietyofreporttemplates.

5. True:Selectingcomponentsfromyoucurrentdrawingorfrommultipledrawingswithin
aprojectisperformedbytheAutoPLANTSelectionstools.

CourseOverview

6
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

DrawingSetup
Overview
TheAutoPLANT3Dmodelingapplicationsenabletheusertocreatecomplexpipingsystems.
Oncethemodeliscomplete,projectdeliverablessuchasorthographiclayouts,including
sectionsandcutawaysareproducedwithinthePaperSpaceenvironment.

Prerequisites

StudentsshouldbefamiliarwiththeAutoPLANTEquipmentandPipingapplications.

StudentsshouldhaveabasicunderstandingoftheWorkAreaenvironment.

Objectives

Dec09

LaunchtheAutoPLANTPipingapplicationusingDocumentManager.

Createanorthographicdrawing.

7
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

DrawingSetup

Creating a New Drawing

CreatingaNewDrawing
Inapreviouscourse,aplantmodelcontainingequipment,pipingandstructuralcomponents
wascreatedusingthefunctionalityofAutoPLANTEquipmentandAutoPLANTPiping.These
drawingfilesweremanagedbytheDocumentManagerutilityprogramincludedinthe
AutoPLANTPlantDesigninstall.
YouwilluseDocumentManagertolaunchtheapplicationandcreateanorthographic
drawingthatwillbeaddedtotheproject.

Exercise1:UseDocumentManagertolaunchtheapplication.
1. OpenDocumentManagerfromtheBentleyPlantXMicon.
2. SelectFile>OpenProject.

IfthisisthefirsttimeDocumentManagerhasbeenusedonyourworkstation,theOpen
ProjectdialogwilllistthedefaultProjectRootBentleyPlantXMProjectscontainingthe
sampleprojectsasshown.
Onceyoubeginworkinginaproject,DocumentManagerwillautomaticallyopento
yourcurrentproject.

DrawingSetup

8
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Creating a New Drawing

3. DoubleclicktheBentleyTrainingProjectsfolder,todisplaytheTrainingprojectinthe
ProjectListwindow.

4. SelecttheTrainingproject.
Note:

Note: ThisprojecthasbeencreatedusingImperialUnits.

5. ClickOK.DocumentManagernowopenstotheTrainingProject.

6. TakeamomenttotourtheDocumentManagerinterface.

Dec09

9
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

DrawingSetup

Creating a New Drawing

SincethisprojectwascreatedforbothAutoPLANT2Dand3Dfundamentalcourses,you
willseeP&IDdrawingsincluded.
Nowletssetupthefirstdrawing.

Exercise2:FromDocumentManager,createanorthographicdrawing.
1. Fromthedocumentlist(showninthepreviousfigure)selectAutoPLANTPiping
2. Rightclickandselectnewfromthecontextmenu.

3. IntheNewDocumentdialogenter:
Filename:Ortho1
Name:Ortho1
Description:PipingOrthographicDrawing

Note:

DrawingSetup

ThepathtothedocumentsinthelocationfieldismanagedbyDocumentManager.

10
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Creating a New Drawing

TheCreate,RecordOnlyandReservebuttonsaredisableduntilyouselectthetypeof
documentyouwanttocreate.

4. SelectAutoPLANTPiping.
5. ClickCreatetostartAutoCADandloadtheAutoPLANTmenuandtoolbar.
Note:

BecauseyouhaveselectedtocreateanewPipingdrawing,DocumentManagerwillautomatically
openAutoPLANTPiping.

6. TheModelSetupdialogdisplays.

TheModelSetupdialogindicatestheprojectnameandunitsyouhaveselectedand
enablesyoutodefinethedirectionforNorth,thedimensionsandoriginforthemodel.
Bydefault,Northissetto90tomatchAutoCAD.Theorigincoordinates(x,yandz)
indicateyourplantmodelsorigin.0,0,0isknownastheWorldCoordinateSystem
(WCS).Whenmovedfromthedefaultlocation,itisthencalledtheUserCoordinate
System(USC).

Note:

Dec09

AdetaileddescriptionoftheModelSetupdialogcanbefoundinEquipment>Help>Getting
Started>ModelSetupoftheonlinehelp.

11
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

DrawingSetup

Important Points

7. IntheModelSetupdialog,entertheparametersprovidedinthetablebelow.
Attribute

Imperial

Metric

MixedMetric

North

90

90

90

WorldLength

100

30000

30000

WorldWidth

60

18000

18000

OriginX,Y,Z

0.0,0.0,0.0

0.0,0.0,0.0

0.0,0.0,0.0

InsertNorthArrow

OFF

OFF

OFF

DrawLimitsBox

OFF

OFF

OFF

8. ClickDone.
9. ClickFile/Savetosavethenewdrawing.

ImportantPoints
Whenworkinginaprojectenvironment,itisimportanttoestablishmethodsofmanaging
yourfiles.YoushouldgetintothehabitofusingDocumentManagersfunctionalityto
manageyourfiles.

DeletingDocuments
Onceyoucreateadocumentwithinaproject,anewentryismadetotheregistry.Todelete
documentfilesfromaproject,youshouldusethefunctionalityofDocumentManager.
Whenyouselectadocumentandrightclick,aContextmenuprovidesyouwiththeoption
todeletethedrawingfromtheregister,asshownbelow.

ItisagoodpracticetomanageallfileswiththeDocumentManagerinterface,toensure
drawingsaresavedtothecorrectlocationsandthatdataintegrityisnotcompromised.

DrawingSetup

12
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Important Points

SaveCommand

TheSavecommandautomaticallysavesafileeitherbacktowhereyouretrievedit
orwhereyoulastsavedit.

WhenyouSavethesamefileasecondtime,AutoCADreplacestheoldfilewiththe
newfileandrenamestheoldversionofthefilewitha.bakextensioninplaceof
.dwg.

Thebackupfilecanberetaineduntilyouwishtodeletethefile.Onlyonebackup
fileisstored.Backupfilescanbeopenedonceyouhaverenamedtheextensionto
.dwg.Besuretogivethebackupfileanewnametoavoidoverwritinganyexisting
files.

SaveAsCommand

UsingSaveAswillpauseandallowyoutochoosewhereyouwanttostoreafile.

ReopeningYourModelfromDocumentManager
ThepreferredmethodforreopeningyourmodelafteryouexitAutoPLANTisfrom
DocumentManager.ThispracticehelpsyoubecomefamiliarwithusingDocumentManager
tomanageallprojectdrawings.AfterexitingAutoPLANT,youcanreopenyourmodelby
thismethod:

1. SelectPrograms\Bentley\PlantXMSelectBentley\DocumentManager.
2. SelectthedesireddrawingfromtheDocumentWindow.
3. SelectEditfromtheDocumentsmenuortherightclickandselecteditformthecontext
menu.
BothAutoCADandtheAutoPLANTapplicationthatcreatedthemodelwillload.

Note:

UsingDocumentManageristhesafestmethodtoopenyourcurrentdrawingfiles,toensureall
filesaresavedtothecorrectlocation.

Dec09

13
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

DrawingSetup

Module Review

ModuleReview
Nowthatyouhavecompletedthemodule,letsreviewwhatyouhavelearned.

Questions
1. UsingDocumentManageristheeasiestwaytoaddanewdrawingtoaproject.

True
False

2. TheOrthographicdrawingisstoredinthesamelocationasthePipingmodel.

True
False

Answers
1. True:WhenyouusetheDocumentManagerinterfacetocreateoreditdrawings,the
newdrawingisstoredintheappropriatelocation.Allprojectfilesareeasilyaccessedby
othermembersoftheprojectteam.

2. True:WhenyoulaunchaprojectfromDocumentManager,youhavetheoptionof
creatinganewdrawingthatwillbeincludedintheappropriatelocation.The
orthographicdrawingiscreatedbythePipingapplicationandwillresideinthesame
locationasthemodelfiles.

Summary
Youarenowableto:

LaunchtheAutoPLANTPipingapplication.

Createanorthographicdrawing.

DrawingSetup

14
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

ProductionDrawings
Overview
AWorkAreacreatesadrawingenvironmentenablingtheusertoreferencedrawingsfrom
otherdisciplines.AnotherfunctioncalledWorkAreaViewsenablesyoutocreatesectionsof
yourcompletemodel,includingthereferencedrawings,fortheproductionoforthographic,
cutawaysandsections.UsingthePaperSpaceenvironment,fullydimensionedand
annotateddrawingsareproducedwithoutclutteringupthemodelingenvironment.In
addition,whenmodelingcomponentschange,changesareautomaticallyreflectedinthe
PaperSpacedrawings.

Prerequisites

StudentsshouldunderstandtheconceptofaWorkAreaintheAutoPLANT
Environment

StudentsshouldhaveaworkingknowledgeoftheAutoCADModelSpaceandPaper
Spaceenvironments

Objectives

CreateWorkAreaViews

ApplyWorkAreaViewstothemodel

SetupPaperSpaceandplaceaborder

PlaceWorkAreaViewsasseparatesectionviewsinPaperSpace

Dec09

15
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

ProductionDrawings

Lets Review

LetsReview
Beforeyoubegincreatinganydrawings,letstakeamomenttoreviewhowthemodeling
environmentwasstructured.Duringtheequipmentandpipingmodelingcourses,allproject
drawingswereandstoredinpredefinedlocationsandcomponentdatawasmeticulously
managedusingAutoPLANTtools.AlldrawingsbecameamemberofaWorkArea.

WhatsaWorkArea
Workareasdefineageographicalareawithinaplantenvironment.Plantslimitsareusually
comprisedofareaswhicharesubdividedintounitsdependingonthesizeand
constructabilityofthearea.
Whenmodelingwithinacollaborativeworkenvironment,itisimperativethatalldisciplines
worktogethertoensureacohesivedesignenvironment.Civil,Structural,Mechanical,
Piping,Electrical,Instrumentationandotherdisciplinedesignfilesmakeupthecomplete
designoftheplantmodel.
Forthisreason,disciplineslookingtocompletetheirdesignmustreferencemodelsfrom
otherdisciplinestoensurethatphysicalclashesbetweendesignsdonotoccur.Bentleyhas
providedanenhancedsolutiontoassistintheeaseofdesignthroughWorkAreas.
Workareascanbestoredastextfiles(rwafiles)orcanbestoredintheprojectdatabase.
TheRWAfileordatabasetablestoresthereferencefilesthatarecontainedwithina
geographicalareaofaplantboundaryaswellastheinsertionoriginandrotationangleof
thedesignfile.
Inthegraphicbelow,theplantisdefinedbytheouterboundary.Withintheplantlimits,
fivegeographicalareashavebeendefinedasArea100throughArea500.

ProductionDrawings

16
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Lets Review

Area100.rwa
DuringtheAutoPLANTEquipmentcourseaWorkAreawascreated.BoththeEquipment
andPipingmodelswereaddedasmembersoftheWorkArea.Inaddition,otherdiscipline
files,includingstructuralsteelandfoundationswereaddedasreferencefiles.

This.rwafileiscomprisedofxrefdrawingsfromalldisciplines.Referencedrawingsare
linkedtothecurrentdrawingusingAutoCADsXref/Overlaycommand.
WorkAreascanbecreatedbydiscipline,geography,orevenprocessunits.Howaproject
willbebrokenupintospecificWorkAreasisthedecisionofthoseinvolvedinthedesign
process.

Note:

ExercisesfordefiningaWorkAreafromPiping>DrawingProduction>WorkAreaSetupare
coveredintheAutoPLANTEquipmentXMFundamentalscourse

Dec09

17
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

ProductionDrawings

Lets Review

WorkAreaViews
AfteraWorkAreahasbeendefined,specificareasofthemodelcanbeisolatedinaWork
AreaView.Theseviewsareusedfortheproductionoforthographiclayoutsandsections
printedfromthePaperSpaceenvironment.
Noticeinthefigurebelow,theareadefinedaroundthehorizontalvessel.

AWorkAreafilecalledArea100.rwahasbeenincludedinthedataset.

ProductionDrawings

18
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Lets Review

Exercise1:OpentheWorkAreaincludedinthedataset.
1. SelectPiping>DrawingProduction>WorkAreaSetup.
Note:

TheWorkAreaViewsdialogcanbeopenedfromeithertheEquipmentorPipingapplication.

2. SelectOpenandnavigatetotheSupplementaldirectoryinstalledwiththedataset.
3. SelectArea100.rwa.

4. ClickOpen.
5. TheWorkAreasetupdialoglistsalldrawingsandtheirpathlocation,includingall
referencedrawings.

6. ClickDone.
7. ZOOMextentstoviewthepredefinedWorkArea.Thismodelincludesequipment
components,pipingrunsandstructuralcomponents.

Dec09

19
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

ProductionDrawings

Lets Review

TheWorkAreaViewsfunctionswillbeusedtosectionsoffareaswithinthismodel.

ProductionDrawings

20
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Lets Review

WorkAreaViews
Exercise2.DefineaWorkAreaView.
1. SelectPiping>DrawingProduction>WorkAreaViews.
2. ThedialogidentifiestheProjectDescriptionandtheWorkAreanamepreviouslydefined
duringtheAutoPLANTEquipmentandPipingFundamentalsXMEditioncourses.

3. ClickAddtocreateaview.
TheViewPropertiesdialogappearsenablingyoutodefinea3Dboxthatwillenclosea
sectionofyourmodeldeterminedbytheattributesyouset.

Dec09

21
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

ProductionDrawings

Lets Review

ViewTitle:ThenameyousetfortheviewwillappearintheViewslistintheWorkArea
Viewsdialog.
TheimageshowstheFrontviewwiththeselectedfacehighlightedwithaboldredline.
ScaleisusedwhentheviewisplacedinPaperSpace.Theunitformatisbasedonyour
drawingsunitsettings.
ViewOptionssetyourPaperSpaceoptions.Youcansettohaveadashedmatchline
drawnaroundtheviewport;addorremovethecoordinatesofthecutregion;enforce
thefrontandbackclippingplanes;and,turnonoroffasolidlinearoundallAutoCAD
viewports.
3DViewEnvelope:Thesevaluesdefineyourview.Ifyouknowthecoordinatesof
oppositecornersofyourboundingbox,youcanenterthemintheEastandNorthfields
fortheFirstPointandSecondPoint.ElevationboundariesareenteredintheUpperand
Lowerelevationfields.
YoucanalsousethePick<buttonstoselectyourtwopointsorusethePickViewArea
ByWindow<buttontoselectanarea.

Note:

ProductionDrawings

Whenpickingpoints,youMUSTbeworkinginPLANVIEW.

22
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Lets Review

4. ForSection1view,enterthefollowingattributes,asshowninthedialogabove:
View:Front
Scale:3/8=1
ViewOptions:CheckFrontClip,BackClip,ViewportVisible
FirstPoint:East:1055,North:1018
SecondPoint:East1075,North1033
Elevation:Upper118,Lower100

5. OncedefinedclickOK.
Thenewviewisaddedtothelistandthefunctionsforusingtheviewsbecomeactive.

6. ClickSection1,andclickPreview.
Youwillseeanoutlineboxsurroundingtheareayoudefined.

Dec09

23
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

ProductionDrawings

Lets Review

7. ClickClosetoendthecommand.
Note:

ToexitPreviewMode,clickEnter.UsingEsccanlockyourdrawingormakeyourWorkAreafile
readonly.Tocorrectthis,openWindowsExplorerandsearchfortheappropriateWorkAreafile
(.rwaextension).RightclickthefileandpressProperties.Changethefiletoreadwriteby
uncheckingReadOnly.

ProductionDrawings

24
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Lets Review

Exercise2:CreateSection2andSection3viewswiththeattributesfromthetable.
Note:

Forallviewsyoucreateinthisexercise,makesureFrontClip,BackClip,andViewportVisibleare
allchecked.

1. OpenPiping>DrawingProduction>WorkAreaViews.
2. ClickAdd.
3. Entertheparametersasshown.
Note:

YoumustclickOKintheViewPropertiesdialogafterdefiningtheview.ClickAddtocreatethe
nextview.

Imperial

FirstPoint

SecondPoint

Elevation

ViewTitle

View

Scale

East

North

East

North

Upper

Lower

Section1

Front

3/8=1

1055

1018

1075

1033

118

100

Section2

Left

3/810

1051

10346

1067

1051

142

100

Section3

Right

3/8=10

1004

10153

1026

10353

115

100

Metric

FirstPoint

SecondPoint

Elevation

ViewTitle

View

Scale

East

North

East

North

Upper

Lower

Section1

Front

1:30

317000

305500

323000

310000

35500

30000

Section2

Left

1:30

315000

310300

320500

315500

42500

30000

Section3

Right

1:30

301500

304500

308000

310500

35000

30000

MixedMetric

FirstPoint

SecondPoint

Elevation

ViewTitle

View

Scale

East

North

East

North

Upper

Lower

Section1

Front

1:30

317000

305500

323000

310000

35500

30000

Section2

Left

1:30

315000

310300

320500

315500

42500

30000

Section3

Right

1:30

301500

304500

308000

310500

35000

30000

Dec09

25
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

ProductionDrawings

Lets Review

InthenextexerciseyouwillusethePickfunctiontodefinethearea.

Note:

YoumustbeinPlan(Top)viewtousethePickfunctions.

Exercise3:CreateSection4usingthePickAreabyWindowfunction.
1. SwitchtoPlanviewasshowninthefigure.

2. SelectPiping>DrawingProduction>WorkAreaViews.
3. Enterfollowingattributesinthefields:
ViewTitle:Section4
Scale3/8=10(1:30formetricormixedmetric)
UpperElevation=114(34200formetricormixedmetric)
LowerElevation=100(30000formetricormixedmetric).

4. ClickPickViewAreaByWindowbutton.
5. DrawaboxaroundtheverticalvesselVH45asshownabove.
6. ClickOKwhendone.
7. ClickSave.
Youcanswitchtoanisometricviewtoseetheresults.

8. Onceyouchangetoanisometricview,youwillneedtoinitiatethecommandby
selectingPiping>DrawingProduction>WorkAreaViewstorepickaviewfromthelist.

ProductionDrawings

26
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Lets Review

9. Savethedrawing.

Dec09

27
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

ProductionDrawings

Lets Review

Exercise4:CreateanUpperandLowerplanviewusingthePick<buttonsandthe
additionaldatainthetable.
MakesureyouareinaPlan(TOP)view.

1. SelectPiping>DrawingProduction>WorkAreaViews.
2. UsethePickbuttonsfortheFirstandSecondpointsandtheattributesfromthetable.
3. WhendoneusePreviewtoseeyourresults.
Imperial

Elevation

ViewTitle

View

ViewScale

Upper

Lower

UpperPlan

Top

3/8=10

130

112

LowerPlan

Top

3/8=10

112

100

Metric

Elevation

ViewTitle

View

ViewScale

Upper

Lower

UpperPlan

Top

1:30

39000

33600

LowerPlan

Top

1:30

33600

30000

MixedMetric

Elevation

ViewTitle

View

ViewScale

Upper

Lower

UpperPlan

Top

1:30

39000

33600

LowerPlan

Top

1:30

33600

30000

4. WhendoneclickSave.
Yourviewsshouldresemblethoseshown.

Note:

ProductionDrawings

TheimagesshownonthenextpagewerecapturedafterusingtheHIDEfunction.

28
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Lets Review

Dec09

29
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

ProductionDrawings

Lets Review

ApplyingViewstotheModel
Nowthatyouknowhowtodefineaview,wewillapplytheviewtothemodeltoisolatethe
areatoenableyoutocreateasectioninPaperSpace.

Exercise5:Applyanamedviewtothemodel
1. SelectviewSection1fromthedialogandclickApplyinModel.

ProductionDrawings

30
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Lets Review

2. ThefigurebelowshowsSection1isolatedfromallsurroundingmodelcomponents.
TheseviewswillbeusedlaterforcreatingacutawayinPaperspace.

Using3DViews
Ifyouapplyaviewandswitchtoanisometricviewyoumayexperienceoddscreen
representationasshownbelow.Toturntheclipoptionofffollowthesesteps.

1. Atthecommandlineenterdview.
Select objects or <use DVIEWBLOCK>:

2. Typeall.
Select objects or <use DVIEWBLOCK>:

3. ClickEnter.
[CAmera/TArget/Distance/POints/PAn/Zoo
m/TWist/CLip/Hide/Off/Undo]:

4. TypeCL,clickEnter.
Enter clipping option [Back/Front/Off] <Off>: off

5. Enteroff,clickEnter.
Yourmodelwillberestored.

Dec09

31
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

ProductionDrawings

Lets Review

Exercise5:Selectaviewandapplytothemodel.
Yourviewsshouldresemblethesamplesshownbelow.

ProductionDrawings

32
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Paper Space Setup

PaperSpaceSetup
DrawingsofathreedimensionalmodelaretypicallyprintedorplottedusingAutoCAD's
PaperSpacefunctionality.

Layoutsofamodelarecreatedbycombiningpredefinedsectionsandviewsonavirtual
paperdrawingincludingfulldimensioningandtextannotation.WhentextisaddedinPaper
Space,themodelstaysclean.WhenyouswitchbacktoModelSpace,textandleaderlines
areallhiddenfromview.
TheexercisesinthismodulewillteachyouhowtousePaperSpacewiththeAutoPLANT
WorkAreaViewfunction.

Dec09

33
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

ProductionDrawings

Paper Space Setup

SelectingaPageSize
SettingupyoursystemtoprintfromPaperSpaceinvolvesselectingaplotterandapagesize
fromtheLayout1tabinAutoCAD.

Exercise1:FromtheLayout1tab,settheprinterparametersandpapersizeforyour
drawing.

1. ClickonLayout1tabatthebottomofyourAutoCADscreen.
Note:

Deleteanyexistingviewports.

2. GotoFile>PageSetupManagerandclickModifytoopenthePageSetupLayout1
dialog.

3. FromthePrinter/plotterNamedropdownlist,selectPublishToWebDWF.pc3.(Ifyou
donothavethisoption,seetheAddingaPlottersectionbelow.)

4. FromthePapersizedropdownlist,selectANSIE(44.00x34.00Inches)[ISOA0(1198x
841)formetricormixedmetric].

5. ClickOK.

ProductionDrawings

34
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Paper Space Setup

AddingaPlotter
IfPublishToWebDWF6ePlot.pc3isnotanavailableprinter/plotter,youcanadditusingthe
PlotterManager.DuringthiscourseyouwillbeprintingyourPaperSpacedrawingstoafile
ratherthataprinterorplotter.

Exercise2:AddPublishToWebDWF.pc3toyourlist.
1. SelectFile>PlotterManager.
2. DoubleclickAddAPlotterWizardtoactivatethewizard.
3. ClickNext>intheAddPlotterIntroductionPage,AddPlotterBegin,AddPlotter
PlotterModel,andAddPlotterImportPcporPc2dialogstogettothedialogshown
below.

Note:

Youcanskipthesestepsbecausethedriverusedinthiscourseisusedforplottingtoafile.

4. IntheAddPlotterPortsdialog,selectPlottoFileandclickNext>.

5. IntheAddPlotterPlotterNamewindow,enterAddPublishToWebDWFinthePlotter
NamefieldandclickNext>.

6. IntheAddPlotterFinishwindow,clickFinish.
YoucannowselectAddPublishToWebDWF.pc3andsetyourpagesizeasdescribedinthe
exerciseabove.

Dec09

35
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

ProductionDrawings

Paper Space Setup

AddingaBordertotheDrawing
Exercise3:AddanEsized(A0formetricormixedmetric)bordertoyourPaperSpace.
1. WhileinPaperSpace,gotoPiping>DrawingProduction>DrawingSetup.
2. Attheprompt:
Align/Create/Scale viewports/Workarea views/Options/Title block/Undo:

3. EnterTtoenterthetitleblockcommands.
4. ClickEnter.
Delete objects/Origin/Undo/<Insert title block>:

5. ClickEnter.
6. SelectyourborderfromtheAvailabletitleblocksdialog.

7. ClickOKtoplacethetitleblockonthedrawing.
8. IntheEditAttributesdialogenteradocumentname.
Note:

Thisnamewillappearonthedrawing.

ProductionDrawings

36
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Paper Space Setup

9. Enteradocumentfilename.
Align/Create/Scale viewports/Workarea views/Options/Title block/Undo:

10. ClickOK.
11. ClickEntertoexitthecommand.
12. ClickSave.
Note:

BorderscanbemovedwiththeAutoCADMovecommandifitisnotinsertedproperly.

Yourdrawingshouldresembletheoneshownbelow.

Dec09

37
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

ProductionDrawings

Adding Work Area Views to Paper Space

AddingWorkAreaViewstoPaperSpace
Whenyouaddviews,annotationsandotherelementsinPaperSpace,theitemsarenot
visibleinModelSpace.
WhenyouplaceaWorkAreaViewinPaperSpace,andthenmakechangestoyourmodelall
changestotheviewareautomaticallyupdatedwithinthePaperSpaceenvironment.

Exercise1:AddaWorkAreaViewtoyourPaperSpacelayout.
1. SelectPiping>DrawingProduction>WorkAreaViewstoopentheWorkAreaViews
dialog.

2. Selectthedesiredview.
3. ClickInsertinDrawingtoclosetheWorkAreaViewsdialog.
4. AttheAutoCADprompt:
Insert point of viewport:

Youcanenterthecoordinatesofthecenteroftheviewport(0,0,0isthelowerleft
cornerofthepage)ordragtheviewporttothedesiredlocationonthepage.

Note:

IfyouareusingAutoCADsDynamicInputfeature,youronscreenpromptmayread
Specify second point or <use first point as displacement>:

5. TheWorkAreaViewsdialogwillreopentoplaceanotherview.
6. Placetheremainingviewsinyourlayouttoresemblethefigureshownonthefollowing
page.

7. ToendthecommandclickClose.
8. ClickSave.
Note:

ProductionDrawings

YoucanuseAutoCADTextfunctionorMultitexttocreatethelabelingasshowninthefigure.
AutoPLANTdoesnotofferaspecificfunctiontoselftitletheviewports.

38
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Adding Work Area Views to Paper Space

ImportantLayoutNotes

Inthelayouttab,youcanviewandeditobjects,includingviewportsandtitleblocks.
Thecrosshairscursorisactiveovertheentirelayoutarea.

Onceplaced,youcanmove,resizeorrescaleviewports.EditstoviewportsinPaper
SpacewillnotalterthedefinitionoftheoriginalWorkAreaView.

Note:

ItisstronglysuggestedthatyoulockthedisplayofviewportsplacedinPaperSpace.
Lockingpreventsyoufromaccidentallylosingthecontentsbypanningorzooming
withintheviewport.

Bydefault,anewdrawingstartswithtwolayouttabs,namedLayout1andLayout2.

Note:

Dec09

SeeAutoCADHELPforscalingviewportsinPaperSpace.

Ifyouuseadrawingtemplateoropenanexistingdrawing,thelayouttabsinyourdrawingmaybe
nameddifferently.

39
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

ProductionDrawings

Adding Work Area Views to Paper Space

Tocreateanewlayouttabwithyourcurrentsettings:
Whenyouarecreatinglayouts,youmaywishtocopythesettings,bordersandany
additionalitemsyouwishtoappearonthenewlayout.Asimplemethodistomakeacopy
ofthelayouttabanditssettingsfromthecurrentdrawingfile.
Followthesesteps:

1. Rightclickthelayouttabofthelayoutyouwanttoduplicate.
2. Fromthecontextmenu,clickMoveorCopy.
3. IntheMoveorCopydialogbox,selectapositionforthenewlayouttab.
MakesurethatCreateaCopyisselected.

4. ClickOK.
Note:

NoteTheModeltabcannotbeduplicated.

Thisisaquickmethodforcreatingadditionlayoutsonaproject.Tolearnhowtocreatea
templateforlayouts,gotoAutoCADHelp.

Thisexercisecompletesthismodule.

ProductionDrawings

40
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Module Review

ModuleReview
Nowthatyouhavecompletedthismodule,letsreviewwhatyouhavelearned.

Questions
AnswerthesequestionstobeTrueorFalse.Detailedanswersappearonthefollowingpage.

1. WorkAreasenableyoutoaccessandeditdrawingsfromotherdisciplines.

True
False

2. AWorkAreaViewisstoredwithaWorkAreafile.

True
False

3. WhencreatingWorkAreaViews,usingthePickViewbyWindowfunctiongivesyoua
fastmethodofselectinganareainyourmodel.

True
False

4. AddingtextaddedtoaPaperSpacelayoutisaddedautomaticallytothemodel.

True
False

5. BordersandTitleBlockscanbeaddedeasilytoaPaperSpacelayout.

True

False

6. Alayoutandallpropertiescanbecopied.

Dec09

True

False

41
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

ProductionDrawings

Summary

Answers
1. False:WorkAreasenableyoutoaccesstheintelligencewithindrawingsaddedtoa
WorkArea.Onlyyourcurrentdrawingcanbeedited.AllreferenceddrawingsareREAD
ONLY.

2. True:OnceyoucreateaWorkAreayoucancreateviewsofthemodel.Theseviewsare
savedtotheWorkAreafile.WorkAreaViewsareusedforisolatingspecificareasofthe
modeltocreatelayoutsinPaperSpace.

3. True:Ifyouknowtheelevationoftheareayouwishtocapture,youcanusepick
functiontocreateawindowsurroundingthearea.YoumustbeinaPlanmodetouse
thisfunction.

4. False:AnytextyouaddtoaPaperSpacedrawingdoesnotchangethemodel.The
modelingenvironmentstaysclean.

5. True:WhenyousetupyourPaperSpaceenvironment,AutoPLANTenablesyoutoadd
defaultborders.Youcanalsocreateacustomborderspecifictoyourcompany.

6. True:Althoughlayoutscanbeeasilycopied,itisarecommendedideatocreatea
templateforcommoncomponents.

Summary
Youarenowableto:

CreateWorkAreaViews

ApplyWorkAreaViewstothemodel

SetupPaperSpaceandplaceaborder

PlaceWorkAreaViewsasseparatesectionviewsinPaperSpace

ProductionDrawings

42
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Dimensions&Annotations
Overview
ProductionoffullydimensionedandannotateddrawingsisaprimarytaskoftheCADuser
duringallphasesofthedesignandconstructionprocess.AutoPLANTprovidesanextensive
annotationlibraryofpreferencesanddraftingtoolsforfastandaccuratedrawing
production.

Prerequisites

StudentsshouldhaveabasicworkingknowledgeoftheAutoCADdimensioningand
Annotationcommands.

Objectives

SetAutoCADdimensionpreferences

SetAssociativeDimensioningforViewPorts

PlacelinearandcontinuousdimensionsinPaperSpace

PlaceAutoPLANTdrawingannotationsinPaperSpace

PlantinsulationmarksonapipesegmentinPaperSpace

CreateabreakinapipelineinPaperSpace

Dec09

43
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dimensions&Annotations

Dimension Tools

DimensionTools
AutoPLANTPipingusesAutoCADsdimensioningtools.However,AutoPLANTdoesmodify
theDIMLFACenvironmentvariablesothatdimensionsrepresenttruemodeldistances.
DimensionsandannotationsareNOTconnectedtoyourviewports,thereforechangestoa
viewportdonotaffecttheannotations.

DimensionPreferences
AutoCADprovidesusersettingsforeverypartofadimension.Forthiscourse,thedefault
settingsforArrowSize,TextHeight,andUnitFormatarenotappropriateandneedtobe
changed.TheAutoCADDDIMcommandwillopentheDimensionStyleManagerdialog.

TheModifybuttonwillopentheOverrideCurrentStyleStandarddialogwhereyouwill
makechangesintheSymbolsandArrows,Text,andPrimaryUnitstabs.

Note:

Beforechangingyourdimensioningpreferences,makesureyouareinPaperSpace.

Dimensions&Annotations

44
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Dimension Tools

Exercise1:Modifythearrowsize,textheightandunitformat.

1. InPaperSpace,enterDDIMattheAutoCADCommandPrompt.

2. SelectSTANDARDandclickModifytoopentheModifyDimensionStyle:Standard
dialog.

3. ClicktheSymbolsandArrowstab.

4. ChangetheArrowSizeto1/8(5formetricandmixedmetric).

Dec09

45
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dimensions&Annotations

Dimension Tools

5. ClicktheTexttab.

6. ChangetheTextHeightto1/8(5formetricandmixedmetric).Thiswillalsosetthe
textheightforyourannotations.

7. ChangetextplacementtoAbove.
8. InTextalignmentsectionclickAlignedwithdimensionline.
9. ClickPrimaryUnitstab.

Dimensions&Annotations

46
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Dimension Tools

10. ChangetheUnitsformattoArchitectural.(Decimalformetricandmixedmetic).
11. Changetheprecisionto0.00(0formetricandmixedmetric).
12. ClickOK.
13. ClickCloseontheDimensionStyleManagerdialog.

Dec09

47
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dimensions&Annotations

Dimension Tools

SettingAssociativeDimensioningforViewPorts
AssociativedimensioningorDIMASSOCvariablecanbeusedtoreadviewportscalesand
changethedimensionscaletoreflectmodeldimensionsratherthanPaperSpacescale.
Withassociativedimensioningsettoon,itisnotrequiredtochangetheScaleFactorina
dimensionstyletoreflectviewportscales.ThevariablecanbesetintheAutoCADoptions
dialogundertheUserPreferencestab.

Exercise1:SettheAssociativeDimensioninginyourortho1.dwgfile.
1. SelectTools>Options.

2. SelectUserPreferencestab.
3. CheckonMakenewdimensionassociative.
4. ClickApply.
5. ClickOK.

Dimensions&Annotations

48
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Dimension Tools

DimensioningProcedure
TheAutoCADDimensiontoolbarmatchesAutoCADsDimensionmenu.Youmayfind
workingwiththetoolbarfaster.

Note:

DimensioningiseasierwhentheAutoCADSnapfunctionisturnedoff.ClickF9ortheSNAPbutton
atthebottomofthescreen.

Itisassumedthatyoualreadyknowhowtoplaceadimension.

Dec09

49
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dimensions&Annotations

Dimension Tools

LinearDimensionPlacementSteps
1. SelectDimension>LinearDimensioncommand.
2. Youwillbepromptedwith:
Specify first extension line origin or <select object>:

3. Pickonthedimensionorigin.UsingOsnapssuchasNODE,END,orCENwillimprove
accuracy.
Specify second extension line origin:

4. Pickonthedimensionendpoint.
Specify dimension line location or
[Mtext/Text/Angle/Horizontal/Vertical/Rotated]:

5. Clickonthelocationforthedimensionline.
6. Tocontinuethedimension,activatetheDimension>ContinueDimensioncommand.
Youwillbepromptedwith
Specify a second extension line origin or [Undo/Select] <Select>:

7. Clickonnextdimensionpoint.
8. Onceeachdimensionpointhasbeenselected,PressEntertoexitthecommand.
9. Tocontinueanydimension,activatetheDimension>ContinueDimensioncommand.
Youwillbepromptedwith:
Select continued dimension:
Select the dimension to continue
Specify a second extension line origin or [Undo/Select] <Select>:

Clickonthenextdimensionpoint.

Dimensions&Annotations

50
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Dimension Tools

Exercise2:DimensionyourPaperSpacedrawingasshowninthefigure.
Thissamplehasbeencreatedinimperialunits.

1. Placedimensionsatthelocationsshown.
2. Continuetoplacedimensionsinotherlocationsofyourchoice.
3. ClickSave.

Dec09

51
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dimensions&Annotations

AutoPLANT Annotations

AutoPLANTAnnotations
AutoPLANTPipingprovidesawidevarietyofdrawingannotationscombinedintogroupings.
Eachgrouphasitsownflyouttoolbar.
AutoPLANTEquipmentalsoprovidesasetofannotationtoolslocatedundertheEquipment
menu.

AccessthePipingannotationtoolbarfromPiping>Toolbars>FunctionToolbars>
Annotation.

Dimensions&Annotations

52
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

AutoPLANT Annotations

AnnotationToolbarQuickReference

Annotation Group

Annotation

Database Fields

Main Size

Main Size of the component.

Short Desc

Short Description of component.

Long Desc

Long Description of component.

Spec
Pipe Cut Length
Insulation Thickness
Line Number

Description

Specification of component.
Cut length value of component.
Insulation thickness of component.

Line No. Short

Number-Specification-Main Size

Line No. Long

Number-Specification-Main Size - Commodity (if specified) - Insulation (if


specified)

Line No. Short w/CL

Centerline symbol is followed by the Line No. Short annotation

Line No. Long w/CL

Centerline symbol is followed by the Line No. Long annotation

Notes

General Notes

Place your own notes in the drawing.

Elevations

TOP Elevation

Top of Pipe elevation of component.

COP Elevation

Center of Pipe elevation of component.

BOP Elevation

Bottom of Pipe elevation of component.

NE Coordinate

North, East coordinate location of the selected point

NS Coordinate

If the point is below (0,0), then South coordinates. If the point is above (0,0)
then North coordinates.
Annotation is placed as horizontal text only.

EW Coordinate

If the point is to the right of (0,0), then East coordinate. If the point is to the left
of (0,0), then West coordinate.
EW Coordinate annotation is placed as vertical text only.

Coordinates

Tags

Coordinate

(x,y,z) coordinate location of the selected point.

Material Tag

Components MAT_MARK database field value. If that field is empty, you will
be prompted for a value with the Enter Material Mark dialog.

Component Tag
Instrument Balloons

Component's TAGNUMBER database field value. If that field is empty, you will
be prompted for a value with the Enter Component Tag dialog.
Instrument balloons are further categorized as Standard, Rear, Lights, and
Miscellaneous.

Dec09

53
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dimensions&Annotations

AutoPLANT Annotations

AnnotationPreferences
MakingchangestotheAnnotationLibraryistypicallytheresponsibilityoftheProject
Administrator.However,youcanmakestylechangestoyourannotationsfromthe
AnnotationPreferencesdialog.SelectPiping>Annotation>Preferencestoaccessthe
dialog.
WhenAnnotationStyleissettoDefaultSettings,youcanmakechangestoeveryannotation
style.ByselectingaspecificAnnotationStyle,youcanoverwritethedefaultsettingsforjust
thatstyle.

TheAnnotationstylechangesyoucanmakefromtheAnnotationPreferencesdialoginclude:

PlacementMode
TheNormalsettingonlypromptsforlocationinformation.
TheTextsettingallowsyoutoedittheannotationtextbeforefinalplacement.Youcanalso
explodeanannotationafterplacementtoeditthetext.

Text
Thesesettingsdefinetextsizeandplacement.

Dimensions&Annotations

54
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

AutoPLANT Annotations

Block
ThesesettingsrelatetohowAutoCADblockaredefinedandannotated.

Container
Thesesettingdetermineborderssurroundingtheannotation.

Leader
Thesesettingsrefertostylecharacteristics.

PlacingAnnotations
Withsmallvariations,annotationplacementisquitesimple:

1. Fromthetoolbar,selectanannotationtype
2. SelectthecomponenttoannotateORtheanchorpointfortheannotation
Note:

Whenselectingacomponent,theleaderwillconnecttothepointusedtoselectthecomponent.

3. Selectbydraggingtothelocationfortheannotation
IfyourAnnotationPreferencesPlacementModeissettoText,youwillbeprompted
with:
Format/Edit vertex/Rotate/Move/Annotation/eXit <X>:

Fromthisline,youcanformatthetext,relocateorrotatetheannotation,orexit.

4. Selectthenextcomponenttoannotate
5. Whenyouarefinished,ClickEnterorEsctoendthecommand.

Dec09

55
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dimensions&Annotations

AutoPLANT Annotations

Exercise1:Followthebasicstepsabove,placeannotationsonpipelinesL1001and
L1002asshowninthefollowingfigure.

1. Includetheseannotations:

Longlinenumber
Mainsizeofpipe
Bottomofpipeelevations

2. Whencomplete,Saveyourdrawing.

Dimensions&Annotations

56
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

AutoPLANT Drafting Tools

AutoPLANTDraftingTools
AutoPLANTprovidesacollectionofdraftingsymbolsenablingyoutofurtherdetailyour
drawings.
Menu Item
Symbol Manager
Title Block
Hide Viewport

2D Symbols

Description
Provides some basic drag and drop symbols using standard block insertion function. Also provides an environment
used to create new symbols
Opens Available title blocks dialog.
Preferences

Open HLR Options dialog to change Hidden Line drawing properties

Hide

Create a 2D representation of a selected viewport using the settings in the HLR


Options dialog.

Horizontal Vessel
Vertical Vessel
Misc. Equipment Symbols

Hosereels
Ladders
Doors
Stairs

Arrows

Flow
North

Revision Symbols

Small
Large

Section Markers

Section Markers
Section Headings
Elevation Mark

Yes
No
Question
Stop

Piping Symbols
Spec Breaks
Misc. Markers

Insulate Pipe
Pipe End Symbol
2D Editing

Broken Pipe

Add specified insulation to selected length of pipe. This WILL insulate the pipe segment if it is not insulated already.
Place a pipe end symbol to the closest end of the selected pipe.
Trim

On 2D AutoPLANT component, works like AutoCADs TRIM command.

Ungroup

Ungroups all elements of selected 2D component.

Regroup

With only one element selected, regroups AutoPLANT 2D component that was
previously ungrouped.

Add to group

Adds to a 2D component by first selecting the component and then the elements to
add.

Delete from

Deletes selected entity from ALL instances AutoPLANT 2D component from


drawing.

Remove from

Deletes selected entity from current AutoPLANT 2D component.

Break

Breaks selected 3D pipe segment with Straight, Curved, or Invisible symbols.


User defines size of gap.

End Break

Create a break at selected pipe segment end.


Cannot be mended.

Mend

Repairs selected broken pipe segment.

Mend All

Repairs all pipe segments broken with Break command.

Toplacethesesymbolsfollowtheprompts.

Dec09

57
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dimensions&Annotations

AutoPLANT Drafting Tools

AfulldescriptionoftheDraftingToolscanbefoundintheonlinehelp.GotoAutoPLANT
PIPINGHelp>CommandReference>DraftingToolsMenu>DraftingToolsMenu.

Exercise1:InModelSpace,addinsulationtoL1002.
1. ChangetoaTopviewandZoomintothepipesegmentconnectedtoT136.
2. SelectPiping>DraftingTools>InsulatePipe.
3. PickthesegmentofL1002youwishtoinsulate.
4. IntheInsulationDatadialog,enter1(25mm)asthethicknessandAAasthespecfor
theinsulation.

Note:

YouwillnotbepromptedwiththeInsulationDatadialogagainuntilyouaddinsulationtoa
differentlinenumber.

5. FromPort1,pickapointwheretheinsulationstartsorenteravaluegreaterthan0.
6. WithreferencetoPort2,pickapointwheretheinsulationendsorenteravaluegreater
than0.

7. ClickSave.
Yourdrawingshouldresemblethefigure.

Dimensions&Annotations

58
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

AutoPLANT Drafting Tools

Exercise2:InPaperSpace,breakasectionofpipe.
1. SelectPiping>DraftingTools>BrokenPipe>Break.
2. InPaperSpace,intheviewportfromSection1,selecttheL1001/L1002bypassline,to
theleftofthevalve.

3. IndicatewherethebreakstartswithrespecttoPort1ofthepipesegment.Your
selectionshouldbecloseto,butnotoverlappingtheverticalsegmentofL1002where
thebypasscrossesinfrontoftheline.

4. IndicatewherethebreakendswithrespecttoPort2ofthepipesegment.Thispoint
shouldbeclosetotheothersideofthesegmentdescribedinthepreviousstep.

5. ClickSave.
Thecompletedbreakshouldresemblethefigurebelow.

Youhavenowcompletedthismodule.

Dec09

59
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dimensions&Annotations

Module Review

ModuleReview
Nowthatyouhavecompletedthemodule,letsreviewwhatyouhavelearned.

Questions
1. Insulationsymbolsareaddedinthemodelingenvironmenttoindicateasectionofa
pipethatwillreceiveinsulationduringconstruction.

True
False

2. AcommonannotationonapipinglayoutistheLonglinenumber.

True
False

Answers
1. False:InsulationsymbolsareplacedinPaperSpaceandarenotincludedinthe
modelingenvironment.

2. True:TheLonglinenumberisacommonannotationthatincludestheLinenumber,
specandsizeratingforthepipe.

Summary
Youarenowableto:

SetAutoCADdimensionpreferences

SetAssociativeDimensioningforViewPorts

PlacelinearandcontinuousdimensionsinPaperSpace

PlaceAutoPLANTdrawingannotationsinPaperSpace

PlantinsulationmarksonapipesegmentinPaperSpace

CreateabreakinapipelineinPaperSpace

Dimensions&Annotations

60
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

BillofMaterials
Overview
TheReportingfunctionsinAutoPLANTenableyoutodefineandcreatedetailedreportsof
equipmentandpipingcomponents.Thesereportscanbeoutputtoaprinter,storedasafile
orincludedinthedrawingsasBillofMateriallistsoraBOM.

Prerequisites

StudentsshouldhaveabasicknowledgeoftheAutoPLANTSelectionsdialogusedfor
selectingcomponents.

StudentsshouldhaveabasicknowledgeofthePaperSpaceenvironment.

Objectives

Dec09

Understandhowreportsareconfiguredandgenerated

PlaceaBillofMaterialreportonthePaperSpacelayout

61
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

BillofMaterials

Report Generator Utility

ReportGeneratorUtility
TheAutoPLANTReportGeneratorutilityisusedbyallAutoPLANTPlantDesignapplications
togenerateareportthatcanbeoutputtoaprinter,afile,ordisplayedinpreviewmode.
CrystalReport(*.RPT)filesformatsareconfiguredforyourusewithaspecificreportname
and/ortype.

CrystalReportsEngine
TheReportGeneratorfunctionsuseSeagateSoftware'sCrystalReportsruntimeengine
toprocessthecomponentdataforthereport.

Note:

YoumustfirstpurchasetheCrystalReportssoftwaretogeneratenewormodifyexistingreport
files.

Whenyourequestareport:

1. TheReportGeneratorextractsthecomponentdrawingdatabaserecords,asselected
fromthedrawingdatabaseandsavestoatemporarydatabase.

2. Thetemporarydatabaseiscleanedtoremoveanyrecordsforcomponentsthatno
longerexistinthedrawing.InAutoPLANTPiping,thepipecutlengthsarerecalculated.

3. TheReportWriter(fromCrystalReports)extractsthedatafromthetemporary
databaseandprocessesitfortheselectedreportfile.

BillofMaterials

62
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Bill of Materials Reports

BillofMaterialsReports
TheBillofMaterialsfunctionisacommonutilitysharedbyseveralAutoPLANTapplications.
ThePiping>Reports>BillofMaterialsoptiondisplaysthedialogshownbelow.Thisdialog
enablesyoutosettheparametersthatwillbeusedtoformataBOMforplacementonthe
currentdrawing.

ThecontentofaBOMtypereportissimilartoaBOMreport.However,columnorderand
spacinghavebeenformattedtosuitplacementonadrawing.

Note:

Dec09

MaterialTagsareusedforIsometricdrawingsandwillnotbecoveredinthiscourse.

63
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

BillofMaterials

Bill of Materials Reports

MiscOptions
TheOptionssectionoftheAutoPLANTReportGeneratordialogprovidesfiltering,formatting
andorderingoptionsforyourreport.

OmitSortCodes:AutoPLANTspecificationsincludeaSortCodefieldasanothermeans
oforganizingdata.IntheinstalledAutoPLANTspecifications,componentssuchas
weldsandboltshaveSortCodevaluesof100orgreater;therefore,byomittingsort
codesgreaterthan99,youcankeepthosecomponenttypesoutofyourreports.

IgnoreExistingComponents:ThecomponentdatabasefieldEXISTINGindicatesifa
componentisexistingornotinbrownfieldprojects.Turningonthisswitchwillfilterall
componentslabeledasexistingfromyourreport.

CleanDatabaseFasteners:Thisswitchwillcleanthemodeldatabaseofextraneous
fasteners,keepingthemfrombeingincludedinyourreport.

AppendPipeEndPreparations:Thiswilladdpipeendpreparationdatatotheendof
thepipedescription.

AppendTopworksDescription:Thisswitchwilladdthetopworksdescriptiontotheend
ofthevalvesdescription.Thiscanbeusefuliftopworksarebeingfilteredoutofthe
reportbytheirSortCode.

AscendingSORT_CODEOrder:Bydefault,componentsarelistedbySortCodein
descendingorder.Thisishowpipe,withaSortCodeof17,islistedbeforeweldneck
flanges,thathaveaSortCodeof1.Thisswitchwillreversethesorttoascendingorder.

ConfiguringReportOutput
ClickingtheConfigurebuttontakesyoutotheReportDefinitionsdialog.
HereyoucreateandeditReportNamesbyassigningaReportFiletothereportname.
ThereportisdefinedasaBillofMaterialsbycheckingontheUseforreportsonCAD
Drawingbox.

AlistofReportFiletypescanbecalledfromthebrowsebutton.

BillofMaterials

64
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Bill of Materials Reports

Thesefilesarelocatedinthe%NETWORK_ROOT%\Reportsdirectory.

Dec09

65
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

BillofMaterials

Bill of Materials Reports

Thistablesummarizesthecontentofeachreportfile.
ReportFileName

ProvidedReportName

Description

Bomcad.rpt

CADSTANDARD

Accumulatescomponentsbysizethentype

Bomcutln.rpt

CADCUTLENGTHS

Cutlengthsbysizethentype,remainingcomponentsaccumulated

Bommaint.rpt

CADMAINTENANCE

Cutlengthsandothercomponentslistedindividually

bomround.rpt

CADROUNDED

Cutlengthsroundedtonextfoot/meter,remainingcomponents
accumulated

bomfcut.rpt

CADCUTLENGTHS
SHOP/FIELD

ShopComponents:Individualcutlengthssortedbysize,remaining
componentsaccumulated
FieldComponents:Individualcutlengthssortedbysize,remaining
componentsaccumulated

bomcutlnonly.rpt

CADCUTLENGTHSONLY

Individualcutlengthssortedbysizethentype

bomspcutlnonly.rpt

CADSPOOLCUTLENGTHS
ONLY

Individualspoolcutlengthssortedbysizethentype

bomspool.rpt

CADSPOOL

Groupedbyspool:Accumulatedcutlengthssortedbysizethentype,
remainingcomponentsaccumulated

bomtotal.rpt

CADTOTAL

Accumulatedpipelengthsandcomponentssubtotaledbysizeandtype

bomweight.rpt

CADWEIGHT

Cutlengthssortedbysizethentype,remainingcomponentsaccumulated

sftotal.rpt

CADSHOP/FIELDTOTAL

ShopComponents:Individualcutlengthssubtotaledbysize,remaining
componentsaccumulated
FieldComponents:Individualcutlengthssubtotaledbysize,remaining
componentsaccumulated

Note:

Allconfigurationchangesaresavedtothelocalmachineandareprojectspecific.Anadministrator
cancopythesameconfigurationtomultipleprojectsifneeded.

BillofMaterials

66
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Bill of Materials Reports

FromtheBillofMaterialsdialog,selectOptions.TheBillofMaterialsConfigurationdialog
opens.

GeneralTab
Selectthereportformat,changeplacementandborderproperties.

AfterselectingaFormat,youcanchangeanyofthesettingsforthecurrentreport.
YoucansaveanewconfigurationbyclickingontheNewbuttonandprovidinga
nameforthecurrentsettings.Yourselectedformatisshowninthedialogstitle
bar.

BOMPlacementoptionsinclude:anamednode,adefinedorigin,orbypickinga
pointatthetimeofplacement.ThePlacementCornerdefineswhatcornerofthe
reportislocatedattheplacementpoint.

SomedefaultBorderPropertiesarepartofasavedformat.Youcanchangethe
AutoCADlayer,linetype,lineweightandLTScale

YoucanalsosettheTextOffsetdistancefromverticalbordersandcolumnlines.

TitleTab
Enterthetitleofthereportandsetitstextproperties.

HeaderTab
Setthetextpropertiesofthereportscolumnheaders.

RowTab
Setthetextpropertiesofthereportsrows.

Dec09

67
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

BillofMaterials

Bill of Materials Reports

ColumnTab
Setyourcolumnsandcolumnproperties.

ColumnlineattributesaresetintheDefaultColumnLinesection.
AttributesofeachcolumnissetinthePropertiessection.Changesareonlymadeto
thevalueselectedintheNamefield.
TheHeaderistextthatwillappearatthetopofthecolumn
Textpropertiesinclude:Justification,LTScale,LineWeight,WidthandLineType.
ColumncontentandorderaremanagedintheOrganizeColumnsdialog,openedby
clickingontheOrganizebutton.

AttributesthatcanbeincludedinyourBillofMaterialsarealllistedintheOrganize
Columnsdialog.AttributescurrentlyincludedinthereportarelistedintheCurrent
column,additionalattributescanbeaddedbyselectingitintheChooseFrom
columnandclickingontheAdd>button.Similarly,attributescanberemovedfrom
thereportbyselectingitandclickingonthe<Removebutton.

TheorderofattributesintheCurrentcolumnreflectstheorderofthereport
columns.Columnorderischangedbyselectinganattributeandclickingoneither
theUporDownArrowbuttons.

ForadditionalinformationontheBillofMaterialsgotoOnlinehelp.

FollowthisGeneralProcedure:
1. ThecontentsoftheBOMiscontrolledbytheReportselected.
2. SelectthedesiredReport,andthensettheotheroptionparametersasdesired.
3. Ifyouwanttocustomizetheformat(font,linetype,column,etc.)clickOptions.A
tabbeddialogwilldisplaytoenableyoutocustomizetheformatoftheBOM.

4. WhenyouhavefinisheddefiningtheBOMoptions,clickOK.
5. TheAutoPLANTSelectionsdialogwilldisplaytoenableyoutodefinetheselectionsetof
componentsincludedinyourBOM.

6. Whenyouhavefinisheddefiningtheselectionset,theBOMwillbeplacedonthe
drawingusingthemethodthatyoudefinedintheGeneraltaboftheBillofMaterials
Configurationdialog.
BillofMaterials

68
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Bill of Materials Reports

Exercise1:InPaperSpace,addthecutlengthsonlyreporttoyourdrawing.
1. SelectPiping>Reports>BillofMaterial.
2. SelectCADCUTLENGTHSONLYreporttype.
3. PickOptions

4. FromtheColumntabofthedialog,pickOrganize.

Dec09

69
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

BillofMaterials

Bill of Materials Reports

5. SelectthefieldsfromtheChooseFromwindowandmovetotheCurrentwindow.
OrganizethefieldsusingtheUpandDownarrows.

6. PickOK.
7. PickOKtoclosetheBillofMaterialsConfigurationdialog.
8. SettheBillofMaterialsdialogasshown.

9. ClickOK.
10. FromtheAutoPLANTSelectiondialogselecttheProjecttab.

BillofMaterials

70
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Bill of Materials Reports

11. ThequeryisbasedonLineNumber.CheckL1001,L1002,L1004,L1007,L1008.

12. ClickOk.
TheReportWriteropensandgeneratesthereportbasedonyoucriteria.Thismaytake
afewminutes.
Whenthegenerationiscomplete,youwillbepromptedtospecifywhereyouwantto
placetheBOM.

13. PicktheareainyourPaperSpacelayoutbetweenthetitleblockandtheSection2
viewport.Asectionofthereportisshownbelow.

Thisexercisecompletesthismodule.
Dec09

71
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

BillofMaterials

Module Review

ModuleReview
Nowthatyouhavecompletedthemodule,letsreviewwhatyouhavelearned.

Questions
1. Whencreatingareport,theReportGeneratorutilitygathersthecomponentdataand
storesitinatemporarydatabase.

True
False

2. Areportformatcannotbechanged.

True
False

Answers
1. True:TheReportGeneratorfirststoresthedatainatemporarydatabasewherethe
datacanbefirstcleanedofanyrecordsthatnolongerhavecorrespondingcomponents
inthemodel.

2. False:Theformatofareportisasavedconfigurationwhichcanbechangedtosuityour
requirements.Alloptionsincludingheadertitles,placement,borderproperties,text
offsets,tonameafew,canbeconfiguredbytheuser.

Summary
Youarenowableto:

Understandhowreportsareconfiguredandgenerated

PlaceaBillofMaterialreportonthePaperSpacelayout

BillofMaterials

72
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Import/ExportFunctions
Overview
TheImport/ExportutilityincludedintheapplicationenablestheusertotransferCADdata
fromAutoPLANTtootherCADandCAEapplications.Fullydimensionedandannotated
isometricdrawingsareeasilygeneratedthroughtheexportofmodeldatatotheISOGEN
interface.Exportedpipingcanbeexchangedbetweentheplantdesignapplicationandthe
AutoPIPEstressanalysisapplication.Inaddition,standardoutputformatsaddresstheissue
ofupdatinglegacydatafromPROPIPEandDESIGNERapplicationstothecurrentversionof
AutoPLANT3DPlantDesignapplications.

Prerequisites

StudentsshouldhavebasicknowledgeoftheAutoPLANT3Ddesignenvironment

Studentshouldhaveabasicunderstandingofdataexchangemethodology

Objectives

GainanunderstandingofPXF,JSMandPCFexchangeformats

Createa3Dmodelfromexportedmodeldata

Dec09

73
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Import/ExportFunctions

Import / Export Utility

Import/ExportUtility
TheImport/ExportutilitytransfersCADdatabetweenAutoPLANTandotherCAD/CAE
software.GotoAutoPLANT3D>Import/ExporttoaddthemenutotheAutoPLANT
interface.

Predefineddataformats,usuallyinanASCIIfile,canbegeneratedorreadbyAutoPLANT.
AutoPLANTcurrentlysupportstwoformatsforoutput(PXFandPCF)andoneformatfor
input(PXF).
Theexportfunctionsreadthedrawinganddatabaseinformationinthemodelandwrites
thenecessarydataintheformatthatisrequiredbythetargetprogram.Theinputfunction
readsthedatafromthehostprogramandgeneratesadrawinganddatabase,whichcan
thenbemanipulatedwithinAutoPLANTapplications.
Abriefdescriptionoftheseformatsisprovidedbelow.

PXF(BentleyPlantExchangeFormat)

PXFprovidesasmoothtransitionfromBentley'sPROPIPEandDESIGNERlegacy
drawingstotheAutoPLANTPIPINGformat.

EnablesyoutoexportAutoPLANTPIPINGdatatotheAutoPIPEstressanalysis
application.

CangenerateaPlantExchangefilefromAutoPLANTISOMETRICSdrawings,thenuse
thePXFImportoptiontogenerateanAutoPLANTPIPINGmodelfromtheexchangefile
data.

Import/ExportFunctions

74
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Import / Export Preferences

JSM(JSpaceModelFormat)
Import/ExportexportscomponentsinJSMformat.TheJSpaceModelistheformatrequired
byBentleyProjectWiseNavigatorforviewingmodels.FormoreinformationonJSMgoto
OnlineHelp.

PCF(ISOGENPCFFormat)
PCFistheformatrequiredbyISOGENtoautomaticallygenerateisometricdrawingsfrom
AutoPLANTPIPINGmodels.InassociationwithAliasLimited,Bentleyhasdevelopedan
interfacetotheirISOGENsoftware.Thisapplicationsimplifiestheprocessrequiredtotake
thePCF(PipingComponentFile)filecreatedbyAutoPLANTImport/ExporttoanISOGEN
AutoCADcompatibleDXFisometricfile.
Thisfunctionisdiscussedinlengthinthenextmodule.

Import/ExportPreferences
TheImport/ExportPreferencesdialogallowsyoutosethowanimportorexportbehaves
includingthelocationofexportedfiles.
OptionsundertheGeneraltabapplytoalltypesofexportsincludingtoPCF,PXFandJSM.

Dec09

Debugcomponentscripts:Advancedfunctionalityandshouldbeturnedofffordayto
dayuse.

75
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Import/ExportFunctions

Plant Exchange (PXF)

Loadcomponentscriptsinmemory:Keepscomponentinformationinmemoryand
acceleratessubsequentexports.

Overwriteexistingfiles:Overwritesthelastexportofthisname/typewiththecurrent
one.

Enablecomponentlog:CreatesanexternalASCIItextfileoftheimport/exportlog.

Showprogressdialog:Opensadialogthatmirrorstheactionsofanimportorexport.

Logfile:Setthelocationofthelogfilethatrecordsallinformation,warnings,anderrors
thatoccurduringanimportorexportprocess.

PlantExchange(PXF)

OutputDirandInputDir:specifythelocationoffilesexportedorimported.
DocumentTransversalMode,StopSigns,andUseConnectioncriteriaworkthesamefor
bothPXFfilesandPCFfiles.

Import/ExportFunctions

76
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Plant Exchange (PXF)

JSM

OutputDir:Theseoptionsspecifythelocationofexportedfiles.
DocumentTransversalMode,StopSigns,andUseConnectioncriteriaworkthesamefor
bothPXFfilesandPCFfiles.
JSMoptionsarenotdiscussedfurtherinthiscourse.

Dec09

77
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Import/ExportFunctions

Creating a New Model from PXF Export

CreatingaNewModelfromPXFExport
AlthoughPlantExchangeFormat(PXF)isprimarilyusedtomovepipingdatabetweenthe
AutoPLANTandAutoPIPEapplications,itdoeshaveanaddedbenefit.WhenPXFExportis
runitwillnotincludeanycomponentsthathavebecomecorrupted.
ThefunctionallowsyoutoexportaspecificpiperunfromanexistingmodelasaPXFfileand
createanewpipingmodel.Ittherewereerrorsinthepiperun,thesecomponentswillnot
beexported.
Thisexerciseteachesyouhowtocreateanewmodelfromanexistingmodel.

Note:

IfyouhavecreatedthePipingmodelwithouterrors,allpipingcomponentswillbeexported.

SettingPreferences
First,youwillsetthepreferencestodefinehowtheexportwillbecreatedandwhereto
storetheexportfile.

Exercise1:InthePipingmodel,loadtheImport/Exportapplicationandsetthe
preferences.

1. FromDocumentManager,openthePipingmodelandlaunchthePipingapplication.
2. SelectAutoPLANT3D>Import/Export.Themenuloads.
3. OpenImport/Export>Preferences.
4. IntheGeneraltab,set:

DebugcomponentscriptsisOFF
LoadcomponentscriptsinmemoryisON
OverwriteexistingfilesisOFF
EnablecomponentlogisOFF
ShowprogressdialogisON
Logfilelocationisthedefault

Import/ExportFunctions

78
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Creating a New Model from PXF Export

5. IntheISOGEN(PCF)tab,set:

TheDocumentTraversalModetoCombined
StopSignstoCreatemultiplefiles
UsesConnectionCriteriatoON
SystemIsotoOFF
AutomaticallyrunISOGENtoON
CalculateCenterofGravitytoOFF
IgnoreErrorstoOFF
IsoStypetoFinal
ContinuingComponentsto1

6. InthePlantExchange(PXF)tab,set:

Dec09

OutputandInputdirectorylocationstoC:\BentleyTrainingProjects\Training.

79
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Import/ExportFunctions

Creating a New Model from PXF Export

Note:

YouwillneedtocreatethePXFfolder.

DocumentTraversalModetoCombined
StopSignstoCreatemultiplefiles
UseConnectionCriteriatoOFF

7. ClickOK.
Thefileisstoredintheoutputlocationyoudefined.

Import/ExportFunctions

80
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Creating a New Model from PXF Export

CreatingthePXFFile
Exercise2:UsingthePXFfileformat,exportlineL1002.
1. SelectImport/Export>PlantExchange(PXF)>Export.
2. IntheAutoPLANTSelectionsdialog,writeaqueryforpipelineL1002.

Hint:

IfyouchecktheGetattributesforselecteddocsonlybox,andbrowseforthelinenumber,any
linesnotincludedinyourpipingmodelwillbeexcludedfromthepicklist.

3. ClickOKontheAutoPLANTSelectionsdialogtoinitiatetheexport.
TheExportProgressdialogwillopenandshowthestatusoftheexport.Whentheprocessis
complete,thedialogshouldlooksimilartothefigureshown.

Dec09

81
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Import/ExportFunctions

Creating a New Model from PXF Export

4. ClickOK.
5. ClickFile>Save.

ImportingthePXF
Now,letsimportthePXFintoanewmodel.

Exercise3:UsingDocumentManager,createanewPipingmodelandimportthePXF
file.

1. StartDocumentManagerandopenyourtrainingproject.
Note:

UsingDocumentManagertocreatenewmodelsisthebestmethodtoensureallprojectdrawings
arestoredintheirproperlocations.

2. SelecttheAutoPLANTPipingnode,rightclickandselectNew.

3. NamethenewmodelExport_Training,
4. SelectAutoPlantPipingasyourdocumenttype,andclickCreate.
5. WhentheModelSetupdialogopens,keepthedefaultsettingsbyclickingDone.
6. OnceAutoCADisloaded,ifnecessarylaunchthePipingapplication.
7. SelectAutoPLANT3D>Import/Exporttoloadthemenu.
8. SelectImport/Export>PlantExchange(PXF)>Import.
9. IntheSelectFilesdialog,navigatetoC:\BentleyTrainingProject\Trainingandselectthe
PIPING.PXFfile.

Import/ExportFunctions

82
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Creating a New Model from PXF Export

10. ClickOpen.
TheImportProgressdialogopens.Whentheimportiscomplete,thedialogwillappear
similartothefigureshown.

11. ClickOK.
12. UseZoomExtentstoviewyourimportedpipeline.
13. ClickSave.
14. Yourmodelshouldresemblethedialogshown.

Dec09

83
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Import/ExportFunctions

Creating a New Model from PXF Export

Youcanseehowvaluablethistypeoffunctioniswhenrequiredperformmodifications.

Import/ExportFunctions

84
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Module Review

ModuleReview
Nowthatyouhavecompletedthismodule,letsreviewwhatyouhavelearned.

Questions
1. ThePXFformatonlyallowsonewayexportingofmodelfiles.

True
False

2. WhenexportingpipingrunsusingthePXFExportfunction,allfiles,areexported,evenif
thereareerrorsinthemodel.

True
False

Dec09

85
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Import/ExportFunctions

Summary

Answers
1. False:ThePXFfunctionisusedforbothexportingandimportingfiles.Thefunction
readsthedatabaseinformationandnecessarydataintheformatrequiredbythetarget
program.

2. False:PXFexportwillnotexportpipingcomponentsthatcontainerrors.

Summary

GainanunderstandingofPXF,JSMandPCFexchangeformats

Createa3Dmodelfromexportedmodeldata

Import/ExportFunctions

86
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

AutomatedIsoGeneration
Description
AutoPLANTprovidesafunctiontoautomatethegenerationofisometricsdrawingsfromthe
model.BentleyusesISOGENtechnologythatisembeddedinAutoPLANTapplication.Prior
tocreatingisometricdrawingsfromyourpipingmodelyoumustfirstensurethecomponent
dataisconsistentandcorrect.Onceyouareconfidentofthedata,youcancreatetheisoby
exportingthedatatotheISOGENapplicationembeddedintheapplication.

Prerequisites

HandsonexperiencewithAutoPLANTmodelingapplications.

Basicunderstandingofisometricdrawingformats

Objectives
Aftercompletingthismodule,youwillbeableto:

Understandhowmodeldataisgatheredforisogeneration

VerifyAutoPLANTmodeldataforcomponentconnectivityandconsistency

Addmiscellaneousattachmentsandannotationtoamodel

Addstopsignstocreatepagebreaksonaniso

CreateautomatedisosusingtheISOGENinterface.

Dec09

87
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

AutomatedIsoGeneration

AutoPLANT Modeling Concepts

AutoPLANTModelingConcepts
AsintelligentcomponentsareplacedinanAutoPLANTmodel,allconnectivitydata,suchas
howandwherecomponentsareconnectedtooneanotherorwhichfastenersareusedto
makeajoint,isstoredinthedatabase.
Thisconnectivityinformationiscrucialforthesuccessfuloutputofautomatedisometric
drawingsfromtheISOGENinterface.Withoutproperconnectivity,ISOGENwillnotgenerate
anisometricdrawingasexpectedoratall.

AutomatedIsoGeneration

88
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

AutoPLANT Modeling Concepts

ComponentConnections
WhenwetalkaboutcomponentsandconnectionsinAutoPLANT,weusetermssuchas
Ports,Joints,andFasteners.Thefollowingdefinitionoftermsandexerciseswillhelpyou
understandhowtocheckforconnectivitybetweencomponentsinthemodelandassure
thatyourmodelingdataisconsistent.
Onceyouareconfidentthatyourdataiscorrect,AutoPLANTusesthedatatocreatea.PCF
file(PipingComponentFile).ThePCFthenpassestheinformationtotheISOGENinterfaceto
automaticallycreatetheisometricdrawings.

Note:

ISOGENdoesnotaccessAutoPLANTdatadirectly.

First,letsreviewsomeimportanttermsandlaterwewillexaminethedataintheexisting
model.

Ports
Aportisapositiononacomponentthatcanbeconnectedtoanothercomponent.Ports
containdatadrivenbythespecincludingsize,rating,facing,aswellasdataspecifictothe
componentplacementsuchasdirectionandlocation.

JointsandFasteners
Ajointisaconnectionbetweentwoportsandafastenerisanothercomponentthatis
requiredtoconnectthetwoports.Forexample,aflangehastwoportstheflangedside
andtheweldedside.Whenconnectingtwoflangesfacetoface,youhaveajoint.Thereare
alsotwofastenersthatareautomaticallyinsertedforaflangedconnectionboltsand
gaskets.
Afastenerispresentinthedatabasejustasanyothercomponentsuchasafitting,valveor
pipe.Themaindifferenceisthatafastenerisplacedautomaticallywhenajointismade.

Attachments
AnAttachmentisanAutoPLANTcomponentthatisplaceddirectlyonanexisting
component.Therearenoportconnectionsbutrathertheattachmentusesthecoordinate
systemoftheparent(thecomponentitisattachedto)forthelocationanddirection.
Examplesincludetopworksonvalvesorsupportsonpipeandfittings.

PipeCenterline
ISOGENassumesallpointsforapipelinefallalonganimaginarycenterline.Forthisreason
allattachmentsmusthaveanoriginthatisalongthecenterlineoftheroutedpipeand
fittings.Whentheoriginofanycomponentfallsoutsidethecenterlinethiswillcause
ISOGENtofailandinmostcasesnodrawingiscreated.

Dec09

89
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

AutomatedIsoGeneration

Data Integrity Component Connectivity

SpoolNumbering
Apipespoolisaconnectedsetofpipingcomponentsthathavebeenprefabricatedinashop
anddeliveredtoafieldinstallationsiteasasingleentity.
ISOGENcanannotateandreportthespoolnumbersonaniso.Thesespoolnumberscanbe
setinthemodelandindicatedinthePCFfileorISOGENcanassignthespoolnumbers
automatically.
Formoreinformationoncustomizingyourisogenfiles,refertotheISOGENcourse.

WeldNumbering
ISOGENcanannotateandreporttheWeldnumbersonanIso.Thesenumberscanbesetin
themodelandindicatedinthePCFfileorISOGENcanassignnumbersautomatically.

DataIntegrityComponentConnectivity
DuringtheprocessofcreatingaPCFfile,datafromeachcomponentalongapipelineis
gathered,evaluatedandputintoaconnectedorder.AutoPLANTtracesalongthe
componentsfromporttoportuntilitgetstoeithertheendofthepipelingoragapor
disconnect.

Noticethatpipeport1isconnectedtoflangeport2bythejointusingthefastener(weld).
Thearrowsrepresentthedirectionoftheports.Inadditiontothedatamatchrequiredfora
joint(rating,size,etc.)theportsdirectionmustaligninorderforthejointtobemade.This
alignmentcanhaveatolerancesetforeachjointtypeintheproject.
Iftheweldorjointismissingorifthecomponentshavechangedsincetheywereplaced,
thentheconnectionisconsideredbroken.ThiscommonlyhappenswhenAutoCADediting
commandsareusedincorrectlyduringthemodelingprocess(copy,move,stretch,mirror,
etc.).Itisessentialthatthedesignerresponsibleforcreatingthe3Dmodelconfirmsthe
componentsareconnectedaspartofthepipingdesignprocess.
AutoPLANTtoolsusedtoanalyzeandrepairtheconnectivityofpipingcomponentsinthe3D
modelareexplainedinthefollowingexercises.
AutomatedIsoGeneration

90
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Data Integrity Component Connectivity

Consistency(Relationships)
SinceAutoPLANTusescomponentdatatocreatetheisometric,itisimportanttoensurethe
dataisconsistent.
Forexample:Alinenumberisusedtogroupthecomponentsintoaconnectedsystem
calledapipeline.Evenonecomponentwiththewronglinenumbercanmakeamessofthe
isometric.Similarly,attributessuchasUnit,Area,orServicearecommonlyusedtogroup
componentsandtonametheisometricsothesetoomustbeconsistent.

Specs
ISOGENoutputsthepipespecofthefirstcomponentitfindsinthepipelineasthenominal
specfortheiso.Sinceeverycomponentinthelinealsohasaspec,wheneverthereisa
changeinspecbetweenfittingsaspecbreakisdrawnontheiso.Caremustbetakenduring
themodelingphasetoensurethecorrectpipespecisusedthroughoutaline.

Dec09

91
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

AutomatedIsoGeneration

Data Integrity Component Connectivity

ExaminingtheData
Nowthatyouhavecompletedthemodelingprocess,letstakesometimetoexaminethe
datafromconnectingports,jointsandfasteners.LetsuseL1008atthetopofT136.

Ports,Joints,Fasteners
Exercise1:Inspectingtheportdata
1. UsingDocumentManageropenthePipingmodelandZOOMtoL1008atthetopofT
136.

1. Placea3flangeattheendofL1008usingthefittingtofittingmethod.
2. EdittheflangeusingthePiping>DatabaseTools>EditComponentmenuoption.
3. Selectthecomponent.
4. WhentheFlangedComponentdialogappearsclickNextPagetoreviewtheportand
databaseinformation.AtthetopofthescreenyouwillnoticesittellsyouthePortisnot
connected.

5. Placeamatingflangeandedittheoriginalflangeagain.Noticethattheflangenow
reportsitisconnected.

6. Leavethedrawingopenasyouwillusethismodelinthenextexercises.

AutomatedIsoGeneration

92
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Data Integrity Component Connectivity

TapPorts
Asyouhavelearned,AutoPLANTComponentshaveportsaspartoftheirdefinition.The
flangeinthepreviousexamplehadtwoportsaswewouldexpect.Somecomponentsneed
theabilitytoaddadditionalportssothatcomponentssuchasweldoletsandsaddlescanbe
attached.InthiswayAutoPLANTtreatsapipe(normallyonlytwoports)asateebyadding
theadditionaltapport.

Exercise1:InspectthetapportonL1004
1. OnL1004,atapportwasusedtoconnectadrainline.Wecanusethisconnectionto
illustratehowanadditionalportwasaddedtotheexistingpipesegment.
ZOOMintoP104wherethesupporthasbeenaddedtoL1004.

2. SelectPiping>DatabaseTools>EditComponent.SelectL1004.
3. FromthePipingInformationdialogselectNextPagetoreviewtheportanddatabase
information.

4. Scrolldowntodisplaythethirdportthathasbeenaddedtothecomponent.Avalve
wasaddedtothe2line.

5. ClickCanceltoendthecommand.

Dec09

93
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

AutomatedIsoGeneration

Data Integrity Component Connectivity

Supports
Pipesupportsmustbeconnectedtoapipingcomponentinorderforthemtoappearonthe
isometricdrawing.Theydonotconnectusingportsbutareconsiderattachments.There
ishoweveradatarelationshipbetweentheattachmentsandtheprimarycomponent.Note
thateachattachmentmusthaveatleastonepointthatfallsalongthecenterlineofthe
pipelineandinmostcaseswillbeplaceddirectlyonpipe.

MiscellaneousAttachments
AutoPLANTfeaturesseveralattachmentsthatmaybeplacedbytheuseralongapipelinefor
thepurposeofaddingannotationtotheisometricgeneratedbyISOGEN.Miscellaneous
attachmentsareplacedsimilartosupports.
ThePiping>Misc.Attachmentsmenuincludesdetailingcomponentssuchasflowarrows,
comments,wallopenings.

Whenplacedinthemodelthecomponentsareexportedduringtheautomatedisometrics
generationprocess.

PlacementProcedure
1. Selectacomponentfromthedialog.
2. Selectacomponentfromthemodeltoformtheassociation.
3. Selectabaseportforplacementtheactiveportisindicatedwithagreendotandyou
cantogglefromporttoport.

4. Provideadistancefromthebaseport.

AutomatedIsoGeneration

94
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Data Integrity Component Connectivity

5. EnterthetexttobeassociatedwiththecomponentthatwillappearintheIsogen
drawing.

FlowArrows
Oneexceptiontothisprocedureistheflowarrow.Ratherthanenteringtext,youwould
providethedirectionofflow.
MostMiscellaneousAttachmentsarerepresentedbyanorangesphereplacedwithinthe
pipecomponent.Theshapesusedforinsulationandflowarrowcomponentsarenot
spheres.Thefigureillustratestheflowarrowplacedwithinonapipesegment.

Seethetablebelowforexamplesofhowmiscellaneousattachmentswillaffectthe
isometric.
Attachment

Description

FlowArrow

PlacesaFlowarrowsymbol
ontheIsointhedirectionas
indicatedinthe3DModel.

InsulationSymbol

Example:

Placesashortsymbolonthe
Isoindicatinginsulationis
onthepipeanduser
enteredtextasshown.

LocationPoint

Placesadimensiontoa
pointanywhereinthe3D
Model.

Comment

Dec09

Placestextandaleader
pointingtoaselected
locationalongthepipe,
optionallywithacontainer
(asshown)oradimension.

95
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

AutomatedIsoGeneration

Data Integrity Component Connectivity

FloorOpening

PlacesaFloorsymbolatany
locationalongthepipe,
optionallywithacontainer
oradimension.

GrateOpening

Placesagratingsymbolat
anylocationalongthepipe,
optionallywithacontainer
oradimension.

WallOpening

Placesawallsymbolatany
locationalongthepipe,
optionallywithacontainer
oradimension.

AdditionalMaterial

Addsamateriallistitemto
thebillofmaterials.

ReferenceDimension

Placesas1,2or3D
dimensiontoanypointsuch
asabuildingcolumnor
otherlandmark.

SpoolIdentifier

Placesaspoolidentifierat
anylocationalongwith
pipeline.Notethatthis
manualmethodisNot
recommended!Spoolsare
discussedlaterinthis
course.

TestPortInstrument
Bubble

Placesabubblereading
TestPortatauser
selectedlocationonthe
pipeline.

IsogenEndofLine
InstrumentBubble

Placesaninstrumentbubble
withtextasenteredbythe
user,Note:Thisisfor
untaggeditemsasthereis
Nolinktoprojecttagsfor
thistypeofannotation.

Inthenextexercise,youwilladddetailtoapipingmodelinpreparationforcreatingan
automatedisometricdrawing.

Note:

FormoreinformationgotoAutoPLANTPIPINGHelp>CommandReference>ComponentMenus
>BaseModule>Misc.Attachments.

AutomatedIsoGeneration

96
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Data Integrity Component Connectivity

Exercise1:Addaflowarrow,commentandinsulationmarktolineL1002.
1. FromDocumentManager,opentheExport_Training.dwgasshown.
Note:

WewilladdtheMiscellaneousAttachmentstothisdrawing,insteadofclutteringupourmodel.

Note:

DocumentManagerassuresallprojectfilesarestoredintheappropriatelocation.

RefertotheillustrationbelowtoplacetheMiscellaneousAttachments.

2. SelectPiping>Misc.Attachments.SelectFlowArrow.

3. FollowthecommandlinetoplacetheFlowArrow,midspanofthepipesegmentas
shown.Onceplacedthesymbollocationcanbeeasilymodifiedusingthemove
command.

Dec09

97
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

AutomatedIsoGeneration

Data Integrity Component Connectivity

NowplaceacommentonthesegmentofL1002beforethebypass.

4. SelectPiping>Misc.Attachments.SelectComment.Thedialoggivesyoutheoption
ofaddingspecifictextforthecomment.

5. MaketheAnnotationContainerSquare.
Note:

Thegeneratedisodisplaystheinformationandleaderlinepointingtotheselectedlocation.

6. ClickOKtoplacethesymbolandendthecommand.Yourattachmentappearsas
shown.

AutomatedIsoGeneration

98
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Data Integrity Component Connectivity

IsometricSheetNumbers
Inmanycasesaconnectedsetofcomponentsthatmakeupaparticularlinenumber(or
pipelineasISOGENreferstoit)cannotfitonasinglesheet.InthiscaseISOGENwillcreate
multiplesheetswhileconsecutivelynumberingthesheets.
Whilethisisaveryusefulandpowerfulfeatureyoumustbecarefulassubsequentrunsof
thesamepipelinemayproducesomeundesirableresults,suchas:

Samenumberofsheetsproducedbutthesheetnumbersareflippedaround.
(e.g1is6,6is1,andavarietyofchangesmadetothe25sheets.

Adifferentnumberofsheetsareproduced.

Thebreakpointwheretheisocontinuestothenextsheetmaybedifferent(different
componentorport).

Acommontechniqueusedtocontrolwherethesheetsbreakorwhattonumberthem,can
beaddedtothe3DmodelbyinsertingStopSignsatacomponentportwithinapiping
segment.ThisisaneasymethodtocreateasheetbreakpriortocreatingyourIsometric
drawings.

AddingaStopSign
AutoPLANTPipingenablesyoutoinsertIsometricStopSignsatacomponentport,withina
pipingsegment.ThesestopsignscreatethepagebreaksforIsometricdrawings.

Exercise1:AddaStopSigntoL1002ontheverticalendoftheelbowasshown.

Stop Sign

Dec09

99
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

AutomatedIsoGeneration

Data Integrity Component Connectivity

1. UsingDocumentManager,selectandrightclicktoeditthePipingmodeltolaunchthe
applicationandyourcurrentdrawing.

2. ZoomintoL1002.Itmayhelptoturnoffthesteellayersasshowninthefigure.
3. SelectPiping>PipingTools>IsometricStopSigns.
4. Selectthe90degreeelbow.
5. Attheprompt,typeTtotoggletotheportwheretheStopSignistobelocated.
6. ClickEntertoplacetheStopSign.
7. Savethemodel.

AutomatedIsoGeneration

100
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Checking Component Connectivity

CheckingComponentConnectivity
ThePipingTools>ConnectivityCheckermenuprovidesoptionsthatenableyoutoconfirm
properconnectivityalongpipingruns.EventhoughtheAutoPLANTPipingapplicationchecks
forconnectivityduringnormalroutingactivities,itisagoodpracticetoinspectthe
connectivitypriortocreatinganiso.
Reasonsforimproperconnectionsaremostcommonlyaresultofmovingorcopying
components,thenimproperlyplacingthematnewlocations.

Checker
Thiscommandenablesyoutocheckaselectedgroupofcomponentsforproper
connectivity.Whenthecommandisexecuted,theDrawingSelectionOptionsdialogdisplays
toenableyoutodefinetheselectionsetofcomponentsthatyouwanttotest(e.g.,youmay
onlywanttocheckconsistencyforaspecificlinenumber).

Oncethecomponentselectionsethasbeendefined,thefirstdisconnect(ifoneisfound)
andtheConnectivityCheckdialogdisplayasshown.
Dec09

101
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

AutomatedIsoGeneration

Checking Component Connectivity

Refertothetableforadescriptionoftheoptions:
+

Click+tozoomintothecurrentlydisplayeddisconnect,orclicktozoomoutfromthe
currentlydisplayeddisconnect.

<>

Click>tomovetothenextdisconnect,orclick<tomovetothepreviousdisconnect.

Repair

ClickRepairandyouwillbepromptedtoselectthedesiredconnectingcomponentto
attemptarepair.Ifthedisconnectdistanceiswithintheallowablerange,the
connectionwillberepaired;otherwise,adialogwilldisplaythereasonsthe
connectioncannotberepaired.

More...

DisplaysanexpandedversionofthisdialogasshownbelowthatprovidesaSuspend
optionandamoredetailedexplanationofeachdisconnect.

AutomatedIsoGeneration

102
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Checking Component Connectivity

Adescriptionoftheoptionsinclude:

First,Prev,Next,andLast

Clickthesebuttonstoscrollthroughdisconnects.Informationaboutdisconnect
attheselectedportisdisplayedinthebottompaneofthedialog,whilethe
displayzoomsintothatareaofthedrawingforcloserexamination.

ZoomIn/Out

Clickthesebuttonstozoomintoorawayfromthecurrentlydisplayed
disconnect.

Repair

Clickthisbuttontoattempttorepairtheconnectionbetweentwocoincident
weldedcomponents.Forexample,ifyoucopyapipelineconnectedtoonebutt
weldcomponenttotheendofanotherbuttweldcomponent,youcanusethis
commandtoproperlyconnectthesecondbuttweldcomponentwiththecopied
pipeline.Flangesandothercomponentsthatarenotcoincidentcannotbe
connectedwiththisfunction.

Suspend

ClickthisbuttontotemporarilysuspendtheCheckercommand.Thisprocesscan
becontinuedatanytimeusingtheResumeCheckercommand.

Brief

DisplaystheBriefversionofthisdialogasshownpreviously.

ResumeChecker
Thiscommandpromptsyoutoselectasetofcomponentsonarun,andthenspecifythe
startingcomponent.Thecommandthenhighlightseachcomponentintherunprogressing
downthelineuntilanimproperconnectionisdetected.Thecommandthenexitstoallow
youtocorrecttheproblematthatlocation.

CheckRun
Thethirdcommandallowsyoutoresumeaconnectivitycheckonagroupofcomponents
thatmayhavebeenpreviouslysuspended.

Dec09

103
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

AutomatedIsoGeneration

Checking Component Connectivity

Exercise:CheckandrepairtheConnectivityintheexamplemodel.
InthisexerciseyouwillruntheconnectivitycheckeronL1002.

1. Ifthepipingmodelisnotalreadyopen,useDocumentManagertoopenthePiping
model,byselectingEditfromthecontextmenu.

2. SelectPiping>PipingTools>ConnectivityChecker>Checker.
3. BuildaselectionsetfromtheAutoPLANTSelectionsdialog.

4. YoucaneitherrunthecheckeronallpipinginthemodelbyselectingAllorcreatea
querytoofspecificpiperuns.

AutomatedIsoGeneration

104
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Checking Component Connectivity

5. Oncethequeryisrun,usethefunctionalityofthecheckertozoomintotheareathat
containsanyerrorstofixtheconnection.

Dec09

105
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

AutomatedIsoGeneration

Creating Isometric Drawings

CreatingIsometricDrawings
Nowthatyouhaveensuredyourmodeldataisaccurateitistimetogeneratetheisometric
drawings.ThroughaseriesofexercisesyouwilllearnhowAutoPLANTmodeldatais
gatheredtoproduceaPipingComponentFile(PCF).ThisPCFistheformatrequiredby
ISOGENtoautomaticallygeneratetheisometricdrawings.OncethePCFiscreated,itis
runthroughISOGENtocreateanAutoCADcompatibleDXFisometricfilethatcanbeviewed
andplotted.

Import/Export
Asyoulearnedearlier,theImport/ExportutilitytransfersCADdatabetweenAutoPLANTand
otherCAD/CAEsoftware.Nowyouwilllearnhowthisutilitysupportsthegenerationof
isometricdrawingsfrom

Exercise1:ExploringtheImport/ExportOptions.
1. GotoAutoPLANT3D>Import/ExporttoaddthemenutotheAutoPLANTinterface.
2. FromtheImport/ExportmenuselectPreferences
TheImport/ExportPreferencesdialogallowsyoutosethowanimportorexport
behavesincludingthelocationofexportedfiles.

Note:

OptionsundertheGeneraltabapplytoalltypesofexportsincludingtoPCF,PXFandJSM.

Debugcomponentscripts:Advancedfunctionalityandshouldbeturnedoffforday
todayuse.

Loadcomponentscriptsinmemory:Keepscomponentinformationinmemoryand
acceleratessubsequentexports.

AutomatedIsoGeneration

106
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Creating Isometric Drawings

Overwriteexistingfiles:Overwritesthelastexportofthisname/typewiththe
currentone.

Enablecomponentlog:CreatesanexternalASCIItextfileoftheimport/exportlog.

Showprogressdialog:Opensadialogthatmirrorstheactionsofanimportor
export.
Logfile:Setthelocationofthelogfilethatrecordsallinformation,warnings,and
errorsthatoccurduringanimportorexportprocess.

3. ClickCanceltoendthisexercise.

ISOGEN(PCF)
InapreviousmoduleyoumayhaveexploredtheImport/ExportUtilityusedfortransferring
modeldatatootherapplications.Nowletsexploretheoptionsforcreatingtheisofrom
yourmodel.

Exercise2:ExploretheISOGEN(PCF)options
1. SelectAutoPLANT>Import/Exporttoloadthemenu.
2. SelectImport/Export>Preferences.
3. FromthedialogselecttheISOGEN(PCF)tabasshown.

RefertothetableforadescriptionofImport/ExportPreferencesdialogfields.

Dec09

107
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

AutomatedIsoGeneration

Creating Isometric Drawings

OutputDir

SpecifiesthedirectorypathwhereISOGENPCFfilesarestoredwhenexecuting
GenerateIsofromtheImport/Exportmenu.Thispathissetinbythe
Administrator.ItisdisplayedheresotheusercanfindandinspectthePCFfiles.In
manycasesusersneverneedtoknowwherePCFfilesaregeneratedastheyare
typicallyprocessedbyISOGENandthenremoved.

Document
Traversal
Mode

Specifieswhethertheselectionsetofcomponentsbuiltfrommultiple
drawingsisprocessedasasingleselectionsetortreatedasseparate
selectionsets.Ifyouareonlyprocessingonedrawing,theresultwillbethe
sameregardlessofthisselection.
Combined:combinesallcomponentsfromalldrawingsintoasingleselectionset.
Ifnoneoftheotherprocessingoptionsareselected(UseConnectionCriteria,
Read/BreakStopSigns),asingleexportfileisgenerated.Thisselectionsetmaystill
bebrokenintoseparateoutputfilesbasedontheadditionalcriteriaselection
available(e.g.,stopsigns,connectioncriteriadialogsettings,etc.)

PerDocument:handlesthecomponentsfromeachdrawingasaseparate
selectionset.Ifnoneoftheotherprocessingoptionsareselected(UseConnection
Criteria,Read/BreakStopSigns),aseparateexportfileisgeneratedforeach
drawinginthisset.Eachoftheseoutputfilesmaybefurtherbrokenintoseparate
outputfilesbasedontheadditionalcriteriaselectionavailable(e.g.,stopsigns,
connectioncriteriadialogsettings,etc.).
StopSigns

Enableyoutomanagehowstopsignsplacedonyourdrawingsareusedby
thePCFfunctions.
Donotuse:Ignoresallstopsigns
Writetofile:instructsthesystemtoreadStopSignsinyourselectionsetandwrite
StopSigninformationtothegeneratedPCFfile.Thisinformationisthenprocessed
byISOGENtoaddnotes,etc.Thisoptiondoesnotbreakyouroutputintoseparate
PCFfiles.

Createmultiplefiles:instructsthesystemtousestopsignsinyourselectionset
tobreakthePCFoutputintoseparatePCFfiles.
Use
Connection
Criteria

SystemIso

Automatically
runISOGEN

Calculate
Centerof
Gravity(COG)
IsoStyle

AutomatedIsoGeneration

SpecifiesthattheConnectionCriteriadialogdisplaysaftertheselectiondialog
enablingyoutospecifyoneormoredatabasefieldstoapplytotheconnectivity
test.Fortwoconnectedcomponents,thevalueofthecriteriafield(s)mustmatch
foraconnectiontobeestablished.Ifadisconnectinconnectioncriteriaisfound
usingthedefinedcriteria,thenabreakintheIsointoseparatedrawingsoccurs.

ProvideameansofputtingmultiplelinesonasingleIso.Ifthischeckboxis
enabled,allcomponentsmatchingthecriteriaareputintoasinglePCF.The
Isowilldisplayannotationindicatingthechangeinlinenumber.
Ifthischeckboxisenabled,whenyouexecutePCFExportthesystemwill
automaticallysendanerrorfreePCFfilethroughISOGEN.IfISOGENis
successfulingeneratingaDXFfilefromthePCFexportfile,thesystemwill
automaticallysendtheDXFthroughDXF2DWGtocreateanAutoCAD
compatibleDWGfile,andthePCFfilewillbedeleted.
Enablethischeckboxtoincludecenterofgravity(COG)calculationdatain
thePCFexportfile.

SetstheISOGENoutputstylefromalistofStylesdefinedinthecurrentproject.

108
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Creating Isometric Drawings

Continuing
Components

Specifiesthenumberofadditionalcomponentsthatdonotbelongtothecriteria,
butwhichconnecttothecriteria,tooutputintothePCFfile.
Example:IfyouselectalinewithaTEEandthelinenumberchangedatthebranch
oftheTEE,youcouldinclude"X"numberofcomponentsthatconnecttothebranch
oftheTEEinthePCF.InISOGEN,continuingcomponentsaredashedanddonot
appearintheBOM.

4. NoticetheoptionsavailablefromtheIsoStyledropdown.

TheIsogenStylessuppliedwiththeAutoPLANTsoftwareforeachunittypeinclude:
Check:Usedforcreatingisometricdrawingstocheckpipelines
Erection:Usedforcreatingisometricdrawingsforerectingthepipelines
Final:Usedforcreatingisometricdrawingsforshop/fieldfabricationofthepipelines
IGen:IfyoudonothaveavalidAutoPLANTPipinglicense,onlyIGenstylewillbe
availableinthelist.ThisstyleusestheLINENUMBERastheonlycriteria.
Spools:Usedforcreatingseparateisometricspooldrawingsforshopfabrication
Stress:Usedforcreatingisometricdrawingsforstressanalysis

Note:

InthiscourseyouwillbeusingtheFINALIsoStyle.

5. MakesureIsoStyleisset.
ForthepurposeofthiscoursetheIsoStylewillbesettoFINALasyouwillbecreating
fabricationisosfromthePipingmodel.

6. SetIsoStyletoFINALandclickOKtoendthisexercise.

Dec09

109
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

AutomatedIsoGeneration

Generating Automated Isos

GeneratingAutomatedIsos
TheImport/Exportfunctionenablesyoutoautomaticallyruntheprocessforcreatingaiso
fromyourmodel.Thisisafastandeasymethod.ByselectingtheOutputOptionsto
automaticallyrunanIso,youaretellingthesystemtogatherthedataforthedrawing,
createaPCF,exportthedatatoISOGENandcreatetheAutoCADcompatibleDWGfile,
whichcanbeviewedandprinted.ThePCFfileisdeletedandyouareleftwithfinishedIsos.
Thiscourseteachesyouhowtoautomaticallycreateanisofromthemodel.Lateryouwill
learnthebenefitsofcreatingandsavingaPCFfile.

Note:

AdvancedtraininginISOGENteachesyouhowtocustomizetheappearanceofaiso,bymodifying
thesettingsinthePCF.

Exercise1:Creatingautomatedisosfromthemodel.
1. WiththePipingmodelopen,selectAutoPLANT>Import/Exporttoloadthemenu.
2. SelectImport/Export>Preferences.
3. FromthedialogselecttheISOGEN(PCF)tabasshown.

4. CheckAutomaticallyrunISOGEN.
5. SelectFINALfortheIsoStyle.
6. ClickOK.
7. SelectImport/Export>ISOGEN(PCF)>GenerateIso.
AutomatedIsoGeneration

110
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Generating Automated Isos

TheISOGENfunctionsshownaboveareonlyavailableduringa3Dmodelingsession.
TheactivemodelMUSTbeassociatedwiththeprojectcontainingthepipelinestobe
outputtoISOGEN.Itisnotnecessarytoloadanyparticular3Dmodel.Evenablank
modelwillwork.

8. Fromthedrawingtabonlycomponentsfromyourcurrentmodelcanbeselected.
Therearethreeselectionmodes:
Allselectseverycomponentinthemodeleligiblefortheprocess.
Manualclosesthedialogtoenableyoutoselectspecificcomponentsfromthemodel.
Advancedallowsyoutowriteaquerybasedonmodeldata,AutoCADattributeor
projectobject.

9. InthisexerciseyouwillselectAll.ClickOK.
Oncethesetofcomponentshasbeenselected,thePreferencesdialogappears,enabling
youtodefine:

Dec09

Howandwhereapipinglinewillbebrokenintoseparatedrawings
Anamingconventionappliedtothegenerateddrawings.

111
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

AutomatedIsoGeneration

Generating Automated Isos

10. Forthisexercise,selectAREA,UNITandLINENUMBERfromtheAvailableFields,and
clickAdd>>tomovethemtoCriteriaFields.
ThefilenameofeachdrawingisdefinedintheNamingRulefield.
Bydefault,thenamewillbeaconcatenationofeachoftheselectedcriteria,inthe
ordertheywereselected.
Anytextyouwanttoincludeinthefilename,includingspacesorhyphensmustbe
containedwithinquotationmarks.NoticetheadditionofISOandthehyphensinthe
figureabove.

Note:

Ifmultiplefilesarecreatedwiththesamecriteria,(commonwhenStopSignshavebeenaddedto
themodel)thenameswouldbeidentifiedas(NAME).i01.dwg,(NAME).i01.dwg,etc.

11. UndertheISOGEN(PCF)tabyouhavetheoptionofchangingthepreferencesthathad
beendefinedintheISOGEN(PCF)taboftheImport/ExportsPreferencesdialog.

AutomatedIsoGeneration

112
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Generating Automated Isos

12. CheckthatallyourpreferencesaresetandclickOKtoistarttheprocess.
13. Youwillreceiveprogressmessagesduringtheprocess.

14. WhencompleteclickOK.
15. Toviewtheisodrawings,returntotheIsogenInterfacebyselectingImport/Export>
Isogen(PCF)>IsogenInterface.

Dec09

113
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

AutomatedIsoGeneration

Generating Automated Isos

Fromthisdialog,youcanseethe.dwgfilesthatweregenerated.TheOutputDirshows
whereyourfinishedIsodrawingsarestored.

16. SelectadrawingfromtheResultsfieldandclickViewtodisplaythedrawing.

17. ClosetheViewandclickClosetoexittheIsogeninterface.

AutomatedIsoGeneration

114
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Generating Automated Isos

Exercise2:GenerateisometricdrawingsforlineL1002.
Inthisexerciseyouwillbuildaquerytoselectthecomponentsfortheisodrawing.

1. SelectImport/Export>ISOGEN(PCF)>GenerateIso.
2. IntheAutoPLANTSelectionsdialogpick<<Advanced>>.
3. IntheDefineQueryselect:
DataType=Relationship
AttributeField=LineNumber
AttributeValue=L1002

4. IntheActiveQueryclickAdd.

Note:

Thisfieldbecomesenabledoncethequeryisdefined.

5. ClickOKtoenablethePreferencesdialog.
6. IntheConnectionCriteriaPreferencesdialog,addLINENUMBERtotheCriteriaFields
column.

7. IntheNamingRulefieldtypeTraining

Dec09

115
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

AutomatedIsoGeneration

Generating Automated Isos

8. ClickOK.
TheExportProgressdialogwillopen.Whentheprocessiscomplete,theOKbuttonwill
beenabled.
Oncecomplete,youcanviewtheisometricdrawings.

9. SelectImport/Export>ISOGEN(PCF)>ISOGENInterface.

10. SelectadrawingfromtheResultscolumn.

AutomatedIsoGeneration

116
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Generating Automated Isos

11. ClickViewtoopenthedrawinginaviewerwindow.

12. RightmouseclickinthewindowandchooseanoptiontoPan,ZoomPrevious,Zoom
Window,andZoomExtents.

13. ClickClose.
14. ClickClosetoexittheIsogenInterface.

Dec09

117
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

AutomatedIsoGeneration

Generating Automated Isos

GeneratingaProjectIso
Inthepreviousexercise,objectselection,connectioncriteriaandnamerulesarebeingset
andmanagedthroughtheuserinterface.Ifmultipleusersonaprojectwillbecreatingthe
isometricdrawings,thistypeofcontrolcanresultininconsistencies.
TheProjectIsofunctionalityenablestheteamtosettheparametersforthedrawingsinthe
projectenvironmenttobeappliedtoalldrawingsinthecurrentproject.
TheuserinterfaceissimplifiedandconsistencyacrossmultipleISOGENrunsismaintained.
Therearebasicallytwomodesofoperation:

1. YoucangenerateyourPCFsseparatelyandmanuallyrunthemthroughISOGENusing
theISOGENInterfaceapplication.

2. YoucanenabletheAutomaticallyrunISOGENswitchinthePreferencesdialogbefore
youperformanexport.IfthePCFexportissuccessful,itwillautomaticallyberun
throughISOGEN.Ifthisprocessisalsosuccessful,thePCFfilewillbedeletedandleave
youwiththeresultingDWGfile.

Exercise:GenerateaProjectIsoforLineL1004.
1. SelectImport>Export>ISOGEN(PCF)>GenerateProjectIso.
AProjectSelectiondialogshowstheresultsofthecriteriaselectioninlistformat.

2. SelectFINALfromtheStylelist.
3. HighlightISOTrainingA100U100L1004andClickOK.
4. ThePreferencesdialogopens.CheckAutomaticallyrunISOGENandclickOK.
AutomatedIsoGeneration

118
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Generating Automated Isos

TheExportProgressdialogwillopenandreportontheprogress.

5. Whentheprocessiscomplete.ClickOK.
6. ToviewthedrawingsselectImport/Export>ISOGEN(PCF)>ISOGENInterface.
7. SelectadrawingfromtheResultscolumnandclickViewtoopentheviewer.
8. RightmouseclickinthewindowandchooseanoptiontoPan,ZoomPrevious,Zoom
Window,andZoomextents.
Thingstolookforwhenviewingthedrawings:

Automaticallygenerateddimensioning
BillofMaterialreports
MiscellaneousAttachments
Insulationmarking

Thisexercisecompletedthismodule.

Dec09

119
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

AutomatedIsoGeneration

Generating Automated Isos

GeneratingandInspectingaPCFFile
ThisexerciseexplainstheprocessofgeneratingandinspectingaPCFfilepriortorunningthe
ISOGENinterfacetogeneratetheiso.

Exercise:CreatingaPCFfile.
1. SelectImport/Export>ISOGEN(PCF)>GenerateIso.
2. WhentheAutoPLANTSelectionsdialogdisplays,clickontheProjecttab.
3. SelectLinenumberfromtheProjectSelections.
4. SelectlinenumberL1004fromthelistoflinenumbersandclickOK.
5. SelectUnit,Area,andLinenumberfromtheavailablefieldsintheConnectionCriteria
dialog.

Note:

ThisdialogdisplaystoenableyoutodefinethecriteriausedtobreakthemodelintoseparatePCF
files.Forexample,ifyouhadselectedAllcomponentsinsteadofonlyonelinenumberwhen
youdefinedyourselectionset,thisoptionwouldbreakyourselectionintoseparatePCFfilesfor
everychangeintheanyoneofthesefields.

Asnotedbefore,theNamingRuleareaofthisdialogenablesyoutospecifythe
conventionsusedtonamethePCFfilesaswellasthelinenumberusedbyISOGEN
withintheIsoitself.
NoticethatinourexamplewewillnametheIsoandLinenumberaccordingtotheArea,
UnitandLinenumber.InadditiontothefieldsusedtonametheIsothisconventioncan
alsousetextstringsasshownintheexamplewherethestringISOwillprecedeevery
Isogeneratedwiththisrule.

Note:

DonotclickOKuntilafterthenextstep.

6. ClickontheISOGEN(PCF)tab.
7. DisabletheAutomaticallyrunISOGENoption.

AutomatedIsoGeneration

120
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Generating Automated Isos

8. SelectOKtogeneratethePCFfile.
TheIsoStyleisnotrelevantforthisexample.ItdoesnotaffectthecontentsofaPCF
beingcreated.
AnExportProgressdialogwilldisplayshowingtheprogressoftheexportasthePCFfile
isbeinggenerated.

9. Whenfinished,clickOKtoclosetheProgressdialog.

Exercise2:GeneratinganIsometricfromaPCFfile
NowletsexaminethePCFfilecreatedinthelastexercise.

1. SelectISOGENInterfacefromtheISOGEN(PCF)submenu.
2. SelecttheISOA100U100L1004.PCFfilefromthePCFFileswindowandclickRun.
ThePCFisprocessedthroughISOGENandamessageboxdisplaystellingwhetherthe
processwassuccessful.Whencomplete,thefileislistedintheResultswindow,with
theresultingISO1AL1000.i01.DXFdrawinglistedunderneath.

Dec09

121
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

AutomatedIsoGeneration

Generating Automated Isos

YoucanusethiscommandtoprocessmultiplePCFfilessimultaneouslybyholdingthe
Ctrlbuttonwhileselectingthefiles.

3. TheISOGENInterfacecanbeusedtoviewthe.DXFfile.
4. SelectthedrawingfromtheResultswindowandclicktheViewbutton.

Thedrawingwilldisplayintheviewerasshownbelow.OncetheDXFfileisdisplayedin
theviewer,youcanclickyourrightmousebuttonintheviewwindowtodisplaya
selectionmenuofcommands/optionsforviewing.

5. WhenfinishedclickClosetoexittheviewer.
AutomatedIsoGeneration

122
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Generating Automated Isos

ConfiguringISOGENSettings
AutoPLANTprovidesasetofpreconfiguredsettingsandswitchesforeachofthelistedIso
Types.BeforeexecutingtheGenerateIsofunction,thesesettingscanbemodifiedthrough
theISOGENInterfaceConfigbutton.TheConfigbuttonlaunchestheProjectAdministrator
applicationtoenableyoutoassignsettingsusedtogenerateyourISOGENisometrics.
ConfiguringISOGENswitchesisconsideredanadvancetopic.
TolearnhowtoconfiguretheISOGENswitches,refertotheISOGENcoursecalled
AutoPLANTISOGENforAdministrators.
Thisexercisecompletesthiscourse.

Dec09

123
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

AutomatedIsoGeneration

Model Review

ModelReview
Nowthatyouhavecompletedthismodule,letsreviewwhatyouhavelearned.

Questions
1. Asancomponentisplacedinamodel,allconnectivitydataisstoredwithinthe
database.

True
False

2. TheISOGENapplicationreliesonaccuratePortdata.

True
False

3. ATapPortenablethedesignertoaddasectionofpipewithinanexistingpipeline.

True
False

4. AStopSignaddedtoapipesegmentmeansthatnootherpipemaybeconnectedtothe
section.

True
False

5. APipingComponentFile(PCF)mustbegeneratedbeforeaisometricdrawingcanbe
automaticallycreatedfromanmodel.

True
False

AutomatedIsoGeneration

124
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Model Review

Answers
1. True:Connectivitydatabetweencomponents,includingfastenersarestoredwithinthe
database.Accurateinformationiscrucialforthesuccessfuloutputforgenerating
automaticisometricsfromthemodel.

2. True:Aportcontainsdatadrivenbythespec,includingsize,rating,facing,direction
andlocationofaspecificcomponent.ThisinformationisreadbytheISOGEN
applicationwhencreatingaiso.

3. True:CreatingaTapPortaddsanadditionalporttoasectionofpipe,increasingthe
numberofportstothree,insteadofthecustomarytwoports.Thisportenablethe
designertoaddadditionalcomponentssuchasweldolets,saddlesorsectionsofpipe
usedasdrainagelines.

4. False:Stopsignsareaddedtoadrawingtoindicatewherepagebreaksoccurwhenthe
isometricdrawingcreatedforaspecificpipelinemustbreakacrossmultiplesheets.The
sheetsareconsecutivelynumbered,dependingwherestopsignsareplaced.

5. True:AutoPLANTmodeldataisfirstgatheredtocreateaPCFfile.Oncegenerated
ISOGENcreatesanAutoCADcompatibleDXFformattedfilethatcanbeeasilyviewed
andplottedfromAutoCAD.

Dec09

125
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

AutomatedIsoGeneration

Summary

Summary
Youarenowableto:

Understandhowmodeldataisgatheredforisogeneration
VerifyAutoPLANTmodeldataforcomponentconnectivityandconsistency
Addmiscellaneousattachmentsandannotationtoamodel
Addstopsignstocreatepagebreaksonaniso
CreateautomatedisosusingtheISOGENinterface.

AutomatedIsoGeneration

126
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

CourseSummary
Review
Nowthatyouhavecompletedthiscourse,letsmeasurewhatyouhavelearned.

Questions
1. UsingDocumentManageristheeasiestwaytoaddanewdrawingtoaproject.

True
False

2. TheOrthographicdrawingisstoredinthesamelocationasthePipingmodel.

True
False

3. WorkAreasenableyoutoaccessandeditdrawingsfromotherdisciplines.

True
False

4. AWorkAreaViewisstoredwithaWorkAreafile.

True
False

5. AddingtexttoaPaperSpacelayoutwillalsobeaddedtothemodel.

True
False

6. Alayoutandallpropertiescanbecopied.

True
False

7. Insulationsymbolsareaddedinthemodelingenvironmenttoindicateasectionofa
pipethatwillreceiveinsulationduringconstruction.

Dec09

True
False
127
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

CourseSummary

Review

8. AcommonannotationonapipinglayoutistheLonglinenumber.

True
False

9. TheAutoPLANTSelectionstoolenablesyoutoselectcomponentsbasedonapredefined
query.

True
False

10. Whencreatingareport,theReportGeneratorutilitygathersthecomponentdataand
storesitinatemporarydatabase.

True
False

11. ImportandExportfunctionsenabletheusertotransfervaluableCADdatabetween
otherapplications.

True
False

12. IsometricdrawingscanbegeneratedautomaticallyfromanAutoPLANT3Dmodel.

True
False

13. PXFisthePlantExchangeFormatforexchangingCADdatabetweenotherapplications.

True
False

14. StopSignsareplacedinamodelwheneveraLineNumberoccurs.

True
False

15. PXFisaeasymethodforcreatinganewdrawingfromanexistingdrawingthatmay
containerrorsinapiperun.

True
False

16. TheMiscellaneousAttachmentsmenugiveyouoptionsforaddingvaluableinformation
toapiperun,tobeshownintheIsometricdrawing.

True
False

CourseSummary

128
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09

Review

Answers
1. True:WhenyouusetheDocumentManagerinterfacetocreateoreditdrawings,the
newdrawingisstoredintheappropriatelocation.Allprojectfilesareeasilyaccessedby
othermembersoftheprojectteam.

2. True:WhenyoulaunchaprojectfromDocumentManager,youhavetheoptionof
creatingnewdrawingthatwillbeincludedintheappropriatelocation.Theorthographic
drawingiscreatedbythePipingapplicationandwillresideinthesamelocationasthe
modelfiles.

3. False:WorkAreasenableyoutoaccesstheintelligencewithindrawingsaddedtoa
WorkArea.Onlyyourcurrentdrawingcanbeedited.AllreferenceddrawingsareREAD
ONLY.

4. True:OnceyoucreateaWorkAreayoucancreateviewsofthemodel.Theseviewsare
savedtotheWorkAreafile.WorkAreaViewsareusedforisolatingspecificareasofthe
modeltocreatelayoutsinPaperSpace.

5. False:AnytextyouaddtoaPaperSpacedrawingdoesnotchangethemodel.The
modelingenvironmentstaysclean.

6. True:Althoughlayoutscanbeeasilycopied,itisarecommendedideatocreatea
templateforcommoncomponents.

7. False:InsulationsymbolsareplacedinPaperSpaceandarenotincludedinthe
modelingenvironment.

8. True:TheLonglinenumberisacommonannotationthatincludetheLinenumber,spec
andsizeratingforthepipe.

9. True:Selectingcomponentsfromyoucurrentdrawingorfrommultipledrawingswithin
aprojectisperformedbytheAutoPLANTSelectionstools.

10. True:TheReportGeneratorfirststoresthedatainatemporarydatabasewherethe
datacanbefirstcleanedofanyrecordsthatnolongerhavecorrespondingcomponents
inthemodel.

11. True:AutoPLANThastheabilitytoexportCADdatainthreeformats,includingPXF,JSM
andPCL.Thesefileformatsareusedtotransferdatabetweenotherapplications.

12. True:Fullydimensionedandannotatedisometricdrawingsareautomaticallycreatedby
exportingdatafromthemodelinPCFformat.ThisdataisimportedbytheISOGEN
interface,includedintheAutoPLANTPipingapplication.

13. True:ExportingdatainaPXFformat,enablestheusertoexportmodeldatatothe
AutoPIPEstressanalsysapplication.Thisformatalsoprovidesamethodoftransferring
legacydatafromthePROPIPEandDESIGNERapplicationstothecurrentAutoPLANT3D
Designapplications.

Dec09

129
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

CourseSummary

Review

14. False:StopSignsareplacealongapipingruntoindicatewherepagebreaksoccurwhen
generatingautomaticfabricationdrawingsusingtheISOGENinterface.

15. True:APXFfileisgeneratedbyexportingCADdatafromanexistingmodel.Anyerrors
alongapiperunarenotexported,providingaquickmethodofexportingonlythose
sectionsofthepiperunthatareerrorfree.TheresultingPXFfilecanbeimportedasa
newdrawing.

16. True:TheMiscellaneousAttachmentsmenuincludealistofinformationalobjectssuch
asflowarrows,wallopenings,referencedimensionsandspoolindentifiers.These
markers,whenaddedtothepipingmodelaretransferredtothecompletedisometric
drawing.

CourseSummary

130
Copyright 2009 Bentley Systems Incorporated

Dec09